Sales: 800-861-5098

Apteryx Version History

Please note that not all version histories are viewable directly from this list. If you need access to a version history that is not available on this page, please contact Apteryx technical support.

DataGrabber / NameGrabber

  • Version 2.2 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 4/18/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for OEM version. (F3759)

    Version 2.2 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 3/10/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added bridge support for another Apteryx Imaging OEM version. (F3439)
    2. Cleaned up Eaglesoft sniffer definitions and removed obsolete entries. (F3402)

    Version 2.2 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 11/9/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for bridging to additional Apteryx OEMs. (F3308)
    2. Additional OrthoTrac sniffer definition. (F3341)

    Version 2.2 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 7/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for bridging to OEM version of XVLite. (B1300)

    Version 2.2 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 3/15/2016
    Release Date: 3/15/2016

    1. Consistent display of “NameGrabber” name throughout program. (F3117)

    Version 2.2 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 1/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for recognizing new OEM version of Apteryx Imaging. (F3050)

    Version 2.2 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 7/23/2015
    Release Date: 7/23/2015

    1. Resolved issue with remote notification functionality. (B1214)

    Version 2.2 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/13/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added sniffer definition for Eaglesoft 17 Edit Patient window. (F2642, F2707)
    2. Modified Cornerstone sniffer definition to ignore pets with multiple owners. (F2737)
    3. Updated sniffer definitions for Ace Dental 12 Active Patient window. (F2641)
    4. Updated ABELDent sniffer definition for Patient Chart window. (F2741)
    5. Removed older Eaglesoft sniffer definitions that conflict with newer versions. (F2708)
    6. Spelling correction in Remote Notification description. (F2503)

    Version 2.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/15/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Rebuilt using new Windows theme rendering. (F2303)
    2. Added various patent numbers to company information. (F2177)
    3. Dentrix Patient Chart sniffer definitions added. (F2302)
    4. Added bridging support to LED Dental’s LED Imaging software. (F2432)
    5. Carestream Trophy Gestion (French) sniffer definitions added. (F2434)

    Version 2.1 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 1/21/2014
    Release Date: 6/19/2014

    1. Added sniffer definition for Carestream R4. (F2115)

    Version 2.1 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 11/04/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified sniffer definition for Ace Dental Active Patient window. (F2035)
    2. Added option in Options window to stop matching after the first sniffer definition match. (F2034)

    Version 2.1 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 05/02/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for DentalmindLite. (F1880)

    Version 2.1 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 04/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified sniffers for CS Practiceworks 7.5.3 (F1849)

    Version 2.1 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 03/01/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for Dentalmind Imaging. (F1786)

    Version 2.1 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 02/06/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for QuickImage. (F1753)

    Version 2.1 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 12/10/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for Polodent. (F1661)

    Version 2.1 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 7/20/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for ScanSmartCE. (F1503)

    Version 2.1 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 7/2/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for ScanSmart. (F1492)

    Version 2.1 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/19/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added functionality to allow bridging patient information through Remote Desktop and other remote access interfaces. (F1335)
    2. VisioDent: Added sniffer definition. (F1391)
    3. Julie: Updated sniffer definition. (F1393)

    Version 2.1 Build 9
    Release Date: 10/21/2011

    1. Dentrix G5: Added new sniffer definition support for Family File and Appointment Information windows. (F1133)
    2. Modified invocation to interpret double-click as a single-click, to avoid invoking target application twice. (F1124)

    Version 2.1 Build 8
    Release Date: 9/12/2011

    1. Added ability to “marry” floating invocation button to application window. (F512)
    2. Added ability to bridge gender. (F1083)
    3. Ace Dental: Added sniffer definition for chart. (F967)
    4. PracticeWorks: Modify chart sniffer definition to ignore company name (e.g. Kodak / Carestream). (F924)
    5. WinOMS: Added new sniffer defintion for WinOMS 8.2. (F965)
    6. MOGO: Modified sniffer definition for Transaction Info window. (F984)

    Version 2.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/8/2011

    1. Added support for Edlen Imaging LynxVision OEMs. (F899)

    Version 2.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/17/2011

    1. Updated Softdent v11 Enhanced Patient Information sniffer definition to bridge from the drop-down name field. (B419)
    2. Updated Practiceworks Chart sniffer definition to ignore version number. (F884)
    3. Added a new GE Centricity sniffer definition. (F880)
    4. Added the masking of SSN in the selection and verification windows. (F843)
    5. Updated Exact sniffer definition to bridge the patient DOB from the titlebar. (F632)
    6. Resolved issue with DG icon disappearing from the system tray after a Windows Explorer crash. (B249)

    Version 2.1 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Added new OEM recognition for Dentalmind Oriview.

    Version 2.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 9/27/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added new OEMs of the various software packages.
    3. Optimized EXE validation.

    Version 2.0 Build 87
    Release Date: 2/24/2010

    1. Added a new option to allow the user to have a floating NameGrabber button on the desktop instead of having to rely on the system tray icon.

    Version 2.0 Build 86
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Updated the definitions for Exact Dental.

    Version 2.0 Build 85
    Release Date: 1/6/2010

    1. Added support for: new version of Exact; DentalMate; DentalWorks; new version of Windent; EagleSoft 15.

    Version 2.0 Build 84
    Release Date: 4/16/09

    1. Added support for SigmaImage OEMs.

    Version 2.0 Build 83
    Release Date: 1/6/09

    1. Added new definitions for Orthoware.
    2. Added new definitions for Domtrak.
    3. Added new definitions for VersaSuite.
    4. Updated definitions for Dentrix Family File.
    5. Added new definitions for DentalMate.
    6. Updated definitions for PerfectByte.

    Version 2.0 Build 81
    Release Date: 11/4/08

    1. Added auto-launch definitions for: DDSWorks; Maxiviewer; AFP_Digital; Dr.SuniNL.

    Version 2.0 Build 80
    Release Date: 7/3/08

    1. Added auto-launch definitions for Belmont software.

    Version 2.0 Build 79
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Corrected the Cornerstone definition.
    2. Added Dentrix Appointment Book definition.
    3. Made changes to WinOMS definition.

    Version 2.0 Build 78
    Release Date: 1/16/08

    1. Updated short creation to automatically fill in the working/start-in directory.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 77
    Release Date: 10/25/07

    1. Added new definitions for PefectByte.

    Version 2.0 Build 76
    Release Date: 7/27/07

    1. Added new definitions for Practice-Web.
    2. Added new definitions for Patient Base.
    3. Added new definitions for EasyDent.
    4. Added new definitions for Open Dental.
    5. Added new definitions for Medims.
    6. Added new definitions for AVI Mark.

    Version 2.0 Build 75
    Release Date: 3/8/07

    1. Added new definitions for Cornerstone.
    2. Added new definitions for Dentrix.
    3. Added new definitions for WinOMS.
    4. Added new definitions for Oral Surgeon Exec.
    5. Added new definitions for IntraVet.

    Version 2.0 Build 74
    Release Date: 1/23/07

    1. Added new definitions for Dentrix G2 Patient Chart.

    Version 2.0 Build 73
    Release Date: 12/15/06

    1. Added ability to invoke AFP Digital application.

    Version 2.0 Build 72
    Release Date: 12/4/06

    1. Renamed TDOCS sniffers to better distinguish between the various retail products.

    Version 2.0 Build 71
    Release Date: 11/10/06

    1. Added support for EZ.
    2. Added support for DentiMax.
    3. Added support for BridgeIT.

    Version 2.0 Build 70
    Release Date: 8/11/06

    1. Added support for DentalVision.
    2. Added support for XLDent.
    3. Added support for new Dentrix screen.

    Version 2.0 Build 69
    Release Date: 8/9/06

    1. Added ability for NameGrabber to invoke other XrayVision/XVLite OEMs.

    Version 2.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 6/19/06

    1. Changed window searching capabilities of NameGrabber. New implementation finds sub-windows better than prior versions.

    Version 2.0 Build 65
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Added support for Walrus.
    2. Reorganized PracticeWorks definitions.
    3. Added support for DentiMax.
    4. Added support for EasyDental 2005

    Version 2.0 Build 64
    Release Date: 12/9/05

    1. Added support for EagleSoft 11 history screen.
    2. Added support for Windent Transaction screen.
    3. Added support for NextGen patient screen.

    Version 2.0 Build 62
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Added support for EagleSoft 12 edit appointment and edit patient screens.

    Version 2.0 Build 61
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Added ability to specify multiple definitions for the same field (e.g. “%f %f %l”). The new multiple definitions are concatenated together to form the corresponding entry. Example “a b c” matched against “%f %f %l” results in a first name of “a b” and a last name of “c”.

    Version 2.0 Build 60
    Release Date: 7/16/05

    1. Added KODAK Praticeworks definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 59
    Release Date: 7/13/05

    1. Improved process sniffing definitions.
    2. Update Exact Dental definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 7/6/05

    1. Added new EZ Dental definitions.
    2. Added new Dentisoft definitions.
    3. Added Power Practice Pro support.
    4. Update Dentrix definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 5/6/05

    1. Corrected PraticeWorks definitions.
    2. Added dental.com definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 56
    Release Date: 4/25/05

    1. Added new PracticeWorks v5 and v6 definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 55
    Release Date: 4/5/05

    1. Added SoftDent v11 definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 54
    Release Date: 3/31/05

    1. Made changes to the PraticeWorks DataDrill to handle ID numbers differenly.

    Version 2.0 Build 53
    Release Date: 2/21/05

    1. Miscellaneous fixes and changes.
    2. Easy Dental 2004 definitions added.
    3. DESCO definitions added.
    4. Discus dental products definitions renamed.

    Version 2.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 11/9/04

    1. New definitions for PatientBase and AVI Mark.

    Version 2.0 Build 50
    Release Date: 7/8/04

    1. New definitions added for TDOCS 9.x.

    Version 2.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 6/15/04

    1. New definitions added for SoftDent Clinical 2002.

    Version 2.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 3/9/04

    1. Updated definitions for Innova.

    Version 2.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 2/15/04

    1. Updated definitions for Easy Dental 2002.
    2. Added definitions for TDOCS.
    3. Updated definitions for Dentrix.

    Version 2.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 12/20/03

    1. Maintenance release. Several internal optimizations made to the application.

    Version 2.0 Build 44
    Release Date: 10/4/03

    1. Refined EagleSoft definitions for version 10.
    2. Added new definitions for WinOMS.
    3. Added new definitions for Mediadent PM.

    Version 2.0 Build 43
    Release Date: 10/2/03

    1. New definitions added for Easy Dental 2003.

    Version 2.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 9/30/03

    1. Made adjustment to NameGrabber’s searching capabilities.

    Version 2.0 Build 41
    Release Date: 9/16/03

    1. New definitions for SoftDent 10.0.

    Version 2.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 8/18/03

    1. New definitions for Eaglesoft 9.1.

    Version 2.0 Build 39
    Release Date: 7/18/03

    1. New definitions for Dentrix 10.0.

    Version 2.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 5/22/03

    1. New definitions for Data Team.
    2. New definitions for AltaPoint.

    Version 2.0 Build 37
    Release Date: 3/3/03

    1. New definitions added for latest version of EagleSoft 9.0.
    2. New definitions added for Dentisoft.

    Version 2.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 12/6/02

    1. New definitions added for latest version of Dentrix.
    2. Definitions added for ABELDent.
    3. Definitions added for EndoVision.

    Version 2.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 10/27/02

    1. Added support for launching CliniTouch.

    Version 2.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 10/18/02

    1. Added support for trial versions, new OEM versions of XrayVision and XVLite.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 10/9/02

    1. Adjusted the definition for PracticeWorks to handle middle names and initials better.

    Version 2.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 10/9/02

    1. New EagleSoft 8.1 definitions added.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 10/4/02

    1. ExactDental/NDC definitions changed.  Note that NG compatibility with this system only works if it is set to select patients by last name and will only work with patient’s that have last names 4 characters or longer.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 9/12/02

    1. Application graphics updated.
    2. Correction made to startup handling when Windows is booted.
    3. Help graphics updated.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 9/4/02

    1. Added new definitions for older trial versions of XrayVision.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 7/30/02

    1. Added new process grabbing capabilities.
    2. Added new definitions for WINARC, Exact Dental and NDC

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/30/02

    1. Added new definitions for Mogo.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 7/6/02

    1. Added new definitions for ACE Dental.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 7/6/02

    1. Added new definitions for OrthoTrack and Ortho2.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/10/02

    1. Added new definitions for PraticeWorks.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Added Discus DentalVision definitions.
    2. Added transparent bitmap backgrounds for cleaner interfaces in Win2K and WinXP.
    3. Several formatting changes.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Modification made so the application can find the default launch application when it is first invoked.
    2. Missing graphic corrected in Browse dialog.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 2/28/02

    1. Modification made to support various OEMs and lite versions of the XrayVision product line.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 10/23/01

    1. New definitions added for Visiodent

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 6/26/01

    1. New definitions added for PracticeWorks clipboard

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 6/21/01

    1. New definitions added for Easy Dental 2001

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 6/6/01

    1. New definitions added for PracticeWorks v4.7
    2. Internal changes – application made smaller

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/24/01

    1. New definitions added for PracticeWorks v4.7

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/14/01

    1. Ability to start the XVa3 image bar
    2. Comma removed from patient name on information confirmation dialog

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Application modified to only appear on system tray
    2. Sniffing definitions upgraded
    3. Ability to sniff for multiple controls at a time added
    4. Better name extraction formats added
  • DATAGRABBER AND OEM VERSIONS

    Includes: DataLink / InfoCarrier / PI Bridge / ProIntegrate / Universal Integrator

    Version 2.3 Build 34
    Beta Release Date: 4/18/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated registration components. (F3624)
    2. Added support for OEM version. (F3760)

    Version 2.3 Build 33
    Beta Release Date: 4/13/2017
    Release Date: 8/17/2017

    1. Updated icon/graphics in Apteryx DataGrabber version. (F3484)

    Version 2.3 Build 32
    Beta Release Date: 3/10/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added bridge support for another Apteryx Imaging OEM version. (F3439)
    2. Cleaned up Eaglesoft sniffer definitions and removed obsolete entries. (F3402)

    Version 2.3 Build 31
    Beta Release Date: 11/7/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Updated OrthoTrac Chart sniffer definition. (F3338)
    2. Added bridge support for XVCapture and XVImageViewer OEM versions. (F3307)

    Version 2.3 Build 30
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue with Remote Notifications not working when DataGrabber is run as administrator (due to incorrect CLIENTNAME.) (B1309)

    Version 2.3 Build 29
    Beta Release Date: 4/27/2016
    Release Date: 4/27/2016

    1. Added clinic name and patient status (if available) to the Select Patient From External Database and Manually Launch windows. Currently only available for Dentrix Enterprise. (F3142)

    Version 2.3 Build 28
    Beta Release Date: 3/11/2016
    Release Date: 3/11/2016

    1. Resolved issue with command-line bridging to specific imaging system (change from SendMessage to PostMessage). (B1265)

    Version 2.3 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for recognizing new Apteryx Imaging OEM version. (F3051)

    Version 2.3 Build 26
    Beta Release Date: 5/13/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added sniffer definition for Eaglesoft 17 Edit Patient window. (F2642, F2707)
    2. Modified Cornerstone sniffer definition to ignore pets with multiple owners. (F2737)
    3. Updated sniffer definitions for Ace Dental 12 Active Patient window. (F2641)
    4. Updated ABELDent sniffer definition for Patient Chart window. (F2741)
    5. Removed older Eaglesoft sniffer definitions that conflict with newer versions. (F2708)
    6. Spelling correction in Remote Notification description. (F2503)

    Version 2.3 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Built new Canary System OEM version of DataGrabber. (F2490)

    Version 2.3 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 08/28/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. DataGrabber will now route command line bridged data to remote notifications. (F2536)

    Version 2.3 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 06/26/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed remote notification path to be a global setting instead of per workstation. (F2452)

    Version 2.3 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 06/12/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added Carestream R4 sniffer definition. (F2105)
    2. Added Carestream Trophy Gestion (French) sniffer definition. (F2423)
    3. Added Dentrix Patient Chart sniffer definition options. (F2171)
    4. Added various patent numbers. (F2176)
    5. Modified Manually Launch Patient window to hide all patients until user types information. (F2181)
    6. Resolved issue with DataGrabber resetting launched application settings. (F2182)
    7. Added support for multi-language phrase translation capability. (F2044)
    8. Resolved issue with slow display of Manually Launch Patient window. (F2246)
    9. Updated interface theme rendering and graphics. (F2247, F2248)
    10. Added option to close the sniffed PM window after bridge is invoked. (F2271)
    11. Modified handling of Remote Notification network messaging. (F2305)
    12. Modification to execute function to specify working directory. (F2345)
    13. Added bridging support for LED Dental’s LED Imaging software. (F2433)

    Version 2.3 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 11/21/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issue with Manually Launch window closing when Enter key is pressed. (B1028)

    Version 2.3 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 10/29/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Ace Dental: Modified Active Patient sniffer definition, for Ace Dental version 11. (F2018)
    2. Option added to stop matching after first sniffer definition match. (F1995)
    3. Resolved issue with specific DataDrill crashing DataGrabber, or adding extra space characters to patient name (Orthotrac bridge only). (B1004)
    4. Internal functionality changes to support additional demographic data, e.g. Species, Responsible Persion (RP). (F1477; F1952; F1953; F1973; F1956)

    Version 2.3 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 05/02/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for DentalmindLite. (F1882)

    Version 2.3 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 04/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified sniffers for CS Practiceworks 7.5.3 (F1848)
    2. Resolved issue with remote notification mode. (F1808)
    3. Added WebDCV.DGDLL to upgrader. (F1274)

    Version 2.3 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 03/01/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for Dentalmind Imaging. (F1789)

    Version 2.3 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 02/06/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for QuickImage. (F1754)

    Version 2.3 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/10/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added bridging support for ScanSmartCE. (F1503)
    2. Updated sniffer definition for Julie software. (F1549)

    Version 2.3 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 7/2/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added bridging support for ScanSmart. (F1492)

    Version 2.3 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Modified browse buttons for Remote Notification Paths to allow directory selection. (B800)

    Version 2.3 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 05/01/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added functionality to allow bridging patient information through Remote Desktop and other remote access interfaces. (F1372)
    2. Added ability for ID numbers specified in sniffer definitions to be utilitized when consulting a DataDrill. (F1389)
    3. Visiodent: Added sniffer definition. (F1383)
    4. Julie: modified default sniffer definition. (F1392)

    Version 2.3 Build 9
    Release Date: 10/21/2011

    1. Dentrix G5: Added new sniffer definition support for Family File and Appointment Information windows. (F1133)
    2. Modified invocation to interpret double-click as a single-click, to avoid invoking target application twice. (F1124)

    Version 2.3 Build 8
    Release Date: 9/12/2011

    1. Added ability to “marry” floating invocation button to application window. (F512)
    2. Ace Dental: Added sniffer definition for chart. (F967)
    3. PracticeWorks: Modify chart sniffer definition to ignore company name (e.g. Kodak / Carestream). (F924)
    4. WinOMS: Added new sniffer defintion for WinOMS 8.2. (F965)
    5. MOGO: Modified sniffer definition for Transaction Info window. (F984)

    Version 2.3 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/8/2011

    1. Added support for Edlen Imaging LynxVision OEMs. (F899)

    Version 2.3 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/17/2011

    1. Added field search to Manually Launch Patient window. (F10)
    2. Added ability for DataGrabber to receive patient information through the standard Apteryx command line bridging format. (F560)
    3. Updated Softdent v11 Enhanced Patient Information sniffer definition to bridge from the drop-down name field. (B419)
    4. Updated Practiceworks Chart sniffer definition to ignore version number. (F884)
    5. Added a new GE Centricity sniffer definition. (F880)
    6. Added the masking of SSN in the selection and verification windows. (F843)
    7. Updated Exact sniffer definition to bridge the patient DOB from the titlebar. (F632)
    8. Resolved issue with DG icon disappearing from the system tray after a Windows Explorer crash. (B249)
    9. Updated Apteryx command line bridge to include gender. The old-style Apteryx command line format is also automatically replaced with the new format. (B518)

    Version 2.3 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Add new OEM recognition for Dentalmind Oriview.

    Version 2.3 Build 4
    Release Date: 9/27/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added new OEMs of the various software packages.
    3. Optimized EXE validation.
    4. Fills in more default applications (e.g. DCV product line).
    5. Updated icon display ability – now displays the more advanced icons associated with various applications.
    6. Replaced the pop-up scroll bars with standard Window’s scroll bars.

    Version 2.2 Build 5
    Release Date:5/12/2010

    1. Added new internal Query function support for SQL type DataDrills. Significantly increases the speed when querying from and SQL type DataDrill.

    Version 2.2 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Updated the definitions for Exact Dental.

    Version 2.2 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/6/2010

    1. Added support for: new version of Exact; DentalMate; DentalWorks; new version of Windent; EagleSoft 15.

    Version 2.1 Build 23
    Release Date: 4/16/09

    1. Added support for SigmaImage OEMs.

    Version 2.1 Build 22
    Release Date: 1/6/09

    1. Added new definitions for Orthoware.
    2. Added new definitions for Domtrak.
    3. Added new definitions for VersaSuite.
    4. Updated definitions for Dentrix Family File.
    5. Added new definitions for DentalMate.
    6. Updated definitions for PerfectByte.

    Version 2.1 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/4/08

    1. Added auto-launch definitions for: DDSWorks; Maxiviewer; AFP_Digital; Dr.SuniNL.

    Version 2.1 Build 18
    Release Date: 7/3/08

    1. Added auto-launch definitions for Belmont software.

    Version 2.1 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Corrected the Cornerstone definition.
    2. Added Dentrix Appointment Book definition.
    3. Made changes to WinOMS definition.

    Version 2.1 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/16/08

    1. Updated short creation to automatically fill in the working/start-in directory.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.1 Build 14
    Release Date: 10/25/07

    1. Added new definitions for PefectByte.

    Version 2.1 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/27/07

    1. Added new definitions for Practice-Web.
    2. Added new definitions for Patient Base.
    3. Added new definitions for EasyDent.
    4. Added new definitions for Open Dental.
    5. Added new definitions for Medims.
    6. Added new definitions for AVI Mark.

    Version 2.1 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/8/07

    1. Added new definitions for Cornerstone.
    2. Added new definitions for Dentrix.
    3. Added new definitions for WinOMS.
    4. Added new definitions for Oral Surgeon Exec.
    5. Added new definitions for IntraVet.

    Version 2.1 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/23/07

    1. Added new definitions for Dentrix G2 Patient Chart.

    Version 2.1 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/15/06

    1. Added ability to invoke AFP Digital application.

    Version 2.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/4/06

    1. Renamed TDOCS sniffers to better distinguish between the various retail products.

    Version 2.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 11/10/06

    1. Added support for EZ.
    2. Added support for DentiMax.
    3. Added support for BridgeIT.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/11/06

    1. Added ability for NameGrabber to invoke other XrayVision/XVLite OEM.
    2. Added support for DentalVision.
    3. Added support for XLDent.
    4. Added support for new Dentrix screen.
    5. Added new sniffing capabilites.
    6. Added support for Conerstone.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 6/19/06

    1. Changed window searching capabilities of DataGrabber. New implementation finds sub-windows better than prior versions.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 5/2/06

    1. Corrected problem where a patient’s middle name can cause non-matches to an applications database for certain DataDrill extensions (i.e. Dentrix).

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/21/06

    1. Added support for Julie
    2. Corrected problem where an application extension my be launched even if it was disabled if the target application is valid.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Added support for Walrus.
    2. Reorganized PracticeWorks definitions.
    3. Added support for DentiMax.
    4. Added support for EasyDental 2005

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 12/9/05

    1. Added options to run DataGrabber as a desktop window instead of an icon in the system tray. This is to accommodate running the software on other operating environments like Citrix.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/9/05

    1. Added support for EagleSoft 11 history screen.
    2. Added support for Windent Transaction screen.
    3. Added support for NextGen patient screen.
    4. Optimized disk I/O operations.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Added support for EagleSoft 12 edit appointment and edit patient screens.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Added ability to specify multiple definitions for the same field (e.g. “%f %f %l”). The new multiple definitions are concatenated together to form the corresponding entry. Example “a b c” matched against “%f %f %l” results in a first name of “a b” and a last name of “c”.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/16/05

    1. Added KODAK Praticeworks definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/13/05

    1. Improved process sniffing definitions.
    2. Update Exact Dental definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 7/6/05

    1. Added new EZ Dental definitions.
    2. Added new Dentisoft definitions.
    3. Added Power Practice Pro support.
    4. Update Dentrix definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/6/05

    1. Corrected PraticeWorks definitions.
    2. Added dental.com definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/25/05

    1. Added new PracticeWorks v5 and v6 definitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/5/05

    1. Added graphic grabbing support.
    2. Control pull in multiple control definitions auto focus to associated extraction format.
    3. Terminal error that can be encountered when updating a definition in the sniffer definition dialog corrected.
    4. Window pull functionality corrected in multiple-control definitions when the window pull is dragged over more than one application.
    5. Definition copy-to-clipboard option added.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/21/05

    1. Miscellaneous fixes and changes.
    2. Easy Dental 2004 definitions added.
    3. DESCO definitions added.
    4. Discus dental products definitions renamed.
    5. Support added for next generation information sniffing. This support is not currently active in this version of the product.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 11/9/04

    1. Added definitions for: Softdent Clinical 2002; PatientBase; AVI Mark; TDOCS 9.x.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/8/04

    1. Added definitions for Innova.
    2. Updated definitions for Easy Dental 2002.
    3. Added definitions for TDOCS.
    4. Updated definitions for Dentrix.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/19/03

    1. Schick DGDLL v1.0 v5: correction to name order.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/18/03

    1. Universal Integrator: Registration banner changed.to new graphic.
    2. Apteryx name removed from DataDrill version information in the About dialog and the DataDrill options dialog.
    3. Universal Integrator: About information changed: Apteryx’s name as much as possbile; Schick name added; “developed by” information changed; Schick trademarks and tradenames added.
    4. Universal Integrator: Requested menu changes and web links made.
    5. Universal Integrator: Help points to Universal Integrator version of the on-line help.
    6. Universal Integrator: Error message removed when LoadExam() function fails.

(Including DataLink / InfoCarrier / PI Bridge / ProIntegrate / Universal Integrator)

DataGrabber Practice Management Bridges (DataDrills)

  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/11/06

    1. Corrected problems with some birthdays.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/20/05

    1. Reads directly from ABLEDent database. Previous version read from exported text file.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Correction made to prevent crash when spaces appeared in names.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 12/30/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for Ace version 12. (F2622)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/27/07

    1. Updated for new version.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 10/11/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
    3. Added option to disable database caching so that the drill requests a new copy of the database to find a new patient. (F821)
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/5/2010

    1. Made changes to how the connection to the database is handled to prevent conflicts with CAG.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/27/04

    1. Support switching between new databases added (prevents having to exit the application in order to mount a new database).

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/22/04

    1. Support for new versions of CAGE added.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/26/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 9/8/2015
    Release Date:  1/14/2016

    1. Added option to use owner’s last name as the pet’s last name. Enabled by default. (F2862)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/8/05

    1. Changed to a more appropriate patient ID.
    2. Corrected problems with some birthdates.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 9/6/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 12/19/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified for compatibility with Dentimax v. 11 SP 1.41 (F865)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/15/2011

    1. Initial integration and support for the Dentimax database. (F280)
  • Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/27/2010

    1. Added support for version 12.08.100.

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/16/2010

    1. Added support for version 12.06.100.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Modified read/write access permission on database file to address problem of reading from the database when the associated application has the file open for read/write access..

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/30/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made correction for missing characters from accounts numbers.
    3. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added support for version 12.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/26/03

    1. Added Dentisoft 8.0 support.
  • Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 6/2/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Resolved reporting wrong number of patients when patient number exceeds 65,535 (B1379)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/20/2011

    1. Resolved issue with format of patient ID. The bridged ID number will be different when updating to this version. (B590)

    Version 10.0 Resolved reporting wrong number of patients when patient number exceeds 65,535 (B1379) Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/29/09

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/23/06

    1. Added support to filter patients according to patient status. User can configure the DRL to retrieve and configuration of patients, non-patients, inactive patients and archived patients.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 6/6/05

    1. Changes support for Dentrix 11 for chart number. Options added to allow selection of what should be used for the patient ID.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/20/05

    1. Added support for Dentrix 11.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/4/05

    1. Correction made to patient ID numbers.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 1/19/05

    1. Correction made when invalid number of patients are determined for a large database.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/20/02

    1. Added option to subtract a day from the Dentrix DOB for newer versions of the Dentrix database.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 6/19/01

    1. Added DOB extraction

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Patient database caching

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/28/00

    1. Added support for Dentrix 7.5 new database structure
  • Version 10.1 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 5/6/2016
    Release Date: 5/6/2016

    1. Added ability to display Clinic Name and Patient Status (active/inactive) in the selection window when multiple matching patients are found. Requires DataGrabber 2.3 build 29 or newer. (F3135)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 3/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Will now ignore invalid “placeholder” birthdates in Dentrix database. (F3086)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added option to append middle initial to first name field. (F2672)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 2/28/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue where spaces and apostrophes in patient names were breaking the DRL integration. (B1061)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 11/21/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Removed requirement for ODBC DSN to be created on each workstation. The DRL now prompts for all necessary connection information (server, database name, login credentials). (F2049)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 4/18/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added patient ID option to use PATIMAGEID. (F1765)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/9/2011

    1. Added option to ignore patients with a Status set to Archived/Non-Pat. (F1019)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/12/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added option to bridge Chart number as patient ID.

    Version 1.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 4/13/2010

    1. Removed obsolete database caching option.
    2. Resolved issue with PatExtID radio button selection.

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 4/13/2010

    1. Changed the way DRL retrieves the number of patients. It now uses a SQL query to determine this number.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 4/12/2010

    1. Changed format of patient ID bridging to allow PATDB-PATID as the patient ID.
    2. Changed the way DRL gets patient information. It will now query the SQL server.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 5/29/09

    1. Made corrections for real time database featching.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/10/09

    1. Added option to use “Pat Ext ID” as the patient ID.
    2. Fixed problem of not remembering user name and password of SQL server
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 7/25/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added option to ignore SSN when bridging from Dentrix. (F3180)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 5/20/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1.  Increased query timeout from 15 seconds to 300 seconds. (B868)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 10/23/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for the patient’s middle initial existing in the firstname field (Bug 850)
    2. Added an Option to append/not append the middle initial field to end of the first name field. (F1593)
    3. Added support for patients with apostrophes in first name and last name. (Bug 854)
    4. Removed the option to cache database. (Bug 854)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Appended middle initial to firstname field for backwards compatibility with pre-G5 data drills. (B840)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 09/06/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Replaced the word “localhost” with a blank for the server name in Options. (F1522)
    2. Enhanced the performance of the drill when accessing the database and bridging. (F1522)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 07/11/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Hard-coded database login information. (F1496)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 05/11/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Resolved an issue where an error would occur in Dentrix when creating patients (Bug 786)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Initial beta release. (F1132)
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 08/27/2018
    Release Date: 05/11/2020

    1. Add support for registering the ApteryxImagingDentrixLink.DLL. (F3751)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 02/27/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added option for logging communication with Dentrix database. (F3708)
    2. Corrected issue with accessing newer versions of Dentrix G6 and G7 beta. (F3708)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/16/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Initial creation based on the latest version of Dentrix G6.2 officially released. (F2972)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/1/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of Dentrix G6.2 Data Drill. (F2972)
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/25/2012

    1. Added support for MS Access 2007 Database format (StarData.accdb). (F1130)
  • Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/2/2011

    1. Modified the data drill to support more versions of the Doc Aide database file. (B541)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.2 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 2/27/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Better handling of database access. Will now try default credentials in case it cannot connect to the database. (F3414)

    Version 10.2 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 10/28/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Eaglesoft 18: Added support for secondary database selection at startup. (F3323)

    Version 10.2 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/26/2016
    Release Date: 4/26/2016

    1. Added support for Eaglesoft 18, with new option to “use access token”. (F3061)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 10/23/2013

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 10/23/2013

    1.  Added option to ignore inactive patients in the Eaglesoft database. (F2029)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date:

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added option to use Chart ID.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/11/2010

    1. Make a correction that handles a freeze that can occur when closing the main application and a computer has an older version of the ODBC driver.

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Modified read/write access permission on database file to address problem of reading from the database when the associated application has the file open for read/write access..

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/30/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added support for version 16.
    3. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/5/08

    1. Added options to bridge preferred name instead of the normal name.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 3/25/08

    1. Updated for version 14.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/16/05

    1. Correct problems with a patient’s DOB sometimes being reported as 12/31/69.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/22/04

    1. Corrected problem where the data drill reported one patient less than was really in the patient database.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/4/03

    1. Added option to subtract the last character of the last name.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/21/02

    1. Caching added to dramatically increase the rate at which information is retrieved from the EagleSoft database.  Note that some additions, deletions and changes made to patients in EagleSoft may not be immediately detected when caching is enabled due to SQL functionality.  To update the EagleSoft cached information in XrayVision at any time, access the DataDrill options (under the Database menu) and enter the EagleSoft DataDrill options.  Click on the Update cached information button to update the internal patient cache.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/18/02

    1. New processing added for handling EagleSoft SQL driver.  The new extension takes longer to access the patients but provides improved linking to the patients in EagleSoft.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/26/00

    1. Additional error handling added to prevent MS record error messages

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/7/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 7/27/07

    1. New release.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 5/6/2014

    1. Added support for Exact Professional version 11.3.0.99.31880. (F2206)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/3/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added support for version 9i.
  • Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/5/2011

    1. Resolved issue where new patient entries were not being seen by the data drill. (B517)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/3/07

    1. Made correction where last few patients in the database were being ignored.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/28/07

    1. Adds support for EZ2007.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/10/03

    1. Added support for FPC database version 7.11.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 10/24/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/27/06

    1. Added patient’s DOB and SSN.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 10/20/09

    1. Made update to the current version of the driver.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Changes made for handling archived/deceased patients.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/27/06

    1. Added patient’s DOB and SSN.
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/26/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial Release. (F1644)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/19/2014

    1. Resolved issue with crashing when sniffer passes name and ID to DRL. (B1004)
    2. Resolved issue with extra space characters appending to patient name fields. (B1004)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: Internal Only

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/20/2012

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/10/2011

    1. Resolved issue with the Orthoware datadrill not reading the database properly. (B547)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/29/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added new option to only display “active” patients. (F1717)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/3/07

    1. Added patient’s DOB.
  • Version: 1.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Moved the configuration file location from the root of the C: drive to the local user’s %temp% folder. (F1834)
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated to support the new, read-only SoftVelocity ODBC driver for PerfectByte. (1447)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 3/10/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Changed to match patients with extra characters on the end of the first name, such as a blank space. (F2738)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/09/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to improve speed during bridging patients, accessing options. (F1685)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: NA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/11/06

    1. Fixed missing patients problem in large Dental Vision V.7 database.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 10/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Auto-detection of different version 7 data formats. (F2550)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version: 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)
    2. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)
    3. Added support for PracticeWorks 7.5.3. (F1847)
    4. Resolved issue with supporting version 6 database. (B1051)

    Version: 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/13/2011

    1. Added support for alternate format of PracticeWorks 7.0.14 database. New selection option for Version 7 database format. (B506)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/4/2010

    1. Added support for PracticeWorks database v7.0.14.188. (F837)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/23/2010

    1. Added support for v7.0.14.

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Update for PracticeWorks 7.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/18/05

    1. Corrected a problem with v6 of the database parser.

    Version 3.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Added option to ignore patients without proper birth dates.
    2. Added caching to speed up reading of large databases.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/25/05

    1. Updated for new version of software.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/4/05

    1. Changed the patient ID to the patient’s record number.
    2. Added option to permit the user to select the Chart # as the patient’s ID.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/16/04

    1. Removed duplicate patients in all patient lists.
    2. Improved performance.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 8/17/04

    1. Added changes to allow selection of the char number or PID as the patient’s ID number.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/27/04

    1. Correction made for VERY large databases that can blow past the maximum expected database size.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/25/04

    1. Correction made for location of SS numbers in newer database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 10/17/03

    1. Made a change to handle the new database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/28/03

    1. Made a change to handle the new database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/6/02

    1. Made a change to the handling of deleted records in the PracticeWorks database.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Patient database caching
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 10/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Auto-detection of different version 7 data formats. (F2550)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version: 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)
    2. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)
    3. Added support for PracticeWorks 7.5.3. (F1847)
    4. Resolved issue with supporting version 6 database. (B1051)

    Version: 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/13/2011

    1. Added support for alternate format of PracticeWorks 7.0.14 database. New selection option for Version 7 database format. (B506)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/4/2010

    1. Added support for PracticeWorks database v7.0.14.188. (F837)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/23/2010

    1. Added support for v7.0.14.

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Update for PracticeWorks 7.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/18/05

    1. Corrected a problem with v6 of the database parser.

    Version 3.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Added option to ignore patients without proper birth dates.
    2. Added caching to speed up reading of large databases.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/25/05

    1. Updated for new version of software.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/4/05

    1. Changed the patient ID to the patient’s record number.
    2. Added option to permit the user to select the Chart # as the patient’s ID.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/16/04

    1. Removed duplicate patients in all patient lists.
    2. Improved performance.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 8/17/04

    1. Added changes to allow selection of the char number or PID as the patient’s ID number.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/27/04

    1. Correction made for VERY large databases that can blow past the maximum expected database size.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/25/04

    1. Correction made for location of SS numbers in newer database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 10/17/03

    1. Made a change to handle the new database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/28/03

    1. Made a change to handle the new database format.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/6/02

    1. Made a change to the handling of deleted records in the PracticeWorks database.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Patient database caching
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/31/2011
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Recompiled in Visual Studio 2010. Initial integration placed online. (F301)
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/4/2012

    1. Added option to filter out inactive Softdent patient records. (F1386)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/15/2010

    1. Added support for softdent version 12.06.100.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Modified read/write access permission on database file to address problem of reading from the database when the associated application has the file open for read/write access..

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/24/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added support for SoftDent 14.
    3. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2-1-07

    1. Added support for SoftDent 12.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/13/05

    1. Additional handling added for dealing with large databases.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/16/03

    1. Support for SoftDent v10.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/14/02

    1. Modified to permit multiple SoftDent databases.

    Version 3.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/19/00

    1. Support for SoftDent version 7.7 added.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Safety feature added: Options saved after editing (not when application closes)

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Support for patient nicknames
    2. Patient database caching

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/28/00

    1. Fix: SoftDent support for patient IDs greater than 65000

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/21/00

    1. New support for deleted SoftDent records

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/13/00

    1. Added support for a wider version range of SoftDent patient databases
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 3/02/2012

    1. Initial release of datadrill for TDO version 11.117a. (F1344)
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.
  • Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/26/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation. (F2197)
  • Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/19/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Corrected issue with supporting Windent 6.4.4 data file. (B1284)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 1/30/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add support for Windent version 6.5.8 (F2646)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2397)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issues with Manually Launch Patient matching of partial patient information. (F2390)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented XML function code to allow extra fields to be bridged. (F1959)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 8/8/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for Windent OMS version 6.3 (B769)
    2. Added support for Windent OMS version 6.4.1338 (B823)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Modified to prepare for bridging additional information beyond basic patient demographic information. (F903)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/16/2011

    1. Fixed issue with partial patient query returns related to incorrect data parsing due to Windent V6.4 files being identified as an older version. (B535)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/7/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made modifications to allow some of the options/preferences to be set globally instead of locally.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 2/11/08

    1. Added SQL version support.
    2. Support added to prevent patient from being listed more than once.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 3/21/07

    1. Added support for v6.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/27/04

    1. Added support for a new version of WinDent.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

DataGrabber Imaging Bridges (Launched Applications)

  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 3/11/2016
    Release Date: 3/11/2016

    1. Modified to track the Digirex install path separately on each workstation. (F3092)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 12/08/2010
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add fields for ID/Password to be passed through the switch.ini bridge. (F0796)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2010
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation. (F0796)
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 4/08/2015
    Release Date: 4/08/2015

    1. Initial creation for Canary System. (F2490)
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/25/2011
    Release Date:8/25/2011

    1. Initial integration. (F1080)
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/11/2016
    Release Date: 3/11/2016

    1. Initial creation of Dexis bridge. (F3063)
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/3/2020
    Release Date: TBD

      1. Updated for new SDK to support bridging to EzDenti-I v3. (F4083)

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: 1/6/2014

    1. Initial creation. (F1990)
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 2/06/2013
    Release Date: 2/06/2013

    1. Modified to allow the application path to be determined by a registry key, rather than a hard-coded path. (F1559)
  • Version 1.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: N/A
    Release Date: 03/11/2016

    1. Initial Public Release
  • Version 1.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 10/02/2008
    Release Date: 01/17/2011

    1. Added DOB checkbox option. (F209)
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 11/06/2014
    Release Date: 11/06/2014

    1. Initial Release. (F2103)
  • Version 1.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/26/2017
    Release Date:10/10/2017

    1. Initial creation of Sota Image DGDLL. (F3510)
  • Version 1.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 5/13/2015
    Release Date: 5/13/2015

    1. Corrected issue URL conversion of space characters. The DGDLL was doing XML encoding instead of URL encoding. (F2804)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Renamed to XVWeb and changed icon. (F2369)

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/28/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation. (F1274)

XrayVision Line of Products

  • XRAYVISION AND OEM VERSIONS

    (Includes: BelmontXV / CliniView / DDS Works / DentiMax Advance Imaging / ImageDDS / ImageXL / LED Imaging / LynxVision Pro / MaxiViewer / MPDx / OneView / OriView / Prof Suni / QSI Image / Sigma Image XRV / VisionDent)

    XrayVision 4

    Version 4.0.0.15
    Beta Release Date: 11/12/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. [In process]

    Version 4.0.0.14
    Beta Release Date: 1/11/2019
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Printing multiple images: users can now rearrange selected images. (F3571)
    2. Corrected issue with date formatting when printing images with image acquisition date displayed. (F3723)
    3. Corrected issue with disabling the prompt for label properties. (F1447)
    4. Corrected issue with opening layouts from older versions of XV3. (F1434)
    5. Internal changes related to registration and license tracking. (F3630, F3664, F3833)
    6. Internal functionality for specifying the local Temp folder rather than ProgramData for the work-in-progress directory. (F3876)
    7. Changes for specific OEM version toolbar. (F3660)
    8. Changes for specific OEM version about screen. (F3715)
    9. New OEM version created. (F3730)

    Version 4.0.0.12
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Added option to include labels in exported images. (F3493)
    2. Modified arrow key navigation in layouts to correspond to relative position of layout tiles, rather than capture order. (F3566)
    3. Added utility to rebuild database recovered from an undelete or other data recovery. (F3528)
    4. Internal update to file dialog code in specific windows. (F3569)

    Version 4.0.0.11
    Beta Release Date: 5/26/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Corrected issue with taken dates on images copied between layouts. (B1378)

    Version 4.0.0.10
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2017
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Single images exported from layouts should now be filtered according to the enabled real-time filter. (F3217)
    2. Added option in the Layout Taken Date window to also set the taken date for all images in the layout. (F3318)
    3. Added option to merge labels for layouts transfered through a TransIT plugin. (F3303)
    4. Corrected issue with color layouts having grayscale thumbnails. (F3444)
    5. Added print option for “maximum image size”. (F3350)
    6. Corrected issue with auto-import into layouts that have specified pre-defined image files for certain tiles. (F3456)
    7. Mask SSN in the “Select Patient From External Database” window that may appear when bridging from a PM software. (3425)
    8. Corrected licensing handling for computer names that contain special characters. (F3344)
    9. Added patent number under Help > About. (F3348)

    Version 4.0.0.9
    Beta Release Date: 10/19/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Corrected issue with Auto Export to patient-specific subfolder when patient information contains special characters. (F3260)
    2. Changed appearance of B/C adjuster crosshair for easier visibility. (F3113)
    3. Corrected issue with option for pause between layout tile captures not being saved. (B1321)
    4. Modified when the database selection window appears if user login is enabled. (F2920)
    5. Modified behavior of option within the “Auto-Import Images or Layout” window. (F3137)

    Version 4.0.0.8
    Beta Release Date: 9/23/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added Device Identifier for specific OEM version. (F3279)

    Version 4.0.0.7
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added despeckle noise removal filter. (F3218)
    2. Added Device Identifier under Help > About. (F3211)

    Version 4.0.0.6
    Beta Release Date: 7/15/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue with color images experiencing data loss during brightness/contrast adjustments. (B1297)
    2. Added ability to pass DICOM information to IADLL filters when necessary for proper functionality. (F3172)
    3. Will now exclude % and ^ characters from patient names. (B1279)

    Version 4.0.0.5
    Beta Release Date: 3/23/2016
    Release Date: 7/15/2016

    1. Added Adaptive Histogram Equalization filter under Enhancement menu > Brightness/Contrast. (F3109)
    2. Increased speed of image filtering algorithms on multi-core processor systems. (F2871)
    3. Added option under Edit menu to Undo/Redo modifications to all the images in a layout simultaneously. (B1262)
    4. Added ability to send the patient name to capture plugins (SEDs) for future support of patient name display within hardware interface. (F3007)
    5.  Resolved issue with incorrect XVSync ToStore entries for layouts moved between patients. (B1256)
    6. Added ability to translate registration interface for non-English users. (F3046)
    7. Masked patient SSN in bridge matching window “Could these be the same patient?” (F3047)
    8. Corrected typo in Select Database window. (F2921)

    Version 4.0.0.4
    Beta Release Date: 12/4/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Resolved issue with comparing images from layouts that were converted from a 3rd party imaging system. (B1217)
    2. Added 16-bit TIFF export capability for STB16 images. (F2883)
    3. Internal changes for DICOM UID assignment to images (UID stored in image information). (F2811)
    4. Internal changes for future DICOM integration. (F2822)
    5. Modified EULA and About information for regulatory requirements. (F2856)

    Version 4.0.0.3
    Beta Release Date: 5/1/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added Save All button when closing program with multiple unsaved images still open. (F2535)
    2. Added option to display taken dates below thumbnails in the Open Patient Images window only, under Tools menu > Options > Interface tab. (F2750, F2593)
    3. Added option to apply real-time filtering to exported single images. Option will be displayed during export. (F2593)
    4. Added option to remember the previously-selected Image Types in the Open Patient Images window. (F2692)
    5. Added option to choose the field that is initially selected in the Patient Index window (First Name, Last Name, ID, or SSN), available under Tools > Options > Interface tab. (F2643)
    6. Added right-click choices to thumbnails for non-images and CTs, allowing the user to specify a Description, Tooth Numbers, Image Type, and Taken Date. (F2541, F2772, F1621, F2773)
    7. Added report displaying how many xrays a patient has taken in the past year, and how long since their last xrays were taken, available under Database menu > Database Utilities > Print/Export Patient Image Report. (F2726)
    8. For Active Directory integration, it will now allow a different Active Directory user to authenticate than the one currently logged into Windows. (F2697)
    9. Resolved issue with Take/Retake From button functionality from Layout View window. (B1148)
    10. Added help window to the Auto Export Footer setup, listing the available variables that can be added to the footer. (F2685)
    11. Will now remember the last selected Image Type in the Capture Image window. (F2601)
    12. Resolved issue with angle measurements not being editable when set to 90 or 180 degrees. (B1183)
    13. Added option to periodically cleanup the local temporary ProgramData storage folder every week. (F2510)
    14. When exporting images, the extra XVTag file is no longer being placed in the export location. (F2662)
    15. Verified medical device labeling requirements. (F2747)

    Version 4.0.0.2
    Beta Release Date: 3/12/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add ability to specify which 3D rendering extension to use for CT viewing. (F2560)
    2. Added ability to import CT\’s through the direct capture extensions. (F2295)
    3. Added customizable help menu options for OEM versions. (F2597)
    4. Will now use the user\’s Windows locale setting when displaying month names in dates. (F2640)
    5. Resolved issues with various untranslatable phrases throughout the software. (B1130)
    6. Resolved issue with licensing. (B1181)
    7. Added option to cleanup duplicate images in the database to correct improper database merging/duplication. (F2724)

    Version 4.0.0.1
    Beta Release Date: 8/8/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated printing options (F2427)
    2. Added patents for real-time filters (F2428)
    3. Added support for “New From Clipboard” to paste in an image file directly (F2431)
    4. Modified handling of temporary storage for layouts (F2482, F2483)
    5. Corrected issue where toolbox button “Import Images or Layout…” would not function if a single image was open (B1095)
    6. Correct issue where real-time filter toolbar button function would change if new real-time filter was added (B1082)
    7. Corrected issue where layout stamp files could be saved with RTF applied. (B1101)
    8. Modified help menu link to launch PDF help file rather than web version. (F2367)

    Version 4.0.0.0
    Beta Release Date: Internal/Limited
    Release Date: 6/2/2014

    1. Updated the icons and look-and-feel of the interface and various dialogs. (F2195, F2325, F2155, F2121, F2169, F2168, F2217, F2158, F2180, F2190, F2159, F1822, F2187, F2249, F2154, F2156, F2157, F2164, F2165, F2152, F2189, F2252, F2272, F1988, F2198, F2368)
    2. Added graphics and icons to the various menus. (F2143, F2354)
    3. Added custom image/layout description to thumbnails and mouseover tooltips. (F1334, F1823)
    4. Redesigned custom toolbar/toolbox functionality to allow more graphics, functions, specific hardware, and custom text. (F2178, F2179, F2256, F2127, F2124, F2125)
    5. Added multiple toolbar/toolbox selection sizes: Small, Medium, Large, Very Large, Huge (for high resolution monitors). (F2153, F2030, F815)
    6. Default toolbar: new standard toolbar definition. (F2326)
    7. Improved printing functionality now allows printing multiple images from a layout, selected part of an image, and other options. (F1438, F2260, F2244, F2243)
    8. Added Remote Audit Trail functionality, and more detailed Secure Logging. (F1927, F2135)
    9. Added multiple PA series capture functionality. (F1379)
    10. Added Continuous Series Capture functionality (Continuous Endo). (F404)
    11. Added real-time filter option selection to the bottom status bar of the main window. (F2315, F2128)
    12. Added real-time filter Spot Enhancement tool under Actions menu. (F1600)
    13. Added real-time legnth display to Measurement Label tool. (F2310)
    14. Added menu option to create new real-time filter (RTF) based on another existing RTF. (F2254)
    15. Added option to anonymize patient foldernames. (F2257)
    16. Added support for selecting and switching between multiple local/remote databases. (F2330)
    17. New “Compare Images” option added to Image menu and right-click context menus. (F619)
    18. Modified option to set default toolbar to also set a default toolbox. (F2191)
    19. Added brightness/contract (B/C) adjustment tool within the History/Compare window. (F672)
    20. Improved Full Screen View with new enhancement and image manipulation functionality. (F2149)
    21. Added option to allow the floating Layout Overview box to become semi-transparent. (F2223)
    22. Reorganized all capture hardware options into one window under Tools > Hardware Options. (F2146, F2145)
    23. Security: improved user-level permission control, integrated Active Directory security. (F314, F2203)
    24. Redesigned the layout editor. (F2199)
    25. Capture Single Image window: improved look and feel of interface. (F2132, F2161, F2130)
    26. Added new option to restore Original Image, under Patient > Patient Utilities menu. (F2314)
    27. New Image Bar functionality: remembering last position, double-click to open image in XV, right-click for additional options. (F1061)
    28. Layout Views now have more user-friendly toolbars and interface. (F2200, F2148, F2151)
    29. Added option to directly open a patient\’s folder through Windows Explorer, under Patient > Patient Utilities menu. (F2269)
    30. Customizable background graphic and tiling added to the application. (F2192, F2316)
    31. Updated the Image Type categories to use standard modalities. (F2134, F2144)
    32. Added a new “Keyboard Shortcut Reference” under the Help menu. (F2255, F2166)
    33. Ability to modify/delete keywords associated with images. (F410)
    34. Improved spot magnify box: multiple monitor support, renamed to “Box Magnifier”. (F2229)
    35. Advanced Patient Merge: Added option to merge patients with same name and DOB. (F2053)
    36. Add full path and filename to Registry location information under new “ApplicationFullPaths” registry key. (F2147)
    37. Added option under preferences to clear most-recently-used (MRU) patient list. (F2251)
    38. Options window: Redesigned interface, cleaned up settings. (F2141, F1825)
    39. Auto-Imported source files are now moved to recycle bin rather than being deleted after import. (F1774)
    40. Option to disable “display user cancelled messages” now works for any hardware capture. (F2355)
    41. Image type assignment in hardware extension now overrides default layout hardware image type. (F1417)
    42. Resolved issue with images imported into a layout not getting tooth assignments saved to them. (F2313)
    43. Resolved issue with importing multiple images that are assigned the exact same taken date and time. (F2284)
    44. Resolved issue with text label functionality. (F1714)
    45. Resolved issue with data drill not matching properly when entire patient database contains 0\’s for the SSN. (F2419)
    46. Resolved delay issue caused when Sensor Sound effect paths are invalid. (F2056)
    47. Resolved compatibility issue with Cosmetic Imaging, WhitenIT IEDLL add-ons. (B1062)
    48. Resolved issue with Apteryx-specific TWAINs returning double images. (B1049)
    49. Resolved issue with software hang when user clicks Take/Retake twice from Layout View. (B925)
    50. Resolved issue with custom toolbar functionality for layout capture buttons. (B1063)
    51. Resolved issue with thumbnails appearing inverted in layouts. (B918)
    52. Modified printed header/footer taken date information for printouts of multiple images from different dates. (B938)
    53. Resolved Auto Export file date showing as exported date when exporting a layout with a user-specified size. (B934)
    54. Resolved issue with Layout Overview showing huge measurement labels on images. (B946)
    55. Resolved issue where software only imports some of the many images selected to import. (B975)
    56. Corrected Label Properties Config error message displaying everytime software is launched. (B1010)
    57. Correct issue with tooth renumbering when rearranging images in a layout. (B1003)
    58. Corrected issue with Floating ToolBox in multiple monitor environments. (B924)
    59. Corrected issue with invalid menu options listed under Window > Control Windows. (B963)
    60. Ability to move lightbox to a different monitor in dual monitor environment. (F738)
    61. New Fourier Transform image filter algorithm. (F2237)
    62. Various list items can now be selected from anywhere in the row, not just the first column. (F2131)
    63. Improved sorting of patient Direct Select window. (F690)
    64. Version 4 registration functionality and proper handling for version 3 upgrades. (F2224, F2194)
    65. Modified handling of global settings that are changed while other instances of the software are open. (F2236)
    66. Updated About, contact info, copyright, version, and patent information in the software. (F2163, F2172, F2126, F2185, F2167)
    67. Improved organization of Database and Labels menus. (F2207, F2160, F2218)
    68. Removed obsolete/unused buttons from the Modify Tooth Associations window. (F2150)
    69. Removed obsolete capture functionality: Scan2Print, Background Capture. (F2122, F2274)
    70. Removed obsolete “Advanced Feature” menu options. (F2162)

    XrayVision 3

    Version 3.12 Build 45
    Beta Release Date: 1/8/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issue with deleting images to the local recycle bin. (B1043)
    2. Modified Secure Logging display to include patient\’s internal Record Number. (F2097)
    3. Modified Secure Logging display to correct identification of patient fields. (B948)

    Version 3.12 Build 44
    Beta Release Date: 11/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified “DLL and Extension Information” window to display new ApteryxINI DLL. (F2075)

    Version 3.12 Build 43
    Beta Release Date: 11/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modification to patient directory naming convention. (F1907)
    2. Additional option in command-line parameter /c to specify maximum dimensions of exported image. (F2008)
    3. Additional debug logging added during process startup. (F1870)
    4. Resolved issue with DICOM integration not specifying correct image UIDs. (F2014)
    5. Modification to EULA-specification code for dealer-specific EULAs. (F1975)

    Version 3.12 Build 42
    Beta Release Date: Internal Only
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Internal modifications to STB file I/O handling. (F1920)

    Version 3.12 Build 41
    Beta Release Date: 5/6/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified layout definitions to allow Preferred Imaging Devices that include scanners, TWAINs. (F1697)
    2. Added Real Time Filter option to exclude large images (e.g. pan/ceph) from being filtered. (F1433)
    3. Changed appearance and behavior of several image enhancement preview windows. (F1411)
    4. Modified the Image Bar to allow it to be resized, repositioned, and retain those settings. (F1640)
    5. Modified Teeth image view to be resizeable. (F1410)
    6. Added option to remember the last position within the Patient Index window. (F1412)
    7. Added option under Labels > Allow Interaction With Labels, to enable or disable the ability to interact with labels after they are created. (F1286)
    8. Added layout option to delete empty tiles. (F1352)
    9. Modified layout functionality to allow emailing single image from within Layout View mode. (F1292)
    10. Modified Merge Patients window to remain open after a merge is performed. (F1616)
    11. Add functionality to allow bulk submitting of images to a TransIT plugin. (F1666)
    12. Add functionality to allow TransIT plugins to receive information on notes, tooth numbers. (F1501)
    13. Added ability to change default image type when using Auto Import from within the Capture Layout window. (F1562)
    14. Modified the DICOMDIR importation process to be more automated. (F1260)
    15. Internal redesign to all Select Directory dialog windows. (F1734)
    16. Modified displayed setting ranges within the HLS Adjustment enhancement window. (F1376)
    17. Modified contact information under About dialog. (F1656)
    18. Modified document template image data to remove newline characters from image notes. (F1658)
    19. Mass Data Correction will now write log of results, rather than popping up errors during the correction process. (F1688)
    20. Removed option to automatically save images after completing layout to avoid accidentally being disabled. (F1625)
    21. Added new .PackagedFiles file for images with accessory files, such as analysis records for the Logicon Caries Detector. (F1832)
    22. Changed internal functionality of help menu items. (F1671)
    23. Resolved issue with incorrect taken date after applying image modifications and then changing taken date. (B772)
    24. Resolved issue with layout Group Type not being set to Misc when all images are set to Misc. (B822)
    25. Corrected issue that could cause a crash when label view was opened from a layout image. (B877)
    26. Resolved issue with opening several large layouts containing digital camera images. (B871)
    27. Resolved issue in Windows 8 with image titlebar text overlapping. (B866)
    28. Corrected issue with layout crashing due to pre-existing config file. (B882)
    29. Modified layout subtype functionality for imported layouts. (B836)
    30. Modified imaging device type/subtype functionality for captures via custom toolbar buttons. (B855)
    31. Resolved issue where unassociated layout tiles do not prompt for tooth numbers for “Take/Retake” captures. (B863)
    32. Resolved backwards-compatibility issue with popoutbar. (B902)
    33. Corrected issue with Auto Import functionality. (B942)

    Version 3.12 Build 40
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified Global Recent Patient list to update in realtime. (B785)
    2. Redesigned toolbar/toolbox icon drawing engine for higher color bit depth custom icons. (F1631)
    3. Resolved issue for situation in which full-size images were saved as grayscale but thumbnails were saved as color images. (B806)
    4. Resolved issue with color conversion option for TWAIN captures. (B814)
    5. Internal changes to shared code for TWAIN acquisition in DCV. (F1613)
    6. Resolved issue with layout taken date showing file creation date. (B862)

    Version 3.12 Build 39
    Beta Release Date: 5/24/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added new imaging filtering based on the standard Unsharp Mask algorithm: Gaussian Blur, Gaussian Edge Enhancement. (F1387)
    2. Voice recognition: modified tooth selection to avoid repeatedly saying “Select”. (F1351)
    3. Added support for single images to prompt to be saved after being modified by the B/C sidebar utility (F1385)
    4. Added new option to remove blank “- -” SSNs from database. (F1326)
    5. Resolved issue with hung process when using Windows Speech Recognition (B728)
    6. When moving a tile in a layout to another patient, a message box has been added to indicate that the image will not be removed from the layout (B742)
    7. Resolved issue where Take/Retake from Open Image was not maintaining the taken date (B727)
    8. Resolved issue where previously-saved Brightness/Contrast sidebar settings were not being applied to layout images. (B730)
    9. Resolved issue with displaying incorrect thumbnails in layouts. (B731)
    10. Resolved issue where the Ignore Color Images option in Realtime Filters would cause a program crash in certain layout capture/view scenarios. (B761)
    11. Added support for new Auto Export TransIT CED. (F1456)
    12. Modified executable information to be more generic to accommodate OEM versions. (F1355)
    13. Modification to TransIT integration to allow transmission of DICOM information. (F1413)

    Version 3.12 Build 38
    Release Date: 2/10/2012

    1. Tooth definition selection is now a global setting. (F1211)
    2. Improved support for voice control during layout capture, tooth selection, and other operations in the software. (F1217)
    3. SSN is now masked in Auto Export information. (F706)
    4. Copied/duplicated images will now maintain taken dates (F1054)
    5. Added prompt for tooth selection during layout capture, after image is captured to an unassociated tile. (F1217)
    6. Added option to have Original Images backup automatically added to the Sync ToStore database. (F1301)
    7. Added new messages to XML notifications. (F1257; F1296; F1275)
    8. Added warning message about image removal when auto-importing from folder. (F1252)
    9. Suppressed the Extended Image Information prompt when importing non-image files. (F1140)
    10. Better handling of certain corrupt images. (F1314)
    11. Patient folder name is refreshed after merging two duplicate entries together. (F1289)
    12. Added capability to auto-submit new or modified images via CED. (F1237)
    13. Modified Real Time Filter functionality to make filtered thumbnail images appear more similar to full-sized images. (B642)
    14. Re-implemented tablet “hold for right-click” functionality to circumvent Microsoft bug in Visual Studio 2010. (B594)
    15. Resolved issue with global Recent Patient list not properly updating. (B633)
    16. Added logging capability for command-line operations. (B720)
    17. Resolved issue with merging graphic labels into images. (B677)
    18. Resolved issue with incorrect categorization of scanned images. (B690; B691)

    3.12 Build 37
    Release Date: 10/28/2011

    1. Improved ability to import, store, and view non-image files (e.g. PDF, DOC, XLS, HTML, PPT, AVI, MOV, etc). (F662)
    2. Added new option “Create Patient Disk for Multiple Patients” to export images for multiple patients through the CD Burner extension. (F917)
    3. Added file lock warning when editing a patient that is currently open on another computer. (F1021)
    4. Added digital signature to application. (F554)
    5. Additional labels added to the Auto Export options, including image type (if specified) and a custom text field. (F989)
    6. Addition of custom-formatted taken dates to Predefined Text label options: %L – long date; %S – short date; %D – day; %M – month; %Y – year; %T12 – time 12 hour; %T24 – time 24 hour. (F987)
    7. Reduced entry duplication risk when patients exist with the same name in a different case (e.g. all uppercase vs. mixed case), and when SSN does/doesn\’t contain hyphens. (B616)
    8. New option for label creation added to the Interface tab – “left mouse button only creation mode”, which only uses the left mouse button to create the various measurement/angle labels. (F1005)
    9. Increased the dimensions of layouts exported as single images. (F426)
    10. Masked the patient SSN in the window “Select Patient from External Database”. (F1077)
    11. Masked patient information in Recent Patients list when option to “Hide patient information as much as possible” is enabled. (F1000)
    12. The Advanced Merge verification list is now sorted alphabetically by last name. (F1095)
    13. Added ability for TransIT extensions to have extended menu service options. (F1096)
    14. Corrected when new DICOM information is being associated with an image where the various dates were not set. (B627)
    15. Will now not allow someone to access other DICOM functions on images that have not had DICOM information associated with them. (B627)
    16. Resolved issue in which “Automatically Update the Selected Patient” does not update certain patients. (B575)
    17. Modified temporary file cleanup after closing a layout, in order to completely remove all unnecessary files. (B580)
    18. Resolved issue in which Auto-start Series Capture does not display the Layout Capture window. (B604)
    19. Resolve taken date issue in which updating the patient filemap overwrites the user-specified taken date. (B617)
    20. Images captured through DCDLLs will now be automatically added to the ToStore database for XV Sync. (B622)
    21. Resolved issue with Stop Series Capture button hanging with the Instrumentarium SED. (B586)
    22. Images pasted into layouts will now be saved as JPEG if the JPEG storage preferenced is set. (B599)
    23. Resolved issue where extra characters are appended to patient\’s foldernames in some patient editing scenarios. (B616)
    24. Modified matching ability for Advanced Merge for Different Name, Same SS/ID. (B638)
    25. Resolved issue with modified status reporting in the Group > Group File Information window. (B639)
    26. Added administrator credential prompt when accessing the Secure Logging Options (requires User Login to be enabled). (B647)
    27. Modified option to “Move All Image to a Patient” to enable moving all open images from one patient to another. (B643)
    28. Resolved issue with reselecting straight line and measurement labels that are perfectly horizontal or vertical. (B644)
    29. Resolved issues were syncing patients with different cases (upper/lower) or different SSN formats (dashes or no dashes) was causing duplicate records. (B654)

    Version 3.12 Build 33
    Release Date: 6/29/2011

    1. Resolved issue discovered with HTML Help Updater. Corrected functionality to look for the correct file for xvassistant help file \’xvassistant.htm. (F1020)
    2. Modified handling of series capture to allow hardware shutdown to occur at any point when a series is stopped within the Capture Layout window. (B572)

    Version 3.12 Build 32
    Release Date: 5/6/2011

    1. Resolved issue with Quick Layout Capture buttons being switched after new layouts are created. This also applies to other custom toolbar buttons that rely on populated menu lists. (B189)
    2. Improved handling of corrupt config files that cause crashes in certain scenarios. (B569)

    Version 3.12 Build 31
    Release Date: 5/4/2011

    1. Resolved issue with re-saving an STB as a JPEG when the image storage format has been changed. (B563)
    2. Resolved issue with Stop Sensor capture functionality during layout capture. (B555)
    3. Resolved issues with selecting the filetype and filename during Export and Save As operations. (B553; B557; B562)
    4. Integrated Recycle Bin deletion functionality for images deleted from layout. (B565)

    Version 3.12 Build 30
    Release Date: 3/17/2011

    1. Modified functionality of Update Patient Filemaps in determining the taken date of layouts. (B546)
    2. Modified the determination of taken dates for layouts with mixed dates. (B546)
    3. Resolved issue with OEM searching for CHM help file. (B342)

    Version 3.12 Build 29
    Release Date: 3/16/2011

    1. Corrected issue where demographic information (dob, gender) changed in a Practice Management application was not being updated in XV when bridging a patient using the command line parameter “/p”. (B430)

    Version 3.12 Build 28
    Release Date: 2/24/2011

    1. Modified handling of read-only config files to allow the global XVAssistant.cfg to be set to read only, and disallow the users to be able to remove that status and update it. Also modified computer-specific read-only config file handling to allow users to exit the program without requiring that the read-only status be removed. (B542)
    2. Retrieving images from a dicom server into a selected layout will no longer open the capture window. (B418)
    3. Dicom “Store Images” is no longer available when no patients are open. (B418)

    Version 3.12 Build 27
    Release Date: 2/19/2011

    1. Integrated new browser-based help interface, featuring updated documentation. (B342)
    2. In the the Reorganize Layout Images screen, a new button exists called “Capture Additional Images” (F748)
    3. The Group Taken Date will now be displayed in the titlebar for layouts. (F904)
    4. If the last-saved path to the tooth definition TDF files is invalid, the software will now default to the current Bin folder. This resolves slowness issues for customers who have moved the program folder from an old server, but the network is still trying to resolve the old server name due to this setting.(F908)
    5. Added option to prompt for tooth information during layout capture when a tile does not have tooth associations. Available under Tools > Options > Image tab. (F896)

    Version 3.12 Build 26
    Release Date: 2/2/2011

    1. When bridging patient data, the software will now automatically search for similar patients if an exact match is not initially found. (F343)
    2. Added Capture Series arrow button that will override the layout\’s preferred sensor, for mixed-sensor environments. (F886)
    3. Remembers the circle size and magnification level for features like Spot Magnify/Enhance/etc, rather than defauling to Medium. (F816)
    4. Integrated measurement calibration with overlays, real-sized image printing. (B513, F535)
    5. Saves print header/footer changes without requiring the user to print. (F817)
    6. Added search fields to Move to Patient selection window. (F786)
    7. Added option under Group > Layout Options, to overwrite the Extended Image Information for all the images in a layout simultaneously. (F413)
    8. When exporting and/or auto-exporting, the exported image now has the creation date and date modified set to the Taken Date. (F421)
    9. “Draw real representations of layouts” is now enabled by default. (F612)
    10. Double click functionality now works when you open layout in single image view. (F898)
    11. The software will now set the tooth control to whatever is set in the Tooth Control pop-out bar. (F822)
    12. Added option to the Interface2 tab to display a 4-second preview image after each image is captured during layout capture. (F216)
    13. The Full Screen View will now default to the magnification tool. (F199)
    14. Resolved issue where “Incorrect Parameter” error is returned when trying to change the taken date of an image or layout. (B495)
    15. Resolved issue where imported images were not being saved with the specified Image Type and Subtype. (B501)
    16. New drawing enabled for replacing drawn parts of the image when using spot enhancement tools. (B226)
    17. The patient name-matching rules have become more strict to avoid unreliable matching caused by single-character names. (B475)
    18. Displaying a layout Full Screen View from the Image Bar will now take into consideration if it is on the primary monitor and the Windows taskbar is displayed. (B436)
    19. Resolved issue where patient information for individual layout tile\’s was not updating with new patient information, after the layout is moved to a different patient. (B165)
    20. New format added to the MRU lists, that includes SSN and ID. (B169)
    21. Fixed bug produced when patients added from a DICOM worklist into XV have a caret in their name, causing issues with characters displaying as SSN. (B193)
    22. Fixed bug that caused unassociated images in a layout to be saved as STB, rather than JPEG, if format was set to jpeg. (B340)
    23. Tooth association is now prompted for capture from a custom toolbar button to capture from an IDDLL (B351)
    24. Fixed bug where the ImageBar was setting the default background color for all thumbnail controls to black. (B452)
    25. Resolved temporary black splotches appearing around layout images when using the spot enhancement tools. (B153)
    26. Fixed bug with “Lock toolbox” where the toolbox will revert to the old settings that were used the last time the program was closed instead of current. (B462)
    27. Resolved file extension issue where it only matches .JPG, not .JPEG and same for TIF versus TIFF. (B425)
    28. Better handling of patient data between NameGrabber and Data Drill to avoid misinterpretation. (B400)
    29. Resolved issue with calibrating and measuring a newly captured layout image. (B500)
    30. Resolved a “Read only file specified” error when modifying a digital camera layout image. (B208)

    Version 3.12 Build 25
    Release Date: 12/30/2010

    1. Modified default options under Tools > Options. (F878)

     

    Version 3.12 Build 24
    Release Date: 12/29/2010

    1. Added “YYYY/MM/DD” date format and correct “image taken date” window to display as the format it is set to. (B484)
    2. Corrected issue with maximized images reverting back to a tiled view of all open images when window > tile\’ is selected on the menu. (B446)
    3. Resolved pixel defect issue produced when performing a custom rotation. (B390)
    4. Integrated the new RTF and \’lock views\’ tools into the compare window. (F672)
    5. Added a new option under Real-time Filters Options menu to \’ignore color images\’. (F836)

    Version 3.12 Build 23
    Release Date: 12/17/2010

    1. Added new option to Time/Date tab to place the year before the date (e.g. YYYY/MM/DD). (B484)
    2. Added XML notifications functionality whenever a patient/image/layout is created/modified within the software. (F847)
    3. Resolved issue where reorganizing a layout does not automatically update the tooth number information within each tile\’s image file. (B393)
    4. Resolved issue with small thumbnails being generated for layouts captured or saved in version 3.12. (B461)
    5. Resolved issue where selecting an extension from the Digital X-ray tab will instead open the last-used extension on the Digital Image tab. (B408)
    6. Resolved issue where selecting “Make this computer use the default toolbar” will not update the computer\’s custom toolbar config file when the program is restarted. (B303)

    Version 3.12 Build 22
    Release Date: 12/2/2010

    1. Added functionality to perform a version check of NameGrabber when starting XV. (B489)
    2. Resolved issue with tooth associations for imported files into layouts. (B360)
    3. Added consistency in how Spot Magnifier functions when accessed via Toolbox or History-Compare. (F673)

    Version 3.12 Build 20
    Release Date: 11/11/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 3.12 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/4/2010

    1. Implemented ability to notify web server through HTTP POST when database changes occur, using a specific XML message format. This enabled by selecting the option “Enable XML notification posts” on the Notifications tab. (F847)
    2. Resolved issue with the functionality of the safety option “Automatically save layouts/groups after each new image capture”. (B466)
    3. Resolved issue with error “Attempted an unsupported operation” in Windows Vista only (not Win 7), when attempting to Save As, Export, or Save Copy. (B465)
    4. Increased speed of Median Filter implementation. (F842)

    Version 3.12 Build 18
    Release Date: 10/22/2010

    1. Added support for closing all patients via XrayVision Link DLL. (F833).
    2. Added command line flag /L to close all patients. (F833)

    Version 3.12 Build 17
    Release Date: 9/30/2010

    1. Added support for licensing by user and by client. (F813)
    2. Add language translation functionality into components on the Tooth Control and Safety tabs of Options. (B456)

    Version 3.12 Build 16
    Release Date: 9/29/2010

    1. Resolved issue with displaying registration numbers under Help > Display Registration Information. (B448)

    Version 3.12 Build 15
    Release Date: 9/2/2010

    1. Added automatic image tiling options to the Interface tab under Image Tiling that will automatically tile images on XV display when opened. An additional option allows images to be automatically tiled vertically or horizontally. (F790)

    Version 3.12 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added option on Interface tab under Image Tiling to leave extra space at the bottom of the window when tiling images to allow the auto-placement of the Layout Overview window at the bottom of the screen, without other images getting in the way. (F782)

    Version 3.12 Build 11
    Release Date: 8/10/2010

    1. Added Advanced Merge options to merge based on patient ID number.

    Version 3.12 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/29/2010

    1. Forced layout background color in the Select Layout window to use the user-specified background color for all layouts.

    Version 3.12 Build 8
    Release Date: 7/14/2010

    1. Resolved compatibility issue with pre-3.12 version of XVAssistant.cfg.
    2. Added “None” option to the Real Time Filter selection list.
    3. Resolved issue where software would hang if more than 3 images are open and the SSI Image Enhancement real-time filter is selected.
    4. Added option to set the background color of layouts to black (Group > Layout Options > Change Background Color).
    5. Resolved issue where “invalid argument” occurs when IADLL files are missing from the program directory.

    Version 3.12 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/8/2010

    1. Resolved issue where “RTF Enabled” dialog is not displayed in the lower right after XrayVision is restarted.

    Version 3.12 Build 5
    Release Date: 6/25/2010

    Resolved slow opening of layouts as of 3.12 build 2.

    Version 3.12 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/4/2010

    1. Changed patient ID number to be case insensitive when bridging from practice management software.
    2. Changed the graphic list control to a checked list box control in the Mass Data Correction import confirmation window.
    3. Resolved issue with dragging and dropping files directly into the XrayVision application window.

    Version 3.12 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/19/2010

    1. Added Real Time Filter feature (accessible through right-click or Enhancements menu) that display a filtered version of all open images, without changing the actual saved image data.
    2. Improved software stability by restricting operations such as closing a layout or patient, or bridging a new patient, during critical tasks such as capturing or saving a layout. Error message will appear when a prohibited operation is attempted.
    3. Added support for Swedish patient identification number formatting of SSN.
    4. Added support for exporting, auto-exporting, and document spawning of filtered images that have been modified by the B/C brightness contrast sidebar utility.
    5. Modified layout capture to wait on the first tile when: the software is set to auto-start layout capture; and the layout tiles are set to Taken From: Auto Import; but there are currently no images in the auto-import folder.
    6. Resolved issue where the take date was cut off on the bottom edge of certain layouts.
    7. Added option to allow only one patient open at a given time. This option is available on the Interface 2 tab under Single Patient.
    8. Added ability to double-click on an image in order to revert back to Layout View when a layout is switched from Layout View to Single-Image View.
    9. Masked SSN in additional locations throughout the software.
    10. Re-arranged and cleaned up the buttons above the Layout View and Single Image View to make them more consistent.
    11. Resolved bridging issue with patients that have no SSN in practice management (PM) software that would prompt the user to select from a full list of patients without SSNs in the PM database.

    Version 3.12 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/6/2010

    1. Updated components and development environment for forward compatibility with future versions of the software.

    Version 3.11 Build 55
    Release Date: 4/13/2010

    1. Modified the various delete options under the right-click menus in the various layout views.
    2. Made further changes to preventing other patients from bridging when in the middle of different patient related functions in another patient (e.g. capture dialog, open patient images dialog, capture video, layout saving, print, print multiple, etc).
    3. Added new advanced export and import data correction utilities (Mass Data Correction) in the Database Utilities menu.
    4. Added additional safety options to prevent the user from forcefully closing a layout when it is still saving to a disk drive.
    5. “Stop Sensor Capture” button renamed to “Stop Series Capture”.
    6. Added Global ID matching options where patient information is coordinated based on the patient ID. This option is primarily used by large organizations that bridge patient information over from a third party application.
    7. Made adjustments for when dealing with really, really large images. The application could potentially run out of memory when doing image operations on very large images or multiple large images. Virtualized memory added when dealing with undo/redo operations on very large image operations.

    Version 3.11 Build 55
    Release Date: 4/7/2010

    1. Modified the various delete options under the right-click menus in the various layout views.

    Version 3.11 Build 52
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Color labels now appear in grayscale images when: printing; full screen view; floater view; copy to clipboard; spawned image documents.
    2. “Delete original” option now follows recycle bin setting.
    3. Tile indicators now displayed when working with layouts in the layout manager and the “display tile tooth numbers” option is enabled.
    4. Tooth numbers have been added to the status bar when working with images in a layout (e.g. single image view or tile selection).
    5. Patient sex and DOB have been added to the information displayed in the various Advanced Patient Merge dialogs.
    6. Added the ability to assign an “auto import” source to a layout\’s tile. This option additionally works when using the “automatically start series acquisition” option.
    7. Added new “/w” option that enables a remote application to specify a named windows event that will be signaled whenever an image is acquired or imported.
    8. New features added to prevent a patient from being bridged from a third party application when the user is currently in a layout or image capture context.
    9. Made is so fewer “user cancelled” messages are displayed when the user cancels a layout acquisition and the option to display cancel messages is disabled.
    10. Problem corrected where Auto Export can overwrite an already exported image when the patient name has special characters in it.
    11. Problem corrected where the patient ID number and Sex columns were switched.
    12. Problem corrected when programmatically launching XrayVision very quickly in a row when bridging patients can result in database access problems. This can manifest itself as the patient not being seen or being added to the database more than once.
    13. Problem corrected where resaving an image with the “apply storage scheme to already saved images” can loose the converted image when converting from STB to JPEG.

    Version 3.11 Build 50
    Release Date: 2/23/2010

    1. Corrected an issue with latency generated by additional information checking when bridging patients from a third party application.
    2. Corrected an issue where the new tooth number indicators would not updated when changing the tooth associations for an image in a layout.

    Version 3.11 Build 49
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Changing the patient name will now update the patient information in all of the title bars.
    2. Corrected a problem where an image\’s thumbnail in a layout could reflect the an older image when an image is deleted and then retaken in a new layout.
    3. The tile number indicators on each tile in a layout can now display the tooth numbers associated with each tile. New option on Interface 2 can be used to set it back to display the tile number. The new tooth number display will also appear on layout printouts.
    4. The tile number indicators have been made smaller.
    5. Changes made to conflict between the patient information hiding and patient information display options. New note added under the options tab to indicate which one takes precedence.
    6. Corrected image flicker when resizing STB and STB16 images.
    7. New verbiage has been added to the Version Incompatibility dialog to reduce the confusion concerning what the user should do to rectify the problem.
    8. Correction made to problem where patient thumbnails can stop updating on the patient index when manually typing in a patient\’s name.
    9. New option added (enabled by default) to the General 2 tab to automatically update the patient information associated with a layout when the patient information does not match (e.g. a patient gets married and changes their name, patient ID number is updated, etc). Previously the software would prompt the user concerning that should be done.
    10. New handling added to allow the application to recover from corrupted LYO files (the files that remember what size and positions the applications and various windows were when the application was closed).
    11. Made changes to correct the issue with new installations where the DirectVideo extension is used instead of a sensor when the user follows a certain capture path the very first time they use the application.
    12. Added new options to permit image information to be placed in the footer of an image when performing an AutoExport.
    13. “Stop Sensor Capture” button added to the bottom of the capture layout dialog. This button can be used to abort a sensor capture instead of having to click on the various sensor status dialogs and clicking Cancel, Abort or the \’X\’ in the title bar of the dialog.
    14. New option added under the Interface 2 tab that remembers the last positioning of a single image view when viewing a layout. This is used by individuals that position the layout overview to one side of the window and the layout single view on the other. When enabled this option automatically repositions the windows in single image view to the previous positions used.
    15. Added a new option under the Interface 2 tab that allows the software to automatically start the series when acquiring in a new layout. Previously, the user had to initiate the series capture when a new layout is created.
    16. The Auto Import button on the layout capture screen will now automatically start importing without prompting the user to acknowledge a dialog. A new button beside the button has been added that will display the dialog and perform the standard dialog based auto-import.
    17. Full screen mode and FloaterViews now automatically are in ZOOM mode instead of PAN mode.
    18. Change made to prevent the conflict that can occur when multiple patients are bridged from a 3rd party application at the same time and the Open Patient Images or Patient Index is displayed. Previously, it would open multiple dialogs that could lead to confusion concerning what patient is open.
    19. You can now do a Ctrl+V paste into a layout when a tile is selected instead of clicking of one of the “take image from clipboard” options.
    20. The pop-up scroll bars that are displayed throughout the application have been replaced with standard scroll bars.
    21. The Open Patient Images will now appear again if the patient is open and they are then bridged again from a 3rd party application.
    22. Changes made to how patient information is updated when bridged from 3rd party applications. The new handling additionally works with the patient\’s DOB and sex.
    23. Tool tip have now been added over the tabs in the patient index. This provides additional information for each patient and in addition is used when there are similar patients tracked by the application.
    24. Adaptive Normalize macro has been changes so that user can now specify the top and bottom margins.
    25. New Recycle Bin option added (enabled by default) to the General 2 tab. Now when deleting images and/or patients they are moved to the Recycle Bin instead of being deleted. Please note that if you are deleting images and/or patients from a networked computer, the files/directories are saved in the LOCAL Recycle Bin and not in the remote computer\’s Recycle Bin.

    Version 3.11 Build 47
    Release Date: 1/11/2010

    1. Made additional changes for handling of ArchiveIT logging.
    2. Added functionality to add patient files to the ToStore database that have been imported via: Import Patient; new patients found during a Update Patient Database.

    Version 3.11 Build 44
    Release Date: 1/6/2010

    1. Corrected a problem when exporting patient CD/DVD when specifying the XV file format.

    Version 3.11 Build 43
    Release Date: 12/21/09

    1. Trial version licenses increased from 3 to 15.

    Version 3.11 Build 41
    Release Date: 12/3/09

    1. Option to make the ImageBar go vertically instead of horizontally.
    2. Added tool tips to the ImageBar.
    3. Touched up part of the ImageBar GUI.
    4. ImageBar now appears on the same monitor as the application instead of the primary monitor on multiple-monitor systems.
    5. Option added to allow the display of both the adult and deciduous tooth controls in the popup tooth control.
    6. Corrected where a user could still capture under Nobody even though the option to prevent acquisition under Nobody was checked. This happened for Quick Layout Captures and when the user directly select an acquisition from an IDDLL.
    7. Added the ability to work with layouts in an “Inside the mouth out” capacity. When in “inside-out” mode, various title bars and contexts are updated to indicate the mode. Images are automatically flipped in this mode during acquisition. The new options is located in the layout options (when defining a layout) or when flipping an existing layout.
    8. Layout tile font changed to better handle displaying the tile\’s text on various monitors.
    9. The “Taken From” text has been removed from the tile\’s text. The tiles still display what modality they are to capture from; just the “Taken From” text was removed.

    Version 3.11 Build 40
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Added new option to layout captures: auto-import images.

    Version 3.11 Build 38
    Release Date: 9/29/09

    1. Improved drawing/update speed for layout drawing and display.
    2. Improved drawing/update when resizing an image\’s or layout\’s window.
    3. Added new auto-import feature that can more easily import/acquire images from cameras and directories. The new feature automatically imports images either as single images or directly into a layout.

    Version 3.11 Build 32
    Release Date: 9/1/09

    1. Added new tab to the capture single image dialog that permits selection of a general TWAIN device that converts the returned image to a different color scheme when the image is returned. For example, some TWAIN scanners only return a full-color image even when scanning a grayscale image.

    Version 3.11 Build 31
    Release Date: 8/5/09

    1. Added a new option “Export Images” under the “Patient Utilities” menu that permits the exportation of patient images without having to open them first.
    2. Made modifications to the new label tools.
    3. Corrected typo in the export menu.
    4. Made changes to accommodate different font sizes and texts that can appear on the toolbar buttons.
    5. Added options and support for saving new images and modified images to the ToStore database. This database is used by XVSync to facilitate faster synchronization with other sites.

    Version 3.11 Build 26
    Release Date: 6/18/09

    1. Added translation corrections.
    2. Added ability to copy data tag search results to the clipboard.

    Version 3.11 Build 25
    Release Date: 6/3/09

    1. Added support for a Discipline.DAT file that identifies: Dental; Podiatry; Veterinary. Support for this file will be utilized in future releases. Currently its setting only modifies base option defaults and whether or not the Teeth pop-up is displayed.

    Version 3.11 Build 24
    Release Date: 5/28/09

    1. Added additional multiple-language handling.
    2. Added additional directory creation and deletion options to the diagnostics.
    3. Added additional error checking when work-in-progress directories cannot be created in the temporary WIP directory.

    Version 3.11 Build 23
    Release Date: 5/26/09

    1. Made a correction to version checking that incorrectly detected that the new version of the ArchiveIT extension was an unsupported version.

    Version 3.11 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/24/09

    1. Made a correction to default custom toolbar handling. Corrected error where the application may continue to ask if the default toolbar should be used.

    Version 3.11 Build 21
    Release Date: 4/20/09

    1. Added new Diagnostics option under the Help menu.
    2. Changed Suni\’s invoked 3D hardware button to recognize new direct capture extension name of “Suni3D.DCDLL”.
    3. Added new Diagnostic to determine if the WIP directory is intact.
    4. Updated floater view.
    5. Updated the export preview capability of the file dialog.
    6. Corrected problems with reallocating licenses of similarly named computers (e.g. “Computer1” and “Computer11”).
    7. Snap to grid operation when created layouts has been improved.
    8. Ability to select a category has been added when importing images.
    9. Naming conventions changed on the “Find Images By Date” dialog.
    10. Mouse over taken dates corrected in layout images.
    11. The layout\’s background color is now used in the Grid view and Single image view.
    12. Selected tile\’s border color has been changed to make it easier to see. This automatically changes based on the background color selected by the user.
    13. Default toolbar button choice can now be set. This operates similarly to setting the default configuration.
    14. New handling implemented when encountering corrupted taken dates with images.
    15. Variables have been added to predefined text labels. These variables are automatically replaced with the respective information when placed in an image (e.g. “%l, %f” will be replaced with the patient\’s last and first name).
    16. Corrected problem where unchecking the “Specified Text” options in various print dialogs still printed the text as if the option was still enabled. Additional corrections were made for the selected text font.
    17. Correction made when user manually selects a patient, then selects a different patient using the keyboard. Previously it opened the manually selected patient instead of the currently selected patient.
    18. Made changes so that the taken date and other information is transferred to a Word document when spawning from a layout.
    19. Made various multiple-monitor corrections that may not have registered user interactions when placed on a “negative” monitor (i.e. selecting the print order when printing multiple images).

    Version 3.11 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/20/09

    1. Added new JPEG library support that handles much wider JPEG images .
    2. ImageBar command line option updated to allow two options. \’/b\’ command line option will allow creation of the patient if they do not exist. \’/B\’ option will not create the patient if they do not exist (it will do nothing).
    3. ProfSuni: new default patient demographic requirements settings; new 3D logo.
    4. Updated the “path” field in the various image information dialogs so that it shows the whole path (if the path was too long it would truncate the value) and can now be copied to the clipboard.
    5. Corrected problem when double clicking on direct captured images (i.e. 3D volumes) on the patient\’s open image dialog would try and launch the image twice.
    6. New ESC key handling that will no longer dismiss a dialog when the ESC key is pressed to cancel an operation.

    Version 3.11 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/19/09

    1. Added file checking for files extracted from a zip file to ensure that they were correctly extracted to the extraction directory.

    Version 3.11 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/25/09

    1. Vista drawing issue with pop-out dialogs corrected. This was due to Vista\’s drawing of animated rectangle drawing which resulted in a SLOW animation.
    2. New installations default to Layout View instead of Single Image View.
    3. Monitor test pattern was added to the Tools menu.
    4. Copy to clipboard function with labels now keeps the labels in color for grayscale images. Previous version converted everything into grayscale when copying a grayscale image onto the clipboard.
    5. The default toolbox is no longer filled with all Arrow pointers.
    6. Implant labels are now oriented top-to-bottom by default instead of left-to-right.
    7. Layout indicators have been turned off on the Layout Floater View (when viewing single images in a layout).
    8. The Floater View has been completely updated.
    9. The ImageBar has had minor cosmetic updates.
    10. Modified the \’E\’, \’B\’ and \’T\’ command line arguments to NOT automatically create a patient if they do not exist. For more information, please refer to the Command Line Arguments on-line reference.
    11. Correction made to Layout Floater View – it would on occasion not update when made smaller.
    12. Additional tooth descriptions have been added (i.e. quadrant descriptors of Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4) to minimize the amount of space some tooth displays required.

    Version 3.11 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/13/09

    1. Added option to find out all the registration numbers assigned to a particular computer or installation. The “Display Registration Information” option is available under the Help menu.
    2. Added feature that displays known image types when acquiring from a 3D imaging device immediately after image acquisition.
    3. The patient information that is associated with each individual tile in a layout is now updated when a layout is moved to another patient. Previously the patient information was only updated for the overall layout until the user opened and resaved a layout at which time the patient information is updated for each image.
    4. Correction was made when the user selects a different database and then closes the application. The software will now reopen the same database that was opened the when the application was last closed.
    5. When a layout is opened in Single Image View, the first image is automatically selected. Current behavior displayed an “X” until the user selected an image.
    6. Corrected a problem where the dates displayed for each tile in a layout could revert to the modified date instead of the taken data associated with an image.

    Version 3.11 Build 14
    Release Date: 1/6/09

    1. Created a new “Could these be the same patient” interface. New dialog provides clearer options and descriptions of what will happen for each option selected. New options added to quickly update an existing patient with new patient information.
    2. Added a new reason column in the “Could these be the same patient” dialog that describes why each patient listed may be the same as the patient the user is trying to open/create.
    3. Added a new option to print the patient list reports when performing the Advanced Patient Merge function.
    4. Added ability to enable/disable individual merge items when performing an Advanced Patient Merge.
    5. Added a new feature that checks if the connection to the database has been lost (i.e. network problem, removable drive, etc) and displays an error indicating when the connection has been lost. Previously the software would display a “patient has been deleted” message when the connection is lost.
    6. The first tile in a layout is no longer automatically selected when opening an image in layout view.
    7. New features added to perform some of the image operations to ALL tiles in a layout at the same time. If no tile is selected in a layout and the user selects one of the viable image operations (i.e. invert), the software will prompt the user if the image operation should be performed on all of the images in the layout. Please note that due to various inputs required to perform some image operations (such as sharpening), not all image operations are available to be applied to all of the images at the same time.
    8. New “History” options added to the context sensitive menus. This new option more easily enables the user to access the history of a tooth (previously the user needed to click on the tooth or teeth in the Teeth pop-out dialog). A new style dialog was added to display the images in the tooth history instead of displaying the same dialog displayed by clicking on teeth in the Teeth popup dialog.
    9. Compare function added to the historical view of tooth related images. This compare can handle comparing 2, 3 or 4 images at the same time.
    10. Teeth associated with a layout has been modified to only include teeth associated with the actual images in a layout. Previously the teeth associated with a layout were based on the teeth associated with the tiles in a layout (those teeth were reflected in the tooth associations even if a tile did not have an image associated with it).
    11. A new, easier method of moving images around in a layout has been implemented. Images now do NOT have to be dropped directly onto another tile when moving the images around. When an image is dropped into open space a new tile is automatically created to contain the image. If the user then moves the image from the new tile to another tile in the layout the temporary tile is automatically deleted. If the user leaves the image in the new tile, the new tile automatically becomes a part of the layout. This new method also works when acquiring images in a layout.
    12. The “Move Image To Another Tile” button on the layout\’s toolbar has been changed to bring the user to a more advanced layout modification screen that permits the user to more easily move images around the layout. This modification screen supports the new temporary drag-and-drop tiles.
    13. By default, tiles can no longer be accidentally dragged around in the layout view. A new option has been added that locks the layout tiles so they cannot be moved by accident. Locking layouts can be disabled/enabled by a new button on the layout\’s toolbar.
    14. Extraneous save messages for layouts have been removed.
    15. Correction made to moving layouts between patients. Previously the original layout may not be deleted or removed from the old patient\’s record.
    16. Version Incompatibility window changed to include new wording and size.
    17. New options were added for STB images included in layouts that prevented labels from being merged into the image when it was exported or copied. This was due to the safety features that prevent STB images from being modified that were not needed when exporting the images in other formats or copying the images to the clipboard.
    18. Arrow keys when viewing single images in a layout have been changed (new buttons added) to correctly move between tiles in the floating layout view. The original arrow keys simply moved from one file to the next in the layout regardless of what order they appeared in the layout itself. The new arrow keys (marked with an “S”) move to the next and previous image in the series.
    19. Internal changes made to correct for portions of the application that were not being translated correctly in multiple-language versions of the software.

    Version 3.11 Build 11
    Release Date: 12/3/08

    1. Added new option to prevent image acquisition under “Nobody”.

    Version 3.11 Build 9
    Release Date: 10/17/08

    1. Made corrections to calibration management in Label View dialogs.
    2. Prevented auto-switching to point mode when drawing free-hand lines.
    3. Made adjustments to the amount of time it takes to add any new entries when recalling a patient from an archive.
    4. Made a correction to saving/exporting in the TIFF image format.
    5. Made a correction to incorrect license computation when applications are not shut down correctly and a new computer is trying to allocate a new license.
    6. Made a correction to taken dates associated with newly imported images that have their taken date changed immediately when they are imported into the software (and before they are saved to the database).
    7. Made a correction to handling real-time BC adjustment values for various images contained in a layout when they are opened in single-image view. Previously the last applied real-time BC was not applied to the image the next time it was opened in single-image view.
    8. Added new options to allow changing the overall image type associated with a layout.
    9. Made a correction to how measurement calibrations were handled in the Label View.

    Version 3.11 Build 6
    Release Date: 10/2/08

    1. New controls integrated into the interface.

    Version 3.11 Build 5
    Release Date: 9/17/08

    1. Added ability to return all of the image that are acquired from a SED at the same time instead of the user having to invoke the acquisition multiple times.
    2. New version of the graphic button list control added.
    3. New scroller control added to the graphic button list control.
    4. Incremented the minor build number to 11 to reduce confusion with XrayVision v3.1.

    Version 3.10 Build 34
    Release Date: 8/4/08

    1. Modified layout display capabilities for FloaterViews and Full screen displays when a user selects one of those options when a single image is not selected in a layout view.
    2. Removed the layout generation warning when displaying layouts that are selected in the ImageBar. .

    Version 3.10 Build 33
    Release Date: 7/8/08

    1. Added new options under DataDrills to coordinate patient IDs in the database with an external database.
    2. Made changed to the taken date that is associated with a single image that is taken from a layout and transmitted through a TransIT extension (currently the layout taken date is associated with the image).

    Version 3.10 Build 32
    Release Date: 5/27/08

    1. Made correction to the sex specification when passed on the command line (i.e. “/p” command line option). Depending on the specification, then sex was sometimes not utilized when specified on the command line.

    Version 3.10 Build 31
    Release Date: 5/15/08

    1. Added new command line options for third party application specifying auto dataTAGs. Detailed information can be found in the Knowledge base.
    2. Reorganized the auto dataTAGs dialog.
    3. Added an additional custom auto dataTAGs field.
    4. Made the dataTAGs search dialog resizeable.
    5. Added additional search fields to the dataTAGs search dialog.
    6. Added patient search fields to the dataTAGs search dialog.
    7. Updated the options on the dataTAGs search dialog.

    Version 3.10 Build 30
    Release Date: 5/7/08

    1. Small change made to correct display of an implant\’s divisions (its diameter and length values were reversed).
    2. Updated Apteryx\’s business address.

    Version 3.10 Build 29
    Release Date: 4/21/08

    1. Made a correction to a problem that was introduced into multi language toolbars that caused Windows to abort the application when the multiple language toolbar was being loaded.

    Version 3.10 Build 28
    Release Date: 3/36/08

    1. Added capability of passing the image taken date to a TransIT extension.

    Version 3.10 Build 27
    Release Date: 3/17/08

    1. Made correction to exported layout where a single image is created.

    Version 3.10 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/13/08

    1. Added new options to display the taken dates in layouts (available in the preferences). Depending on this setting, taken dates will be displayed below each tile and other layout operations (i.e. copying to clipboard) will additionally have the date displayed below each image.
    2. Added new options to automatically add a taken date label to new images that are acquired.

    Version 3.10 Build 24
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Made a change to remove median and smoothing functions when making a displayable 16-bit image.

    Version 3.10 Build 22
    Release Date: 1/16/08

    1. Updated short creation to automatically fill in the working/start-in directory.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 3.10 Build 18
    Release Date: 10/25/07

    1. Make correction to roll-over pop-ups.
    2. Added taken-date to information at the bottom of the open patient image dialog.
    3. Added additional space at the end of the information at the bottom of the open patient image dialog.

    Version 3.10 Build 17
    Release Date: 10/19/07

    1. Made correction to Merge Patient tool. Was broken by previous change to facilitate easier moving of all associated files.
    2. Made update to Advanced Patient Merge tool to take into consideration formatting of SS numbers. New merge function now considers different forms of SS numbers to be the same (i.e. “111223333”, “111-22-3333” and “111.22.3333”).

    Version 3.10 Build 16
    Release Date: 10/18/07

    1. Added support for IDDLL to automatically specify their image types for images returned to the main application.

    Version 3.10 Build 15
    Release Date: 10/3/07

    1. Corrected memory leak that can occur when capturing sensor images due to new 16-bit capture implementation.

    Version 3.10 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/24/07

    1. Modified the “Update Patient FMap” function to additionally modify a file\’s STAMP and TAG files. .

    Version 3.10 Build 12
    Release Date: 9/21/07

    1. Modified the “Update Patient FMap” function to modifiy the created dates of the image files to reflect the taken date of the associated image.

    Version 3.10 Build 11
    Release Date: 9/6/07

    1. Further refinement of taken dates for layouts returned to third party applications utilizing the command line bridge.

    Version 3.10 Build 10
    Release Date: 9/5/07

    1. Changed printing of taken date for a moved layout to utilize new method of calculating layout taken dates.

    Version 3.10 Build 8s
    Release Date: 8/24/07

    1. Added functionality to allow sensor extensions to know when layout captures are started and stopped.
    2. Taken date for layouts calculated better for those files that have been manually copied and moved by the user.
    3. 16-bit operations corrected (saving new images, modifying images and then resaving, auto-save).

    Version 3.10 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/9/07

    1. Made corrections to DOB restrictions when entering patient data.

    Version 3.10 Build 6
    Release Date: 8/5/07

    1. Reenabled 16-bit capture.

    Version 3.9 Build 119
    Release Date: 7/5/07

    1. Corrected wording on flip layout button in the layout editor.
    2. When opening a group whose patient information does not match the current patient (i.e. image was moved to another patient or the patient data was modified) now prompts the user if the patient information should be updated in the file.
    3. Moving groups from patient to patient no longer looses the original creation date of the layout if it was not specifically set by the user.
    4. Selection extraction from layouts now prompts the user if the extracted image should be saved if the user did not already save it to the patient record.
    5. Custom toolbar descriptions now appropriately update when the application starts (i.e. macro and layout names now appear on the buttons).
    6. Application crash when a single user licensed computer has its main license deleted corrected.
    7. Closing or resaving a group while the group is currently saving has been prevented.

    Version 3.9 Build 118
    Release Date: 6/19/07

    1. Added options to automatically add various versions of the new Cosmetic Imaging application to appear in the Other Applications list.
    2. Made changes to better handle parsing dates when sent to direct capture extensions (i.e. DCDLL).
    3. Added new features to add support for image algorthm DLLs.
    4. Maintinance build.

    Version 3.9 Build 117
    Release Date: 5/15/07

    1. Made changes to progression capture does not overlap the task bar when on the primary display.

    Version 3.9 Build 116
    Release Date: 5/9/07

    1. Enhanced support for ArchiveIT extension.
    2. Added new command line options.

    Version 3.9 Build 114
    Release Date: 4/6/07

    1. Added ability to select what images are to be exported when creating patient CDs/DVDs

    Version 3.9 Build 112
    Release Date: 4/3/07

    1. CliniView: Added new toolbar button for when Novus imaging extension is available
    2. Added new options for Direct Capture extensions to return single images to the invoking application.

    Version 3.9 Build 111
    Release Date: 3/23/07

    1. Added new options under File Acquire menu that permits direct selection of layouts.
    2. Added “Preferred Imaging Extension” options to menus (available when editing a layout definition). Can be used to assign a default sensor extension to a layout so that the user does not have to manually select which sensor is to be used when capturing a layout.

    Version 3.9 Build 110
    Release Date: ???

    1. Made changes to correctly size dialogs when displayed on a smaller secondary display on multiple monitor systems.

    Version 3.9 Build 109
    Release Date: 2/23/07

    1. Corrected problem with removing images from the DICOM storage list.

    Version 3.9 Build 108
    Release Date: 2/21/07

    1. Added DOB and Sex to options that can be specified for the command line when invoking other applications.

    Version 3.9 Build 107
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Replaced tile\’s orientation (vertical or horizontal) with an actual rotation factor. Enables users to make vertical bitewing definitions.
    2. Changes made to support new DICOM support.
    3. Corrected JPEG/STB confusion problem.
    4. Support for mapping dental modalities to other modalities (i.e. CT cone beam to CR modality).

    Version 3.9 Build 105
    Release Date: 1/23/07

    1. Addition of direct capture extensions (i.e. 3-D cone beam capture).
    2. Addtion of handling external file formats (i.e. 3-D cone beam files).
    3. Passing of worklist information to direct capture extensions.

    Version 3.9 Build 102
    Release Date: 12/28/06

    1. Corrected translation problems for menu items that have shortcut combinations listed.

    Version 3.9 Build 100
    Release Date: 10/13/06

    1. Corrected an error that could have caused a crash when capturing layouts while secure logging is enabled.

    Version 3.9 Build 99
    Release Date: 10/10/06

    1. Updated to export additional information when creating patient CD/DVD/Directory for use for the new XVQuickView viewer application.

    Version 3.9 Build 98
    Release Date: 9/19/06

    1. Corrected missing DICOM information for some images when captured in a layout using an IDDLL.
    2. Enhanced DICOM patient information associated with images during acquisition in a layout.

    Version 3.9 Build 96
    Release Date: 7/18/06

    1. Added an option to allow striping of leading zeros on patient ID numbers.

    Version 3.9 Build 95
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Made additional corrections to account for variations in names when a middle name or initial exists.
    2. Maintenance rebuild.

    Version 3.9 Build 94
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Made corrections to account for variations in names when a middle name or initial exists.

    Version 3.9 Build 93
    Release Date: 6/1/06

    1. Modified how images are passed back and forth between XV and imaging extensions. Windows incompatibilities lead to a possible crash on some computers when passing images back and forth between the apps and extensions.
    2. Added additional checking to ensure proper versions for Gendex Imaging and Soredex based extensions.

    Version 3.9 Build 91
    Release Date: 5/16/06

    1. Added options to allow bulk addition of auto dataTags to existing images.

    Version 3.9 Build 90
    Release Date: 5/2/06

    1. Corrected problem where a patient\’s middle name can cause non-matches to an applications database for certain Data Drill extensions (i.e. Dentrix).

    Version 3.9 Build 89
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added internal premount SED option before layout capture to support SED extensions that cannot mount in a separate process thread.

    Version 3.9 Build 88
    Release Date: 4/13/06

    1. Added TAKEN(YYYYMMDD) information to file produced by the “/t” command line option.

    Version 3.9 Build 86
    Release Date: 4/6/06

    1. Added patient import options. This can import one or more patients (or an entire database) based on the directory selected.
    2. Integrated new DiskBurner extension. This extension can be used to directly burn CD/DVD discs or to export patient\’s images to a directory.

    Version 3.9 Build 85
    Release Date: 3/27/06

    1. Select all option was added to the print multiple images dialog.
    2. Taken date problem corrected when the user changes an image\’s extended information in a layout and then saves the change when a taken date was not original associated with the image.
    3. Additional text can now be added to all of the printout types (originally only printing single images allowed the user to type additional text).
    4. Multiple line header and footer text now supported on printouts.
    5. Delete auto/quick calibrations option added. To delete an entry, simply right click on an entry and then click on the “OK” button.
    6. Manual entry of patient index problem corrected on patient index screen.

    Version 3.9 Build 82
    Release Date: 3/17/06

    1. Removed DICOM tables item from the various menus. The DICOM tables have been replaced by Apteryx\’s DICOM Reference Application.

    Version 3.9 Build 81
    Release Date: 3/3/06

    1. Improved status display for dataTAG searches.
    2. Improved status display for image note searches.
    3. Added starting and ending wildcards for dataTAG searches.

    Version 3.9 Build 80
    Release Date: 3/1/06

    1. Options added to automatically assign dataTAGs with images when they are captured. New option is under dataTAGs in the Tools menu.
    2. Options added to modify dataTAGs for both a layout and each image in a layout.
    3. dataTAG search window now stays up after the user selects which images they want to view. Search window stays up until the user clicks on the “Close” button.
    4. Taken date on spawned documents was left blank when an official taken date was not assigned to the image. A change was made to take the inferred taken date when the user has not officially assigned a taken date to an image/layout.

    Version 3.9 Build 78
    Release Date: 2/8/06

    1. Added ability to restrict prompting for teeth for certain sensor extensions (e.g. pans and cephs).

    Version 3.9 Build 77
    Release Date: 1/11/06

    1. Changed interface with TWAIN devices to retrieve better error information when scanning fails. The application would periodically display a “no error really occurred” error even though an error actually did occur; this was corrected to obtain better error information about why the scanning actually failed.

    Version 3.9 Build 76
    Release Date: 12/28/05

    1. Added new image macro “resize size”. Resizes an image to the indicated dimensions (in/cm/mm). NOTE that measurements may NOT be accurate in the resulting image due to this macro actually specifying the new dimensions for the image. If either the width or height parameter is left blank, the image will be resized with the proper aspect ratio. For example, an image that is 5x10in will have the following sizes: ResizeSize(2.5×20) = 2.5x20in; ResizeSize(2.5×0) = 2.5x5in; ResizeSize(0x20) = 10x20in.

    Version 3.9 Build 75
    Release Date: 12/27/05

    1. Added new feature to search image notes for keywords.

    Version 3.9 Build 74
    Release Date: 12/14/05

    1. Added the ability for a patient\’s DOB and sex to be exported when creating multiple image documents.

    Version 3.9 Build 73
    Release Date: 12/12/05

    1. Additions made to export taken date for the various images in a spawned multiple-image document.

    Version 3.9 Build 72
    Release Date: 12/8/05

    1. Corrected quick capture options for CliniView where sensor install error might be displayed if the OCD system was not installed even though the user clicked on a Sigma or OPD unit.

    Version 3.9 Build 71
    Release Date: 11/9/05

    1. Added options for CliniView build that will only initially add capture toolbar button if the appropriate imaging extension has been installed (e.g. Sigma button is only present if the Sigma extension has been installed).

    Version 3.9 Build 70
    Release Date: 11/9/05

    1. Added new \’\\t\’ command line option.
    2. Corrected problem with command line option processing.

    Version 3.9 Build 69
    Release Date: 10/7/05

    1. Maintenance release.

    Version 3.9 Build 68
    Release Date: 9/9/05

    1. Added “export patient list” option.
    2. Added option to auto-save an entire layout as a single image.

    Version 3.9 Build 67
    Release Date: 8/17/05

    1. Added passwording.
    2. Added secure logging.
    3. Corrected error when an external database contains more than 65K patients.

    Version 3.9 Build 65
    Release Date: 6/14/05

    1. Made correction to DICOM information submission of images contained in a layout. Prior versions might store the information in such a way that if the layout images were not stored before the layout was closed that the DICOM information may be ignored.

    Version 3.9 Build 64
    Release Date: 6/7/05

    1. Floater View now records and utilizes last window placement.

    Version 3.9 Build 63
    Release Date: 6/2/05

    1. Added options to have sensor extensions indicate what type of image was acquired. Previously images were sub-classified as PA images.

    Version 3.9 Build 62
    Release Date: 5/24/05

    1. Correction had to be made due to label property saving. Old label property file format did not permit correct interpretation of each label\’s properties leading to some label anomalies. New format more resilient to label property errors. Note that old label properties are reset.

    Version 3.9 Build 60
    Release Date: 5/5/05

    1. Added new layout/zip file support that will improve performance of reading layouts over the network.
    2. Corrected patient print information error when having one patient open, opening the patient list, right-clicking on an image to bring up full-screen view and then printing the image.
    3. Custom image extension buttons now correctly remember tooth numbers if they are set by the invoked extension.
    4. Implant drawing corrected.
    5. Implant thumbnail drawing rotated so the implants are displayed top-down.

    Version 3.9 Build 58
    Release Date: 4/28/05

    1. Added functionality to prevent closure of layout capture when a non-threaded sensor capture is invoked (i.e. Schick).

    Version 3.9 Build 56
    Release Date: 4/27/05

    1. New implant functionality implemented to support compressed, single-file libraries.

    Version 3.9 Build 55
    Release Date: 4/21/05

    1. New implant functionality implemented.
    2. New Label View option added. This view enables magnifying and panning operations when working with labels (especially implants and measurements). The new feature is activated in the Image manu, context sensitive menus or by pressing Ctrl+A when an image or layout is open.
    3. New DICOM option added to set specific institution information.

    Version 3.9 Build 53
    Release Date: 4/13/05

    1. Refined the implant overlay.

    Version 3.9 Build 52
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Added option to permit storing open images to a DICOM server. This option is different than the current DICOM store option in that the user does not have to select which images they want to save to the server.

    Version 3.9 Build 51
    Release Date: 4/7/05

    1. Corrected problem with new SED name operations where it would try to invoke the incorrect SED.
    2. Layout selection for DICOM storage now supports multiple image selection.

    Version 3.9 Build 50
    Release Date: 3/29/05

    1. Correction made for crash experienced on some computers when creating a new layout. Problem was due to new overlay label update code trying to be performed on empty layouts.

    Version 3.9 Build 49
    Release Date: 3/23/05

    1. Added implant overlay.
    2. Added implant library support. The new implants appear as a new label object. The actual manufacturer implant libraries are not currently available online but should be available for download in the next few business days.

    Version 3.9 Build 47
    Release Date: 3/4/05

    1. Added new options for naming conventions of digital x-ray extensions.
    2. CliniView: updated GE graphics.

    Version 3.9 Build 46
    Release Date: 2/22/05

    1. Added 144% quick selection option to overlays.
    2. Added ruler overlay.

    Version 3.9 Build 44
    Release Date: 2/1/05

    1. Added change taken date layout option for layouts.
    2. Corrected printed taken date on layouts.

    Version 3.9 Build 43
    Release Date: 1/27/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
    2. New functionality added to layout captures to allow freeing of hardware devices.
    3. Correction made when changing tiles in the middle of a layout capture from a scanner or imaging device extension.

    Version 3.9 Build 39
    Release Date: 1/6/05

    1. Corrected modification of images in layouts when performed from the capture images dialog.
    2. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 3.9 Build 38
    Release Date: 12/14/04

    1. Refinement of overlays calibration.

    Version 3.9 Build 36
    Release Date: 12/11/04

    1. Futher refinement of overlays.
    2. Added additional magification options by right clicking on overlays.

    Version 3.9 Build 33
    Release Date: 12/10/04

    1. Further refinement of the overlay measurements. Please note that the overlays are still linearly spaced (and the measurements will be off in non-linearly spaced pan images).

    Version 3.9 Build 34
    Release Date: 12/8/04

    1. New option added to only allow one overlay at a time (automatically turns off old overlays when a new overlay is selected).
    2. Interference with label operations corrected when an overlay is displayed in an image.
    3. Thickness of the various lines in the overlays made smaller to allow better placement of the overlays.
    4. “550 Tome IJD” text added to the Tome overlay.
    5. New action mode added to the software so that overlays do not conflict with labels. Overlays may be moved by selecting the “Overlay Movement” option from the Action menu.

    Version 3.9 Build 33
    Release Date: 11/12/04

    1. Overlays added to the Labels menu. Overlays currently consist of overlays for pan images.

    Version 3.9 Build 31
    Release Date: 10/28/04

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 3.9 Build 30
    Release Date: 10/14/04

    1. Tooth control now automatically adjusts the size of the font used to draw the tooth labels. This adjustment is primarily required for veterinary tooth control layouts. New veterinary tooth controls are available in the tooth control updater.

    Version 3.9 Build 28
    Release Date: 9/39/04

    1. Tooth numbers can now be displayed on the title bar of each image (enabled by default).
    2. All options are now available for each button in the toolbox.
    3. Locking the toolbox now locks ALL of the buttons instead of just the primary buttons.
    4. Popup button list now correctly displays on multiple monitor systems.

    Version 3.9 Build 27
    Release Date: 9/27/04

    1. Added new options when capturing a layout that permit flipping, rotating and inverting of images directly from the layout capture screen.

    Version 3.9 Build 26
    Release Date: 9/23/04

    1. Added new support for auto-orientation of images when taken from imaging device extensions when not captured in a context of a layout..

    Version 3.9 Build 25
    Release Date: 9/16/04

    1. Added support for suppressing “media ready” messages when scanning from a scanner or TWAIN device.
    2. Added support for auto-orienting images when capturing from imaging device extensions.

    Version 3.9 Build 24
    Release Date: 8/30/04

    1. Changed the “unsupported database version” message to the more appropriate “read/write permission” error.
    2. Change the default requirement of the DOB field from “DATE ONLY” format to “ANY FORMAT”.

    Version 3.9 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/21/04

    1. Added new features to permit the user to specify the requirements for each patient information field (i.e. ss number format). The new feature is available in the application Options on the General tab (Patient Definition Requirements button).

    Version 3.9 Build 21
    Release Date: 6/5/04

    1. Added options to the “Safety” tab that permit the archiving of the original images when the user saves a modified image for a patient..

    Version 3.9 Build 20
    Release Date: 6/1/04

    1. Correction made to improper image association when capturing a layout..

    Version 3.9 Build 19
    Release Date: 5/25/04

    1. Integration of new drawing capabilities of various controls to make smoother drawing of the interface.
    2. Correction made to directory creation of patients in non-English countries.

    Version 3.9 Build 16
    Release Date: 3/8/04

    1. Added functionality added permitting other application to retrieve patient image information and direct opening of images.

    Version 3.9 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/10/04

    1. Additional fields added for DICOM related information.

    Version 3.9 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/8/04

    1. Additional calibration tools added. New Calibration popup added to the application that permits the easy setting of calibrations and auto calibration factors. New auto-calibrations added to permit calibration factors to be automatically added to an image once it has been captured.
    2. Popup locations corrected when the application is being used on a monitor to the left of the main monitor on a multi-monitor system.
    3. Better initially sized popups and corrections made to current popup size adjustments when the popups are sized greater than 1/4 of the application interface size.
    4. New calibration tools permit calibration to previous images as well as allowing different calibrations to different size sensors from the same system.

    Version 3.9 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 3.9 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/28/04

    1. Correction made to odd reduction factors on large images.

    Version 3.9 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/21/04

    1. Correction made to memory leak that may occur when importing DICOM images directly from a file.

    Version 3.9 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window\’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
    2. DICOM print and print job support added.
    3. Tooltip functionality corrected corrected on the various thumbnail controls.

    Version 3.9 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/3/03

    1. Added DICOM print and print job options.
    2. Corrected DYNZAIP error that is displayed when importing images from a memory card directly into a patient\’s record.

    Version 3.9 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/10/03

    1. Multiple registration numbers may now be entered into the same application. Multiple registration number support permit the user to install the application on a single computer and combine their licenses into a single installation on their network.

    Version 3.9 Build 4
    Release Date: 11/3/03

    1. DICOM support added.
    2. Corrected problem with updating the patient database when the original database files are deleted in their entirety and database caching is enabled.

    Version 3.7 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/16/03

    1. CliniViewXV build only: Allows three sensor buttons (Sigma, OPD, OCD) to be placed on the toolbar..

    Version 3.7 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/4/03

    1. Significant redesign of how XrayVision interacts with patient information bridged from another application, detections of duplicate patient information (i.e. SS number, ID number) and actions taken when resolving patients.

    Version 3.7 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/16/03

    1. New registration number and licensing integrated.
    2. Quite a few internal changes.
    3. Correction made to auto-export browse button.
    4. Modifications made to ensure single-instance nature of the software.
    5. Lock toolbox option added.
    6. Upgrades where made to the “Add Sensor” utility.
    7. Open patient list now hides the thumbnail control when no patient\’s match the search criteria.
    8. Taken date dialog resized to accommodate wider date controls.
    9. “Find images by date” option added. This option may be used to search the entire patient database for images taken on a certain day.
    10. Registration upgrading support added to the software.
    11. When briding patient information from another application, XrayVision no longer automatically opens ANY matching SS number to the one specified.

    Version 3.5 Build 55
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Change made to support layout capture from the Schick hardware.

    Version 3.5 Build 54
    Release Date: 4/4/03

    1. Fixes crash that occurs when clicking on several of the browse buttons throughout the application.
    2. Alternate painting/drawing setting is now forced to be applied when entering the application.
    3. The “Continue To Use This Source” setting is now saved with the application options so that it is remembered the next time the application is run.
    4. The “Switch To Layout Capture Mode” option is now defaulted to on.
    5. Auto tile option now works on image opened from the patient rolodex.

    Version 3.5 Build 53
    Release Date: 3/8/03

    1. Option added to prevent the image from being zoom-to-fit when brought up in a full-screen view.

    Version 3.5 Build 52
    Release Date: 2/13/03

    1. Dual monitor support added.
    2. HIPAA compliant setting added (enabled by default).  Hides the patient\’s SS and ID numbers on the interface as much as possible.
    3. Spot function\’s performance drastically improved.

    Version 3.5 Build 51
    Release Date: 2/4/03

    1. New option management feature added.  Permits the creation of a common computer settings file that can be used by other computers to use the same options that have been set on another computer.  Permits computers to share the same options without having to manually set the options on each computer.
    2. New scroll indicators used on graphic button lists.

    Version 3.5 Build 49
    Release Date: 1/27/03

    1. Modification made to the optimization of adding patients.  Previous optimization of patient creation resulted in failures on some computers.

    Version 3.5 Build 48
    Release Date: 1/21/03

    1. Database caching feature made a global setting (instead of a per computer setting).
    2. Buffering added to configuration I/O (optimization).
    3. Buffering added to Patient FMap I/O (optimization).
    4. New option added to the application options that to enable/disable patient FMap validation.  This is a feature that can be used on heavy and encrypted networks to facilitate quicker opening of patients.

    Version 3.5 Build 47
    Release Date: 1/6/03

    1. Database caching features added to the application.  This new feature is available under: Tools; Options; Database Tab.  This new option significantly reduces (almost to an immeasurable time) the time required for handling patient database access.  This change has been made to accommodate: encrypted, heavily utilized networks; very large databases (8000+ patients); dynamically changing databases (i.e. 10+ computers adding patients at the same time; wide area networks; and other slow or heavy networks.

    Version 3.5 Build 46
    Release Date: 12/12/02

    1. Version information option display and print added under the Help menu.
    2. Crash corrected when changing between tiles when capturing in a layout.
    3. Memory improvements when dealing with long patient name lists.
    4. Document template option to automatically handle when images are too large to be handled by Microsoft Word.
    5. Added new brightness/contrast algorithm for images containing a lot of white (Overwhite).
    6. Angle measurement label changed to only display one angle measurement.
    7. Calibration icon used in toolbox corrected.
    8. Angle measurement tool added to the toolbox.
    9. Auto export definition names now appear in the toolbar tooltips.
    10. “DOB:” prefix added when printing a patient\’s date of birth.
    11. Modified warnings added when trying to save an image that was modified at the same time by someone else on the network.
    12. Corrected printing an image\’s filename when printing multiple images.

    Version 3.5 Build 45
    Release Date: 11/22/02

    1. Angle measurement labels added.

    Version 3.5 Build 44
    Release Date: 11/16/02

    1. New multiple image acquisition support added for capturing from multiple image TWAIN devices/sources.

    Version 3.5 Build 43
    Release Date: 11/12/02

    1. New feature added to automatically associate image information returned by various imaging devices.  Note that not all imaging devices support the return of image capture information.

    Version 3.5 Build 42
    Release Date: 11/12/02

    1. Change made to correct if the user fails to select a sensor system before trying to capture a sensor image.  Even if it looks like the sensor system is selected, it was not actually selected until the user physically clicks on the system.

    Version 3.5 Build 40
    Release Date: 9/24/02

    1. Other application spawning made easier to use.  Please note that this will invalidate any previous definitions that you may have.  The underlying structure had to be changed in order to support the new version and the two are completely incompatible.
    2. Layouts consisting of all scanned images now listed under the Scanned Image type.
    3. Option added to prompt for which database should be mounted when the Advanced Database / Mobile Database extension has been installed.

    Version 3.5 Build 39
    Release Date: 9/24/02

    1. A new feature was added that displays a small thumbnail view of an entire layout when viewing one of the images in a layout.  New images can be selected by clicking on the various images in the layout overview.

    Version 3.5 Build 38
    Release Date: 9/22/02

    1. Change made for process control return when XrayVision is invoked by another application via the toolkit and the user cancels the create new patient processes.

    Version 3.5 Build 37
    Release Date: 9/13/02

    1. Added an Imaging Device tab in the acquire single image dialog.
    2. Added new feature for document template spawning that permits the documents to automatically be saved in a folder with a unique filename and not deleted by XrayVision.  Previously, the document templates were generated in a temporary location and deleted when the application was closed.
    3. An option was added to the layout designer that permits all tiles in a layout to be changed to a source at the same time instead of one at a time.

    Version 3.5 Build 36
    Release Date: 9/11/02

    1. New in-place magnification tool added to the Actions menu.

    Version 3.5 Build 35
    Release Date: 8/26/02

    1. RESTRICTED OPERATION ADDED:  User license tracking override added to permit the system to free up user licenses once they stop using the application.  Their configuration information is cached and utilized again the next time they use the application.
    2. Added error trapping for unsupported versions of JPEG compression in TIFF files.

    Version 3.5 Build 34
    Release Date: 8/25/02

    1. Added new features to the File, Acquire menu to allow direct selection of Image Device Extensions.  This option also permits the placement of a custom toolbar button for an Image Device Extension.

    Version 3.5 Build 33
    Release Date: 8/15/02

    1. New feature added to print patient\’s DOB in both the image text as well as in the headers and footers.
    2. Changed the maximum sensor pause from 10 seconds to 30 seconds

    Version 3.5 Build 32
    Release Date: 8/3/02

    1. Changes made to various sensor screens to support more sensor extensions.

    Version 3.5 Build 31
    Release Date: 7/25/02

    1. Date handling on “By Listing” screens changed to provide modified/taken date handling as well as sorting.

    Version 3.5 Build 30
    Release Date: 6/3/02

    1. New command line features added.
    2. New support for image capture invocation from remote applications.

    Version 3.5 Build 28
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Adjusted the default number of PACs for the CliniView release.
    2. Change “panoral” to “panoramic”
    3. Added a warning message when the user disables the “Toolbox Buttons” option on the Interface2 tab in the application options.
    4. Default CliniView “Adaptive Normalize” button changed to “Auto B/C”

    Version 3.5 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/18/02

    1. Added new toolbar icons for the CliniView application.
    2. Changed the toolbar buttons for the CliniView application.
    3. Expanded toolbox size (there are 6 new assignable buttons).
    4. New toolbar graphics available for the custom toolbar.
    5. New toolbox buttons available.
    6. Multiple language changes now changes the text on the custom toolbar after the language selection is made (and not the next time the application is opened).
    7. Multiple language toolbar graphics – added transparent bitmap drawing to make the icons looks more presentable in Win2K/WinXP.

    Version 3.5 Build 25
    Release Date: 3/17/02

    1. New option to have the ability to select ANY function for each of the buttons in the toolbox.
    2. Transparent bitmap drawing added to make the icons look more presentable in Win2K/WinXP.
    3. Custom toolbars will now display text on the buttons if the large toolbar option is enabled.
    4. Change the default content of the customize toolbar.
    5. Made the default installation display only the custom toolbar and not both the custom toolbar and the main toolbar.

    Version 3.5 Build 23
    Release Date: 2/20/02

    1. Open file dialog for a patient\’s image displays the respective image type icons in gray if there are no images of that type in the patient\’s record.
    2. CliniViewXV OEM defaults the auto-layout capture mode to enabled.
    3. “Discard” button now changes its text depending on the function (e.g. “Discard Changes”, “Discard Image”, “Discard Group”).
    4. Full screen view now zoom-to-fit the images upon initial display.
    5. Spot magnify feature now remembers the last selected magnification factor.
    6. Relative density dialogs now appear in the lower right-hand corner of the screen.
    7. Calibration dialog now defaults to mm measurement.
    8. New emboss feature added that automatically uses default embossing values (does not display a dialog).

    Version 3.5 Build 21
    Release Date: 8/29/01

    1. Feature added to remember the last image type selection on the “Open Patient Images” dialog.

    Version 3.5 Build 20
    Release Date: 8/22/01

    1. “Update Patient Directory Names” option added to convert patient directories from firstname,lastname to lastname,firstname.
    2. Update All Patient Filenames” option added to force all patient\’s file maps to be updated.  This option is primarily used to update the taken dates associated with version 3.1 image files.

    Version 3.5 Build 19
    Release Date: 6/16/01

    1. New graphic buttons used to conform to Win2000 new dialog colors and graphic positions.
    2. OK and Cancel button graphics changed to Apteryx standard graphics.
    3. “Select video type” option added under Tools to select what type of real-time video device should be used.
    4. Added support for selecting the DriveVideo video capture extension.

    Version 3.5 Build 18
    Release Date: 5/7/01

    1. Add vertical or horizontal tile option added to layout designer.
    2. Rotate tile option added to layout designer.
    3. Reduced the number of modified image warnings reported when viewing a layout.
    4. Real layout image stamps option added to application options.  Instead of creating a generic representation, this option will create layout stamps containing actual images.
    5. Correction made to prevent tooth selections made under quick capture from jumping between adult to deciduous.
    6. Image\’s tooth display improved (automatically switches to deciduous if no adult teeth are associated with the image).
    7. If creation date of an image is greater than its modified date (i.e. an image file was copied from anther disk), then created file time is changed to the modified date.
    8. “Create Patient CD or Disk” option added to the patient utilities.
    9. Correction made to sorting by image size when displaying a database statistics.
    10. Layout display in full-screen view or floater view from any of the thumbnail controls (i.e. open patient, patient image bar, tooth images).

    Version 3.5 Build 17
    Release Date: 4/25/01

    1. Sensor delay option was added to enable a delay between sensor captures in a layout.
    2. Automatic title option added when opening images.
    3. Now all of the thumbnail controls will sort their images by the taken or modified date specification in the application options.
    4. Multi-line tooltips added to all thumbnail controls.
    5. Taken date now depends on the oldest associated date with a file (support for recreating or moving patient databases).
    6. Improved preview option on Open File Dialog

    Version 3.5 Build 16
    Release Date: 4/2/01

    1. Foot pedal activation support added to application
    2. Option to enable wether or not the application plays the “Sensor Failure” sounds on user abort

    Version 3.5 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/14/01

    1. Image thumbnail display enabled when scrolling through the patients in the patient index
    2. Correction for deciduous tooth associations when capturing sensor images
    3. Taken date handling improved for files/images copied from storage media or tape backups
    4. Disabled custom toolbar button\’s appearance made to resemble other disabled toolbar buttons
    5. When hitting <ESC> during sensor capture, the “Sensor Failure” audible is no longer played
    6. Additional DLL checking performed at application startup

    Version 3.5 Build 12
    Release Date: 3/11/01

    1. New override features were added to the application.

    Version 3.5 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/19/01

    1. Correct XVa3 crash on exit when TCP/IP is not installed on the computer.

    Version 3.5 Build 10
    Release Date: 2/07/01

    1. Addition of tracking PAC licenses by user (instead of computer) added.  The system administrator can now choose how PAC licenses are tracked.
    2. Quick scan feature added
    3. ArchiveIT support added
    4. Advanced Database support added
    5. Customizable toolbar support added
    6. Menus changed
    7. DOB and Sex added to patient information
    8. Image storage format reformatted to remove the STB16 option
    9. Better patient name checking implemented
    10. Ability to limit the number of patients presented in the MRU patient list
    11. Application options reformatted
    12. Discuss@apteryx option added
    13. False duplicate registration number error messages corrected.
    14. Functionality changes to various dialogs made
    15. Internal changes made to increase performance
    16. Wording changed on several options to improve readability
    17. Patient sub-directories now created by lastname, firstname
    18. .DOC and .DOT document template support added
    19. Printing patient list support added
    20. Tooth association with Nobody images added
    21. Layout tile/image auto type and teeth associations added
    22. A layout\’s type is now automatically determined
    23. New layouts (created under layout manager) now appear first in the MRU layout list
    24. The user can now specify what type of information is to be prompted for after an image capture
    25. User can now indicate what date is to be displayed on an image\’s title bar (i.e. modified date, taken date, etc.)
    26. Several bugs corrected

(including BelmontXV / CliniView / DDS Works / DentiMax Advance Imaging / ImageDDS / ImageXL / LynxVision Pro / MaxiViewer / MPDx / OneView / OriView / Prof Suni / QSI Image / Sigma Image XRV / VisionDent)

  • XVLITE AND OEM VERSIONS

    Includes: AFP Digital / Air Techniques ScanSmart / Belmont XVlite / CliniTouch / Dentimax Imaging / Dr Suni / Lightyear / Lynxvision LT / MaxiViewer Lite / OneView Lite / QuickImage / Sigma Image XVL

    Version 3.14 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 3/14/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Better “Go Back” button workflow when viewing viewing layouts by date. (F3306)
    2. Corrected issue with licensing for computer names with non-English (unicode) characters. (F3345)

    Version 3.14 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 9/24/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Additional OEM unique medical device identifier under Help > About. (F3280; F3283)

    Version 3.14 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 8/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue with DOB and Gender not being updated when bridged from Practice Management. (F3188)
    2. Image enhancements now utilize parallel processing to improve speed. (F2872)
    3. Added unique medical device identifier under Help > About. (F3212)
    4. Internal changes for shared code with XrayVision. (F3205)

    Version 3.14 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 10/22/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Corrected issue with supporting layouts with “inside out” view. (B1224)
    2. Corrected issue with displaying special characters in patient list. (B1238)

    Version 3.14 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 9/18/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modification to EULA statement. (F2857)
    2. Better handling of invalid entries in phrase translation files. (F2798)

    Version 3.14 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 4/28/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added patient Date of Birth column to the primary patient list display. The DOB is only displayed when a patient is selected. (F2655)
    2. Resolved issue with Stop Capture button not functioning during layout capture for certain sensors. (B1176)
    3. Resolved issue with patient list not displaying recently-created patient after bridging from PM software. (B1188)
    4. Resolved issue with the Compare Images button being incompatible with converted layouts. (B1164)
    5. Added option to periodically clean up the local ProgramData temporary storage folder each week. (F2509)
    6. Added internal validation of ApteryxINI DLL. (F2519)
    7. Created OEM version for international customers. (F2700)
    8. Validated medical device labeling requirements. (F2748)

    Version 3.14 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 3/31/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Built new OEM version with different registration product code. Not a released version for the primary XVLite product or OEMs. (F2673)

    Version 3.14 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 1/05/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issue with tooth control displays and tool tips. (B1155)

    Version 3.14 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 10/21/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issue with Veterinary tooth control support. (B1113)

    Version 3.14 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 8/13/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified handling of temporary storage for files (F2487)

    Version 3.14 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/8/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, acquire image mode, and database functions to match XrayVision version 4. (F2373)
    2. Added option to only update the patient list when a query button is pressed (F1617)
    3. Added file lock to prevent patient images from not saving properly if patient is edited on another machine during image capture. (F2000)
    4. Added tooth associations to layout tiles when printing a progression. (F2349)
    5. Added pointer mode in enhancements window. (F2101)
    6. Added restore original image function in the enhancements window. (F2372)
    7. Fixed issue where B/C enhancement was applying to images twice upon saving. (B1045)
    8. Fixed issue with layout files being exported improperly in ZIP format. (B1086)
    9. Fixed screen drawing issues in the “Print” and “Label Properties” windows. (B1104)
    10. Updated patent numbers in the software (F2173)

    Version 3.12 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified contact information for specific OEM version. (F2119)

    Version 3.12 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 11/14/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified the patient directory naming convention. removed the SSN from the patients folder. (F2001)

    Version 3.12 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 4/18/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for IEDLL extensions to save additional data for a file in the patient’s record. (F1835)
    2. Resolved issue with CTRL+TAB key combination interfering with interface. (B930)

    Version 3.12 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 3/13/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified image modification toolbar to initially be expanded. (F1708)
    2. With patient list disabled, newly-added patient will now be automatically selected. (F1745)
    3. Added Real Time Filter option to ignore color images. (B1558)
    4. Resolved issue with labels not being displayed when using Compare X-rays with Labels. (B887)
    5. Modified how layout is backed up to Original Images folder to include all images. (B889)
    6. Resolved issue with Implant Label display. (B856)
    7. Resolved issue with exported JPGs storing in STB format. (B844)
    8. Resolved issue with Auto Place Taken Date Labels not being saved. (B825)
    9. Resolved issue with restoring images from Transient Storage. (B766)
    10. Added support for gender to be bridged through command line. (B886)
    11. Resolved issue with selecting Automatic Acquire custom size in image capture prompt. (B893)
    12. Resolved issue with Real Time Filter option displaying as enabled while actually disabled. (B899)
    13. Modifications to shared TWAIN-capture code. (F1684)
    14. Modified internal functionality of merge patients operations. (F1696)
    15. Additional functionality related to Real Time Filters, e.g. excluding large images. (F1696)
    16. Additional functionality within ImageBar for modifying size and remembering position. (F1696)
    17. Option added to allow/disallow interaction with labels on the various Label screens. (F1696)
    18. Modified internal functionality of Select Directory dialogs. (F1736)
    19. QuickImage OEM: initial creation. (F1742)

    Version 3.12 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 4/16/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added Real Time Filter (RTF) functionality. Realtime Filters can be enabled/disabled within any single image view. (F1250; F1339)
    2. Improved handling when opening certain corrupt images. (F1315)
    3. With XV Sync, when the ToStore option is enabled, and an image is modified, the patient’s Original Images folder will now be included in the next sync. (F1322)
    4. Resolved issue with scrollbar functionality in various viewer controls. (F1341)
    5. Resolved issue with jumpy cursor drawing when applying calibration/measurement labels. (B719)
    6. Resolved issue with labels being included in Word Document templates despite option being disabled. (B697)
    7. Resolved issue with displaying incorrect thumbnails in layouts. (B732)
    8. Tooth definition specification is now a global setting. (B697)

    Version 3.12 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/13/2011

    1. Improved ability to import, store, and view non-image files (e.g. PDF, DOC, XLS, HTML, PPT, AVI, MOV, etc). (F662)
    2. When an image is modified, the original image is now automatically backed up in the patient’s folder, in an Original Images subfolder. (F1134)
    3. Sensor status prompts font has been updated (F1043)
    4. Added “include labels” checkbox to multi-image comparison, printing, and Word document spawning functions. (F1144)
    5. Added “Take New” to the single image capture return screen as well as “Capture Layout” when viewing existing layouts. (F1043)
    6. Added new pop-out enhancement toolbar to image viewing screens, with additional image enhancement options. (F1082)
    7. Changed default group view to layouts. (F1058)
    8. Resolved issue where extra characters are appended to patient’s foldernames in some patient-editing scenarios (B616)
    9. Resolved issue with user-specified taken dates being ignored in the View Images By Date window. (B651)
    10. Internal functionality change to the Stop Series Capture button to resolve certain hardware hanging scenarios. (B652)
    11. Internal functionality change for supporting extended services in TransIT CEDs. (F1158)
    12. Added digital signature to application. (F1142)
    13. Resolved issues were syncing patients with different cases (upper/lower) or different SSN formats (dashes or no dashes) was causing duplicate records. (B654)

    Version 3.12 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/15/2011

    1. Resolved issue with “Out of Memory” error in certain environments, when closing the software or attempting a sensor capture. (B610)

    Version 3.12 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/12/2011

    1. Modified handling of series capture to allow hardware shutdown to occur at any point when a series is stopped within the Capture Layout window. (B572)

    Version 3.12 Build 9
    Release Date: 6/22/2011

    1. Added implant library labeling capabilities. (F1039)
    2. Resolved issue with incorrect layout taken dates. (B546)

    Version 3.12 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/28/2011

    1. Modified handling of image storage format conversion. (B563)
    2. Resolved issue with Stop Sensor capture functionality during layout capture. (B555)
    3. Implemented tile reorientation functionality when switching tiles during layout capture. (B555)
    4. Resolved issues with selecting the filetype and filename during Export and Save As operations. (B553; B557; B562)
    5. Integrated Recycle Bin deletion functionality for images deleted from layout. (B565)

    Version 3.12 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/22/2011

    Added option to Update Patient Filemaps under Database options. (B546)
    Modified the way that layout taken dates are determined. (B546)
    Resolved issue with options button coloring after restoring a minimized window. (F929)

    Version 3.12 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/16/2011

    1. Resolved issue with black icons appearing when the window is minimized/maximized. (F929)
    2. Removed enhancement icons for IADLLs in the bottom right of the Enhancement window. (F929)
    3. Modified layout capture from TWAIN/IDDLL to support the return of multiple images at once. (B519)
    4. Resolved issue with the displayed ordering of images that were captured at the same time. (B442)
    5. Resolved issue with functionality of tile flip/rotate options in the layout capture window. (F675)

    Version 3.12 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/17/2011

    1. Resolved issue, for specific reseller CD image, in which a layout file was being interpreted as a single image due to the missing “FGrp” in the filename. (B537)

    Version 3.12 Build 3
    Release Date: 01/24/2010

    1. Resolved issue when images are captured in XV and viewed in XV Lite produced the message “Unsupported version detected for the patient map! The patient will be recreated”. (B463)
    2. Resolved wrong date issue with Open Patient, View Images by Date feature. (B172)
    3. Patient indexing issue resolved when adding from Practice Management database. Now adds patients immediately to patient list after selecting a patient. (B201)
    4. Resolved issue where real time brightness was not being updated in compare sidebar window. (B216)
    5. Added capability to delete just one image from a layout tile. (F383/F820)
    6. Resolved issue where Update Patient Database did not populate the ToStore database (B405)
    7. Added search fields to the “Move to Patient” windows. (F907)
    8. Resolved issue where a config file could be come corrupted causing crash. (B244)
    9. Resolved issue with “Incorrect Parameter” error occurring when a user attempts to change the Taken Date of an image. (B520)

    Version 3.12 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/11/2010

    1. Added support for licensing by user and by client. (F813)

    Version 3.12 Build 1
    Release Date: 7/8/2010

    1. Version number brought in pace with main XV application for better tracking and compatibility with upgrader requirements.
    2. Added ability to change tooth numbers (F270)
    3. Corrected problem layouts were being captured as STB even image storage format was is set as JPG. (Bug 125)
    4. Corrected choppy scrollbar problem that made it hard for users to utilize. (Bug 85)
    5. Corrected problem with Merge that was removing stamps and taken dates from images. (Bug 150)
    6. Added a Send button for emailing layouts. (F655)
    7. Corrected Floater View pop-out toolbar that was missing icons. (Bug 212)
    8. Corrected Floater View that was missing Image Operations. (Bug 481)
    9. Corrected issue with black background when printing layouts with taken dates. (Bug 99)
    10. Added Image Operations to Capture Layout Window. (F675)
    11. Corrected problem with Image Compare feature showing light images. (Bug 216)
    12. Corrected problem with Move Image to Another Patient feature that was changing the taken date. (Bug 293)
    13. Correct problem where patient does not appear on list when patient added from data drill. (Bug 201)
    14. Added Find Images By Date feature. (F286)
    15. Corrected Taken date issue. (Bug 172)
    16. Added ability to change the Taken Date.

    Version 2.1 Build 54
    Release Date: 1/20/2010

    1. Updated reseller colors from yellow to orange.
    2. Added reversed layout functionality.
    3. Added ability to display image bar horizontally.

    Version 2.1 Build 53
    Release Date: 10/20/09

    1. Added a monitor test pattern to the general options.
    2. Reformatted the preferences to accommodate smaller screens.

    Version 2.1 Build 52
    Release Date: 9/23/09

    1. Corrected problem when launching WhitenIT or Cosmetic Imaging.

    Version 2.1 Build 51
    Release Date: 8/11/09

    1. Misc updates.
    2. Added support for displaying the new lables that were added to XrayVision.
    3. Added options and support for saving new images and modified images to the ToStore database. This database is used by XVSync to facilitate faster synchronization with other sites.

    Version 2.1 Build 48
    Release Date: 4/22/09

    1. FloaterView updated.
    2. Corrected problems with reallocating licenses of similarly named computers (e.g. “Computer1” and “Computer11”).
    3. Variables have been added to predefined text labels. These variables are automatically replaced with the respective information when placed in an image (e.g. “%l, %f” will be replaced with the patient’s last and first name).

    Version 2.1 Build 46
    Release Date: 2/13/09

    1. Added new handling capabilities for when an image stays in Transient Storage. This can happen when a patient’s record is modified while images are being acquired (usually on another computer). The old method was to simply display a warning message and required the user to manually handle moving or deleting the image. The new method permits the user to select a patient to move the image into. Additional information is also displayed when an image is left in Transient Storage.
    2. Corrected a problem where the dates displayed for each tile in a layout could revert to the modified date instead of the taken data associated with an image.
    3. Corrected a problem where image modifications made to a tile in a layout may not be illustrated by the thumbnail image displayed in the layout view. The user more commonly saw this immediately after acquiring the images in a layout.

    Version 2.1 Build 45
    Release Date: 9/17/08

    1. Added ability to return all of the image that are acquired from a SED at the same time instead of the user having to invoke the acquisition multiple times.
    2. New version of the graphic button list control added.
    3. New scroller control added to the graphic button list control.

    Version 2.1 Build 44
    Release Date: 6/3/08

    1. Added new features to display patient passed on the command line when the patient list is hidden. This is used by 3rd party applications as well as NameGrabber/DataGrabber.
    2. Reduced the flickers associated with the image bar being displayed when launched from a 3rd party application.
    3. Made correction to patient display when image bar is launched from a 3rd party application and the patient list is hidden.

    Version 2.1 Build 43
    Release Date: 5/5/08

    1. Added new enhancement button in main image viewing area on the enhancement screen.

    Version 2.1 Build 42
    Release Date: 3/36/08

    1. Added capability of passing the image taken date to a TransIT extension.

    Version 2.1 Build 41
    Release Date: 3/17/08

    1. Made correction to exported layout where a single image is created.

    Version 2.1 Build 40
    Release Date: 3/13/08

    1. Added new options to display the taken dates in layouts (available in the preferences). Depending on this setting, taken dates will be displayed below each tile and other layout operations (i.e. copying to clipboard) will additionally have the date displayed below each image.
    2. Added new options to automatically add a taken date label to new images that are acquired.

    Version 2.1 Build 39
    Release Date: 1/16/08

    1. Updated short creation to automatically fill in the working/start-in directory.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.1 Build 37
    Release Date: 9/27/07

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Added tables and X-detect feature to general image enhancement screen.

    Version 2.1 Build 36
    Release Date: 3/26/07

    1. Added “Preferred Imaging Extension” options to menus (available when editing a layout definition). Can be used to assign a default sensor extension to a layout so that the user does not have to manually select which sensor is to be used when capturing a layout.
    2. Made changes to correctly size dialogs when displayed on a smaller secondary display on multiple monitor systems.
    3. Added DOB and Sex to options that can be specified for the command line when invoking other applications.
    4. Replaced tile’s orientation (vertical or horizontal) with an actual rotation factor. Enables users to make vertical bite wing definitions.
    5. Maintained build.

    Version 2.1 Build 31
    Release Date: 8/7/06

    1. Added “Select patient” buttons to more screens.
    2. Added a “View Images” button when the user is on the “Take X-ray” or “Capture Image” screen.
    3. Combined the “Select Patient” and “Go Back” buttons on the Select Teeth screen.
    4. Fixed an error that occurred when the user selects to customize a layout and then tries to edit a tile.

    Version 2.1 Build 30
    Release Date: 6/11/06

    1. HIPAA patient list options added to Preferences.
    2. SS number hiding added. Will display the last four digits of any ID number resembling a SS number.
    3. “Patient List” button added to several screens to take the user directly back to the patient list.
    4. “Customize Layouts” button added when selecting a layout to enable the user to create and modify layouts.
    5. Change the layout of the layout capture screen to maximize the capture area.
    6. Removed the unused buttons on the export dialog.
    7. Right click on various thumbnails functionality added.
    8. New enhancements options have been added when working with an image.

    Version 2.1 Build 28
    Release Date: 6/1/06

    1. Modified how images are passed back and forth between XV and imaging extensions. Windows incompatibilities lead to a possible crash on some computers when passing images back and forth between the apps and extensions.
    2. Added additional checking to ensure proper versions for Gendex Imaging and Soredex based extensions.

    Version 2.1 Build 26
    Release Date: 5/23/06

    1. Added sensor system premounting for various sensor extensions that require it.

    Version 2.1 Build 20
    Release Date: 12/8/05

    1. CliniTouch: changed the background bitmap.
    2. CliniTouch: added new sensor activation options for Sigma, OPD, OCD and PAOCD systems if they have been installed on the computer.

    Version 2.1 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/9/05

    1. Corrected problem with command line option processing.

    Version 2.1 Build 17
    Release Date: 11/2/05

    1. MIB format support added to several OEM versions that did not support it.
    2. Corrected problem when closing the application as minimized it comes back up as minimzed the next time it is run.
    3. The user is now prompted whether changes should be saved when they are made to a layout.
    4. The software now applies the temporary B/C settings applied to single images in both image display and thumbnails.

    Version 2.1 Build 16
    Release Date: 9/28/05

    1. Maintenance release.
    2. Optimized thumbnail drawing added.

    Version 2.1 Build 15
    Release Date: 6/7/05

    1. Floater View now records and utilizes last window placement.

    Version 2.1 Build 14
    Release Date: 5/31/05

    1. Layout licensing removed (layout licenses automatically included with product).
    2. Sensor extension name support updated.
    3. New ZIP/UNZIP support added.
    4. Miscellaneous corrections and upgrades.

    Version 2.1 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/27/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
    2. New functionality added to layout captures to allow freeing of hardware devices.
    3. Correction made when changing tiles in the middle of a layout capture from a scanner or imaging device extension.
    4. Layout licensing and Progression views added to the software.

    Version 2.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/1/04

    1. Added ability to switch between layouts and progression views.

    Version 2.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 10/28/04

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Progressions engine added to the software (but not yet active).

    Version 2.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 9/6/04

    1. Corrections made to some multiple-line language translations.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 8/30/04

    1. Bitmapped background setting corrected.
    2. Default search box is now last name instead of first name.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 8/17/04

    1. Corrected several phrases that were not translated in multiple language versions.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 8/2/04

    1. Correction made to improper non-English translation text display.
    2. Miscellaneous fixes and improvements.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 6/16/04

    1. Button graphics fixed on the ImageBar’s floater-view dialog and various image improvement dialogs.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 6/1/04

    1. Correction made to improper image association when capturing a layout.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 5/25/04

    1. Integration of new drawing capabilities of various controls to make smoother drawing of the interface.
    2. Correction made to directory creation of patients in non-English countries.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/29/04

    1. Option added to enable display of the patient names in uppercase throughout the program.
    2. “Retake” button added after capturing a single image in order to quickly retake another image.
    3. Crash corrected when undoing label operations to layout images.
    4. Transient storage functionality added to automatically save images and layouts when the network connection is lost. Transient storage automatically saves the images and layouts to the appropriate patients when the network connection to a remote patient database comes back on-line.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 2/27/04

    1. Internal changes for various controls to facilitate better drawing and display.
    2. New calibration option added.
    3. Correction made to sensor capture to prevent capture from invalid sensor extensions.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Reformatted some of the interface to accommodate larger translations in non-English versions of the application.
    2. Window’s font now used to accommodate user selectable fonts and language code pages.
    3. Cosmetic Imaging and WhitenIT have been moved to the Advanced pop-up menu.
    4. Brightness/Contrast control has been hidden when a non-grayscale image is displayed.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 11/10/03

    1. Multiple registration numbers may now be entered into the same application. Multiple registration number support permit the user to install the application on a single computer and combine their licenses into a single installation on their network.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 11/3/03

    1. Corrected problem with updating the patient database when the original database files are deleted in their entirety and database caching is enabled.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 10/12/03

    1. Image taken dates have been added to the compare images screen.
    2. A small set of image operations are now available directly from the layout view screen.
    3. Options added to the application preferences that allow turning off the background bitmap for those displays that flicker when drawing the application interface.
    4. Removed double-click process from the layout view screen that would bring up full-screen view. Double-clicks are now interpreted as a selection of the image. Full screen view is still available with a right-click.
    5. Single click selection and display of images removed from layout view screen. Now the user must click twice on a image to open the respective image. This functionality removes the behavior associated with a user inadvertently double-clicking on the layout thumbnail on the previous screen and then immediately being taken into a single image of the layout.
    6. A confirmation message has been added when the local database has been selected when a remote database is off-line.
    7. Export functions on a layout have been enabled.
    8. Imagebar display anomalies corrected when switching between patients after dismissing a previous Imagebar.
    9. Menus that are displayed in dialogs have been removed and replaced with pop-up menus.
    10. Move layout errors have been corrected.
    11. Layout flipping has been added.
    12. WhitenIT and Cosmetic Imaging support has been added to the software.
    13. “Switch to pointer mode after new label” option added to preferences. This option indicates if the current label mode should be maintained or if the label pointer mode should be enabled after a new label has been added to an image.
    14. Multiple image print from a layout option added.
    15. Various thumbnail controls now resize appropriately when the application is resized.
    16. “Select Patient” options added to several of the screens in the program. This option takes that user directly back to the main “select patient” screen instead of requiring the user to continually press the “Go Back” button to get back to the main screen.
    17. Various brightness/contrast options added to a popup on the image options screen.
    18. Real-time brightness/contrast control added to the image options screens.
    19. Back button in SuniCam now goes back to the Capture image screen after capturing a video image.
    20. Default thumbnail rows and columns changed to 5 x 5.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 8/26/03

    1. Image caching enabled during layout capture. This option caches multiple images that have been acquired from multiple image capture sources so that they may be automatically filled in for the next tile during layout capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 8/21/03

    1. Capture restrictions for acquiring new images into an old layout have been removed.
    2. Full-screen viewing of layout images have been added to both the layout view (right-click on the image) and the layout capture view (right-click or double-click on the image) screens.
    3. ImageBar changes to reflect the currently selected patient.
    4. Database caching optimization added to the application – requires more system memory but significantly reduces network lag on slow or heavy traffic networks.
    5. Buffered I/O added to configuration reading – significantly reduces network lag on slow or heavy traffic networks.
    6. Take/Retake from option added when capturing layouts (from clipboard, file, scanner, TWAIN device, sensor, video device).
    7. Copy to clipboard option added under image’s advanced options.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/17/03

    1. Added print option to enhancements screen.
    2. “Go back” button on “View By Date” screen now goes back to “View By Teeth” screen. “View By Teeth” button removed from the “View By Date” screen.
    3. Image information displayed at the top of the print screen corrected for images in a layout.
    4. Lightyear change: After taking an image, the user is taken to the same enhancement screen as when viewing images.
    5. Lightyear change: Notes button added to image enhancements screen.
    6. Lightyear change: General image capture option added to “Select Patient” screen.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 7/8/03

    1. Changes made to the image operations screens of the Lightyear application.. The graphic option bar has been replaced with a set of buttons.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 6/13/03

    1. Correction made to image selection screen – it now no longer comes up in full screen view but instead comes up the same size as the main application.
    2. Added multiple image capture on the video capture screen in Dr.Suni and Lightyear. As images are captured, they are added to a list of thumbnail images on the right-hand edge of the screen.
    3. Added support for printing multiple images on the same page from the thumbnail list screen.
    4. Added support for spawning multiple image documents from the thumbnail list screen.
    5. Footer text made smaller on all printouts.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 6/12/03

    1. Options added to enable the display of addition reregistration information when upgrading from a previous version..

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 6/5/03

    1. Significant redesign of how XVLite interacts with patient information bridged from another application, detections of duplicate patient information (i.e. SS number, ID number) and actions taken when resolving patients.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 6/3/03

    1. Several spelling mistakes corrected.
    2. Crash when clicking on the Measurement tab when assigning default label properties for the measurement label fixed.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 5/30/03

    1. Application is now resizeable.
    2. Interface flicker reduced even further.
    3. New default label settings added.
    4. Auto label properties are now defaulted to off.
    5. Tooltips are now defaulted to on.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 5/22/03

    1. Improved interface drawing.
    2. Improved image capture workflow.
    3. Corrected redrawing problems freezing the application when other applications are dragged over the interface.
    4. Corrections made to locked configuration reading.
    5. Improvements made in reducing the flickering of the interface.
    6. “Go Back” and “Finished” buttons combined on layout capture screen.
    7. Added option to ignore a tile’s “always prompt” setting. This prevents the system from prompting the user on certain tiles in certain layouts to select a different imaging source.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/16/03

    1. “Orientation” text removed from layout displays.
    2. Functionality added to permit the selection of an image from the same layout on the image selection screen (i.e. compare images).
    3. OK button hidden on the image selection screen until the appropriate number of images have been selected.
    4. Screen size warning is now only displayed once.
    5. Taken date added to print outs.
    6. Now pencil label draws real rep of label during drawing and not an outline.
    7. Saving of a layout after each image capture for a tile has been enabled by default.
    8. Updated the select sensor dialog for improved look-and-feel in addition to increasing the number of sensors that can be displayed.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/9/03

    1. SIMU and multiple licenses support added to the software. The new version enables a single installation on a network and permits the application to be run from the various computers attached to the LAN.
    2. Single instance support added to the software. The software previously would start multiple copies of the software at the same time.
    3. Data Drill support improved. More information is retrieved from the various Data Drills installed with the application when patients are created in the software.
    4. Printing % display corrected in the Printing options.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/1/03

    1. New registration handling added to the software. Note: existing users will have to receive a new registration number from their distributor or Apteryx before upgrading!!!
    2. Imagebar support added to the software.
    3. Spawned image capture added to the software.
    4. Display of layout name when selecting a layout.
    5. Added option to enable or disable the automatic display of the label properties when adding labels to an image.
    6. Slide show option added to view-by-date screen.
    7. New left mouse button only label creation added.
    8. Added update routine that helps ATI video capture cards with their display of the real-time-video stream.
    9. Added several “display images full-screen” options.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Change made to support layout capture from the Schick hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/20/03

    1. Created a status bar at the bottom of the application. This reduced the amount of redrawing required by the application and prevented a potential crash on some systems when selecting an image from a layout.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/20/03

    1. Corrected an error that resulted in a crash when DZIP32.DLL and DUNZIP32.DLL are not available to the application.
    2. Changed the background bitmap of the Dr.Suni application.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 3/10/03

    1. Corrected an error that resulted in a crash when capturing multiple images from a single image source.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 12/26/02

    1. New international on-screen keyboard layouts added: BELGIAN; DANISH; DUTCH; FINNISH; FRENCH; GERMAN; HUNGARIAN; ITALIAN; IRISH; NORWEGIAN; PORTUGUESE; SLOVENIAN; SPANISH; SWEDISH; SWISS.
    2. Last screen (e.g. Next Action) removed and made to return to select patient screen with the previous patient automatically selected.
    3. Compare screen now keeps previous patient selected when returning to Select Patient screen.
    4. B/C enhancement option moved higher in enhancement list.
    5. Directory selection dialogs changed to permit greater functionality and flexibility.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/3/02

    1. Default font size on printouts made larger.
    2. Saving of modified configurations corrected.
    3. Added feature to bring up Data Drill options if an invalid Data Drill database is detected.
    4. Added pan, spot magnify and spot enhance functions on compare screen.
    5. Real-time B/C added for grayscale images.
    6. New option added to Sensor Options that permit a real-time B/C dialog to be displayed after an image is captured from a digital x-ray system.
    7. Font dialog not being display corrected in Dr.Suni application (due to a corrupted compile).
    8. Made corrections to the various sensor selection screens and dialogs.

(including AFP Digital / Air Techniques ScanSmart / Belmont XVlite / CliniTouch / Dentimax Imaging / Dr Suni / Lightyear / Lynxvision LT / MaxiViewer Lite / OneView Lite / QuickImage / Sigma Image XVL)

  • Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/8/05

    1. Added options to automatically update remote databases when copying from one computer to another.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/9/03

    1. New version containing Apteryx’s new registration tracking and trial version activation. Note: existing users should receive a new registration number from their distibutor or Apteryx before upgrading!!!

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 5/7/01

    1. Sub-directory checking made when doing mobile computing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/11/01

    1. Improved status display.
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/30/2016

    1. Update to themed drawing, and correct issues with archiving accessory files, and recovering Original Images from archive. (F2418)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Release Date: Internal

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2418)

    Version 10.0. Build 3
    Release Date: 2/19/2011

    1. Modified ArchiveIT to be able to read the previous file structure of older ArchivedImages.AIT file. (B538)
    2. Restored backward compatibility of ArchiveIT to work with pre-3.12 versions of XrayVision. (B539)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/19/2010

    1. Resolved issue with ArchiveIT Trial popup appearing before archiving each patient. (B369)
    2. Recompiled in Visual Studio 2010 development environment.

    Version 4.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/29/2009

    1. Resolved Error C0AAB120 when burning CDs under Windows Vista/7. It will now leave more space on the disc for UDF file system.
    2. Resolved issue with custom Staging Directory path not being saved after restarting XV.

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/10/09

    1. Made corrections to translation engine that resulted in strange text appearing in various controls on certain computers.
    2. Made a correction that could result in the existing archives not being listed.

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 6/4/09

    1. Made corrections to the permissions so standard users can burn CDs.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/17/07

    1. Complete update to the extension including direct buring to CD/DVD archive and archiving to network locations.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/9/03

    1. New version containing Apteryx’s new registration tracking and trial version activation. Note: existing users should receive a new registration number from their distibutor or Apteryx before upgrading!!!
  • Version 10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 9/18/2011

    1. Resolved issue with images having incorrect instance UID. (B1001)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/06/2011

    1. Corrected problem when a date was not specified for an image when DICOM information was first associated with it. (B627)
    2. Corrected a problem where the incorrect series date was being displayed in the Edit information dialog. (B627)
    3. Corrected problem where it was ignoring data entered into the Series time/date on the Edit information dialog. (B627)
    4. Added lead tool files to the extension upgrader. (B606)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/12/2011

    1. Better handling for DICOM images that are marked MONOCHROME2 but are incorrectly labeled “INVERSE” in the Presentation LUT tag. (B613)

    Version 10.0.0.4
    Released: 06/06/2011

    1. Fixed issue so each image in a layout will recieve unique instance ID to allow images to be forwarded individually. (F895)

    Version 10.0 Buid 3
    Released: 03/16/2011

    1. Now remembers previous settings/selections for future use. (F452)(F739)
    2. Supports printing custom text, found within the “Annotations” tag (F524)

    Version 1.0 Build 75
    Release Date: 11/13/08

    1. Added ability to print customized data and formats on printouts.

    Version 1.0 Build 74
    Release Date: 8/1/08

    1. Addition of J2K compression support.

    Version 1.0 Build 73
    Release Date: 10/9/07

    1. Made additions to interpret the best acquisition and content dates to use on images captured from certain imaging extensions and then converted to CR when being submitted to a DICOM server.

    Version 1.0 Build 71
    Release Date: 7/5/07

    1. Made corrections for imaging extensions that mix and match CR modalities with different SOP Class UIDs.

    Version 1.0 Build 70
    Release Date: 7/5/07

    1. Made changes to better handle when the user enables the “map dental modalities to CR” option and does not provide a SOP class mapping. Now it automatically maps SOP classes even if the user did not enter a SOP class mapping.

    Version 1.0 Build 69
    Release Date: 7/3/07

    1. Further changes made to allow fixing of already set image pixel spacing strings if they are too long.

    Version 1.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 7/2/07

    1. Made changes to allow fixing of already set image pixel spacing strings if they are too long.
    2. Change the SOP Instance UID referenced when converting from PX, IO and DX modalities to CR.

    Version 1.0 Build 66
    Release Date: 3/28/07

    1. Made modifications to ensure that the imaging pixel spacing is set.

    Version 1.0 Build 65
    Release Date: 2/26/07

    1. Corrected where image slice thinkness is correctly rounded to prevent too long of decimal values being saved in the DICOM object.

    Version 1.0 Build 64
    Release Date: 2/23/07

    1. Added new options for allowing the carving up of mutiframed DICOM images.

    Version 1.0 Build 63
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Support for mapping dental modalities to other modalities (i.e. CT cone beam to CR modality).
    2. Corrected some problems with printing certain types of images.

    Version 1.0 Build 62
    Release Date: 9/25/06

    1. Corrected creation of DICOMDIRs.

    Version 1.0 Build 61
    Release Date: 5/22/06

    1. Added new options for use with the imaging converter.

    Version 1.0 Build 60
    Release Date: 5/22/06

    1. Change “Modality Mapping” settings to more appropriate “SOP Class Mapping”.
    2. Added option to permit automatic changing of dental modality (PX, DX, IO) to more general CR when submitting images to a server.
    3. Added options to automatically select an image SOP Class if it does not exist.

    Version 1.0 Build 59
    Release Date: 5/22/06

    1. Modified new functions to provide even more flexibility to calling convensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 5/22/06

    1. Added new functions for allowing additional information extraction out of DICOM objects and files.

    Version 1.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 3/17/06

    1. Corrected worklist information where an accession number was specified but could be associated with multiple Study Instance UIDs if the Study Instance UID was not also specified.
    2. New tree control integrated into the various dialogs and screens.
    3. Buttons added to auto-generate UIDs when manually creating worklist information.
    4. Processing messages improved on various DICOM communication status dialogs.

    Version 1.0 Build 54
    Release Date: 12/7/05

    1. Restricted the display of binary data in the “view external dicom image” dialog when the DICOM file contains an “icon image sequence”.
    2. Corrected problem where extension took the image from the Icon Image Sequence instead of the main image in a DICOM file.

    Version 1.0 Build 52
    Release Date: 11/2/05

    1. Added new option (under communication options) that indicates if the user can submit images that do not have DICOM information associated with them. When disabled, it significantly reduces the number of dialogs the user is prompted with when submitting multiple images to just a single initial dialog.

    Version 1.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 6/16/05

    1. Added functionality to ensure Accession numbers and Study ID numbers are different. In unassigned by a worklist or the user, the Accession number is of the form “AYYYYMMDDHHMM” and the Study ID number is of the form “SYYYYMMDDHHMM” where “YYYYMMDDHHMM” is the current system date and time.

    Version 1.0 Build 49
    Release Date: 5/18/05

    1. Added options for manually adding tags and values.
    2. Added options for manually deleting tags.
    3. Added options for quickly setting the anatomic structures of an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 4/21/05

    1. Added new facility information options for exporting images. This feature requires XV v3.9 b55 or higher.

    Version 1.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 4/7/05

    1. Corrected issue with creating and saving more than one DICOM print server.

    Version 1.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 2/1/05

    1. Changed the overriding of a modality based on an image class.

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 1/26/05

    1. Added additional options and further control of printed text in images.

    Version 1.0 Build 44
    Release Date: 1/20/05

    1. Renenabled the “minimal worklist information” options.

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 1/14/05

    1. Added Apteryx’s new base DICOM UID.

    Version 1.0 Build 41
    Release Date: 1/10/05

    1. Added font selection for printed text.

    Version 1.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 12/31/04

    1. Added options to allow manual addition of patient information to a printout.

    Version 1.0 Build 39
    Release Date: 12/6/04

    1. Added options to permit printing of patient information on a DICOM printer in an annotation box.

    Version 1.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 11/15/04

    1. Corrections made to Affected SOP Instance UIDs when storing images.
    2. Mandatory fields filled in with default values if not already specified when storing images.

    Version 1.0 Build 37
    Release Date: 10/19/04

    1. Changes made to support a wider range of Kodak printers.
    2. Changed the default options to be compliant with a wider range of printers.

    Version 1.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 10/13/04

    1. Changes made to support a wider range of Kodak printers.

    Version 1.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 10/12/04

    1. Added new options that permit the removal of all but the most basic fields from a worklist query.

    Version 1.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 9/29/04

    1. Patient information is not passed to a DICOM printer when printing an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 9/29/04

    1. Changed film size 8INx11IN to 8INx10IN.
    2. Added ability to prevent certain print parameters from being specified to a print server.

    Version 1.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 9/29/04

    1. Changes made to UID generation to remove all leading zeros.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 9/28/04

    1. Improved printing capabilities and printer support.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 9/27/04

    1. Owner ID removed from print specifications.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 9/23/04

    1. WIDE range of changes to the extension; too many to list.
    2. New printing mechanisms implemented when printing directly to DICOM printers.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/21/04

    1. Correction made to address memory leak when importing images.
    2. Additional functions added to enhance functionality of various applications that utilize this extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. NOTE! Beta testing release. Used for testing the new print features.
    2. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
    3. Beta! DICOM print options added.
    4. Beta! DICOM print queue query options added.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/19/03

    1. Added extended capabilities for retrieve additional fields when doing a worklist query.
    2. Server type specification as a Data or Worklist server added.
    3. Patient ID specification added when doing a Patient Query/Retrieve.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 9/25/19

    1. Updated program for use with new Apteryx AXLib DICOM library. (F3970)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/23/09

    1. Corrected problem when trying to transfer compressed images. This problem occurred when viewing images in DCV, had Compress Images enabled in the options and then tried to send images via this extension.
    2. Ability to edit DICOM server list added.
    3. Other internal modifications.
  • Use the FAQ section of your site to answer those routine questions that always come up and need to be answered. This is a great way to tell us more about what you can offer, fill in some details that might intrigue us, and show us how knowledgeable and helpful you can be.

  • Version 2.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 06/06/2011

    1. Added support to display International and British tooth numbering. (Feature 1002)

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 01/20/11

    1. Added support for new patient filemap format. (B469)
    2. Added sorted image list. (B469)
    3. Made a change so tag information could be pulled out of STB images to allow image information to be retrieved. (B469)
  • Version 3.2 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 1/24/2020
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Corrected issue with certificate validation. (F3836)

    Version 3.2 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 7/20/2018
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for token licensing. (F3628)

    Version 3.2 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 2/13/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Additional logging of connection information. (F3270)

    Version 3.2 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added option for larger packet sizes to increase image transfer speed (under Preferences > Packet Size.) (F2571)
    2. Updated interface for Windows theme. (F3244)

    Version 3.2 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added line to display the time and date of the next scheduled sync within the schedule window. (F2089)

    Version 3.2 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added option to enable/disable Database Caching when checking for changes to the ToStoreDB. (B1044)

    Version 3.2 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 12/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modify patient directory naming for all newly-created patients to include the name and the last 4 digits of the SSN and ID number. (F2002)

    Version 3.2 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 5/20/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified functionality for manually adding patients to ToStore, to work whether or not “Add received images to ToStore” is enabled. (B945)
    2. Added capability to handle accessory filetype .PackagedFiles, currently only used with Logicon Caries Detector plugin. (F1836)

    Version 3.2 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 1/21/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved an issue where synced layouts were initially categorized as a Miscellaneous Image Type. (Bug 787)

    Version 3.2 Build 11
    Release Date: 02/06/2012

    1. Resolved issue where Global ID Matching was not merging patients with alphanumeric IDs when the IDs had case differences. (Bug 713)
    2. Added the ability to have original images added to the ToStore database. (Feature 1318)

    Version 3.2 Build 10
    Release Date: 11/23/2011

    1. Added support to not clear the ToStore DB when a scheduled Forward or Synchronization ToStoreDB operation fails (Feature 1174)
    2. Added the ability to delete the contents of the ToStore database (Feature 875)
    3. Added the ability to copy a daily schedule from one day to another (Feature 798)

    Version 3.2 Build 9
    Release Date: 9/27/2011

    1. Resolved issue where extra characters are appended to patient’s foldernames in some syncing scenarious (Bug 616)
    2. Digitally signed the application (Feature 1143)
    3. Same patients were not syncing when one had a firstname several digits longer than the other (Bug 648)
    4. Resolved issues were syncing patients with different cases (upper/lower) or different SSN formats (dashes or no dashes) was causing duplicate records. (B654)

    Version 3.2 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/5/2011

    1. Enhanced the timeout functionality to support additional types of network disconnections (Bug 480)

    Version 3.2 Build 6
    Release Date: 11/19/2010

    1. Support added for both versions of the patient file map. (B474)

    Version 3.2 Build 5
    Release Date: 10/06/2010

    1. Added option on Reconcialiation Results screen to auto-retrieve missing images from a remote site. (F788)
    2. Added ability to allow multiple, separate installations of XV Sync to run under the same user account simultaneously. (F793)

    Version 3.2 Build 3
    Release Date: 8/18/2010

    1. Correction made where the setting of the “Add received images to ToStore datbase” option was not saved in the configuration.

    Version 3.2 Build 2
    Release Date: 6/9/2010

    1. The IP/Computer name has been included in the log files / emails when an error is encountered.

    Version 3.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/12/2010

    1. Added new types of synchronization.
    2. Added the ability to synchronize the patient database (does the patients only without sending any images).
    3. Corrected a problem where you could delete a server that was used in a schedule.
    4. Corrected a problem with unusable reconcile files.
    5. Changed some of the verbiage used in the interface.
    6. Added option to only send emails when there was a failure.
    7. Made vast improvements with global ID matching and cleanup.
    8. Made adjustments to timeout of socket connections. Previously a connection could time out during a delay even if the connection was still viable and active.
    9. Authentication code now required to enable global IDs.
    10. Added the ability to look at the ToStore database records.
    11. Added the ability to add records to the ToStore database.
    12. Additional information added to the ToStore record list.
    13. Added additional email notifications.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/28/09

    1. Verbiage changes on reported reconciliation differences.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/23/09

    1. Added a reconciliation function that can be used to ensure that all files have been received by a remote site. New features include: manual creation and validation; automatically emailing of reconcile file after a sync; group reconciliation.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Added email notifications for start, end, and errors.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/13/09

    1. Made change to keep a socket alive that appeared to be dead when the remote computer was trying to figure out what to send on a large database doing a differential sync.
    2. Additional information to logs.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/26/09

    1. Completely new implementation of the differential sync options. Dramatic improvement over previous versions in terms of functionality and time required to perform the sync. The new method also operates correctly on both sides of the client/server connection for each individual IP connection (i.e. the differential sync tracking is performed on BOTH ends of a client/server connection).
    2. New option to specify the file transfer packet size. The larger the size specified, the faster the transfers can take place but has the tradeoff of consuming more network bandwidth (initial design was to minimize network impact). This feature is backward compatible with prior versions of the software.
    3. Added some additional information to the logging.
    4. Added multiple-homed capabilities for outbound client connections (there were already multi-homed options for setting up a server port).

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/25/09

    1. Implemented a ToStore database. This database facilitates much quicker synchronization due maintaining a list of images that have been captured or modified without having to scan the database for changes and new files. Requires XrayVision v3.11 b28 or higher or XVLite v2.1 b49 or higher.
    2. Added the ability to sync on user defined intervals of time in addition to synchronizing at a specified time of day.
    3. Additional logging added.

    Version 1.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/30/09

    1. Major upgrade to the original version including: better communications; better error recovery; additional features and functions.
  • Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/23/09

    1. Added some new command line options: /newdirectoriesonly; /duplicatepatientsonly; /validatedirectoriesonly.

Converters

  • Version 2.4 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/27/2010

    1. Fixed issue with VipersoftSQL conversion in which single images are stored in layouts with tiles. This was due to a Visual Studio 2010 incompatibility that made CRecordSet::IsFieldNull() not work properly.
    2. Fixed bug where stamp files were being left in the VipersoftSQL image folder.
    3. Added Easy Image icon to the application list. This is a VipersoftSQL database.

    Version 2.4 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/27/2010

    1. Fixed bug with checking single image count on VipersoftSQL conversions.
    2. Added Digora For Windows support. All DFW mounts are currently converted as single images. No tooth number or layout information is converted.

    Version 2.4 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/12/2010

    1. Added Trophy + DentalExec conversion support.
    2. Added Dexis7 conversion support.
    3. Fixed Trophy6 to DICOM, SoftDent + Trophy to DICOM conversion problem where only the first pages (thumnails) of multip-paged DICOM files were converted.
    4. VixWin conversion modified to leave the patient SSN blank for patient databases that do not have an SSN field. Previously the converter copied the ID number to the SSN field.

    Version 2.4 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/25/2010

    1. Added IO camera images conversion support in CDM conversion.

    Version 2.4 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Modified the entire project to compile in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 2.3 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/14/2010

    1. Added ADICOM conversion support. Any DICOM to JPEG (Apteryx) image conversion is done with the ADICOM library first. If it fails, it uses the old method.
    2. Dentrix Enterprise conversion: Added a dialog to specify the site/clinic to convert. Fixed 12/31/1969 DOB problem.

    Version 2.2 Build 15
    Release Date: 4/12/2010

    1. Corrected a problem where an Apteryx conversion would place copies of the converted images into two different directories.
    2. Corrected a problem when specifying a date range when converting Apteryx layouts/groups.
    3. Added Dentrix Enterprise conversion Support.
    4. Changed the converter to not pop up a dialog when handling a corrupt image.
    5. Fixed a problem in Schick CDR DICOM conversion where a large number of J2K images are not converted.

    Version 2.2 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/10/2010

    1. Fixed the “out of memory” problem in Dentrix + Mediadent conversion. Changed the way we handle jpeg images: if the source images are in jpeg format, make a copy and put in apteryx folder, as opposed to converting it by leadtools. Fixed another problem where some layout images are converted as single images.

    Version 2.2 Build 13
    Release Date: 3/9/2010

    1. Fixed “Out of Memory” error with Dentrix + Mediadent converter.
    2. Changed the way we handle jpeg images: if the source images are in jpeg format, make a copy and put in apteryx folder, as opposed to converting it by leadtools.
    3. Fixed another problem where some layout images are converted as single images.

    Version 2.2 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/25/2010

    1. Added XLDent + VixWin conversion support. Need to manually setup an ODBC DSN named “DRDATA”.

    Version 2.2 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/22/2010

    1. Modified the ProImage conversion to stack extra layout images in the same tile, rather than simply near eachother.

    Version 2.2 Build 9
    Release Date: 2/16/2010

    1. Added Layout conversion to ProImage converter. Each patient will have one FMX18 if applicable. This is the closest to ProImage layout. Multiple images for the same tile will be stacked together.

    Version 2.2 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/10/2010

    1. Created Dentrix + Mediadent converter. Does not require DBmain.DBF for the image path.
    2. Also added more info in the dialog when browsing for patient or image path, i.e. sample path, file needed.

    Version 2.2 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/26/2010

    1. Created VixWin + PracticeWorks converter.
    2. Fix a bug in all VixWin related conversions where images are not associated with tiles correctly when there are empty tiles in VixWin layout.

    Version 2.2 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/20/2010

    1. Updated ProImage converter to fix issue where patient names were converted as LastnameFirstname.

    Version 2.2 Build 5
    Release Date: 1/18/2010

    1. Updated Patient Gallery converter – when ID and SSN both are empty, use patient .dat filename (without the extension) as patient ID.

    Version 2.2 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/13/2010

    1. Updated Tigerview 2008 converter to resolve issue with DOB showing “12/31/1969”.

    Version 2.2 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/22/09

    1. Added the ability to convert directly to a DCV database added.
    2. Added option to permit the conversion of images that could not be converted by a previous run based on the results file.

    Version 2.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/16/09

    1. Updated Schick CDR DICOM SQL converter to fix issue with inverted thumbnails.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/24/09

    1. Email status notifications added.
    2. Added date range specification.
    3. Update to the logging information during DICOM conversions.

    Version 2.0 Build 141
    Release Date: 7/8/09

    1. Added a wide range of new conversion source programs.
    2. Added new DICOM conversion sources.
    3. Added new fields that can be added to converted DICOM image notes.
    4. Added option to specify how the DICOM image type is to be set.
    5. Added VixWin+SQL.

    Version 2.0 Build 121
    Release Date: 12/16/08

    1. Added conversion of new version of TigerView.
    2. Added TigerView conversion with external data source integration (i.e. tab delimited text document).
    3. Added conversion of new version of PracticeWorks.

    Version 2.0 Build 115
    Release Date: 9/23/08

    1. Added new option to generate real representations of layouts.
    2. Integrated new scroller control into graphic list.

    Version 2.0 Build 102
    Release Date: 8/17/08

    1. Changes made to Schick SQL DICOM version to handle: 24-bit image inversion; retake placement in layouts.

    Version 2.0 Build 101
    Release Date: 2/11/08

    1. New version of Dexis support added.
    2. Frontdesk conversion added.

    Version 2.0 Build 96
    Release Date: 10/25/07

    1. Mediadent (access) database conversion modified so it works when a DNS is not set up.

    Version 2.0 Build 95
    Release Date: 10/18/07

    1. Added new version of Media Dent.

    Version 2.0 Build 89
    Release Date: 9/21/07

    1. Added VixWin + PBS Endo conversion support.
    2. Modified TigerView conversion to use chart ID as patient ID.
    3. Modified TigerView conversion to use Social ID Number field as SSN.

    Version 2.0 Build 88
    Release Date: 7/27/07

    1. Corrected layout problem with Mediadent + PracticeWorks.

    Version 2.0 Build 85
    Release Date: 5/9/07

    1. New Dexis version added.
    2. Correct crash problem with SpeedVision conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 84
    Release Date: 5/2/07

    1. Added DICOM compression for DICOM exported images.

    Version 2.0 Build 82
    Release Date: 4/24/07

    1. Improved conversion from Apteryx Imaging to DICOM especially for images without assigned image types.
    2. Added Mogo conversion support.
    3. Added VixWin Access conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 79
    Release Date: 3/22/07

    1. Removed the “Same Study UID” option. Caused some conversion problems depending on the conversion type.

    Version 2.0 Build 78
    Release Date: 3/21/07

    1. Dexis to DICOM conversion support.
    2. Added Dentrix + Mediadent conversion support.
    3. Updated ProImage and Dentrix + ProImage conversion to support ProImage v6.8.
    4. Added support to convert Dexis group images into layouts.

    Version 2.0 Build 72
    Release Date: 12/27/06

    1. Added support to convert 16 bit images from ImageFX.
    2. Added support for DentalEye conversion to resolve image path.
    3. Added VixWin + PEB FrontDest conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 11/16/06

    1. Added DICOMDIR conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 64
    Release Date: 10/3/06

    1. Added VixWin + WinDent conversion support.
    2. New version of Dexis added.
    3. Modified Dimaxis conversion support to better handle image data in Dimaxis database.
    4. Fixed layout problems with VixWin conversion.
    5. Modified Dimaxis conversion support to handle forward clashes in patient IDs.
    6. Added SoftDent + Trophy conversion support.
    7. Modified naming convention for single images converted to *_CVERT_.JPG.

    Version 2.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 8/8/06

    1. Modified the SpeedVision conversion to use patient reference number as the patient ID.

    Version 2.0 Build 49
    Release Date: 8/7/06

    1. Fixed VixWin conversion layout taken date problem.
    2. New Dexis version added.
    3. Fixed Dexis taken date problem.

    Version 2.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Added SpeedVision converter.
    2. Maintenance rebuild.

    Version 2.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 6/16/06

    1. Added CamSight CDMx version 2006 conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 6/12/06

    1. Added Trophy v5.5 to DICOM conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 5/31/06

    1. Added Dent-A-View 2.46 conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 5/9/06

    1. Improved image cache. Better support for picking up conversions where they left off.

    Version 2.0 Build 41
    Release Date: 5/5/06

    1. Corrected problems with Dentrix + Image 4 conversion: access patient and image info from Image4 SQL database; supports layout; image type; subtype; tooth number.

    Version 2.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 5/4/06

    1. Corrected problems with Apteryx to DICOM converter.

    Version 2.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 5/2/06

    1. Corrected Eaglesoft 11 missing patients problem.

    Version 2.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 5/2/06

    1. Added conversion from Apteryx Imaging format into DICOM.

    Version 2.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 4/10/06

    1. Added Dentrix + ProImage conversion support. Supports Dentrix version 11 and older; ProImage version 6.5.
    2. Patient folder converted in XrayVision changed to last name first naming convention.
    3. Fixed crash problem with Dentrix+VixWin conversion where corrupted TIF images were encountered.
    4. Added option in Dimaxis conversion to specify the folder to store temporary images.
    5. COrrection made to ProImage conversion to Handle multiple databases and variable database file names.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 2/23/06

    1. Added Adstra conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 2/16/06

    1. Corrected problems with Mediadent + PracticeWorks conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. Corrected problems with Dentrix + Image 4 conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 2/1/06

    1. Added ProImage conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 1/31/06

    1. Added Dentrix + Image 4 conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 1/24/06

    1. Corrected problem with Dentrix 10 conversion where flipping RGB was required.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 1/16/06

    1. Added Mediadent/PracticeWorks conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 1/4/06

    1. Added Trophy v6 conversion support.
    2. Added PotoBase conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 11/2/05

    1. Support added when VixWin database has concealed patients.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 10/17/05

    1. Dimaxis conversion optimized.
    2. New version of Dexis added.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 8/26/05

    1. Made modifications to the Schick CDR to DICOM conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 8/2/05

    1. Changed Dimaxis program to look for Database directory instead of the INI file.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/20/05

    1. Added Sidexis conversion support.
    2. Corrected problem with Schick DICOM SQL to DICOM conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/11/05

    1. Added ImageFX conversion support.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/6/05

    1. Added support for Schick SQL to DICOM conversion.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 5/17/05

    1. Added support for SoftDent 11.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/21/05

    1. Changed Schick SQL support to take the paths from the Volume information.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/21/05

    1. Added Schick SQL support.

    Version 2.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/23/05

    1. Added DentalEye support.

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/17/05

    1. Added conversion to the DICOM standard option. This feature requires a registration.
    2. New interface structure added to support mutliple target database support.
    3. Several miscellaneous changes were made to several of the converters.
    4. VixWin DICOM conversion added.
    5. Schick DICOM conversion added.
    6. Conversion from Dentrix/Trophy bridged database added.
    7. Number of records now listed in the various dialogs.
    8. Correction made to the paths utilized by the Dentrix/VixWin bridged database.

    Version 1.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 1/26/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
    2. New Dexis version added.

    Version 1.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 12/29/04

    1. Restriction removed in Dentrix conversion to no longer discard patients without ID numbers.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 12/29/04

    1. Mouse wheel enabled on first menu.
    2. SoftDent v10 support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 12/29/04

    1. Released the restriction on running the Schick DICOM conversion; conversion option now enabled.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 11/4/04

    1. Added support for Mediadent / Computer Age Dentist conversion.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 9/27/04

    1. Added support for non-STB based EagleSoft images.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 9/13/04

    1. Added support for DICOM Imaging.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 7/21/04

    1. Added support for yet another version of Dexis.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/12/04

    1. Added support for another version of Dexis.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 7/12/04

    1. Added support for EagleSoft v10.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 6/11/04

    1. Added support for v5.0 of Dexis.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 4/14/04

    1. Error corrected that may be encountered with large image databases.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/8/04

    1. Additional version of Dexis support added.
    2. Correction made to handle patients with ID’s shorter than 5 characters.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/31/04

    1. Additional version of Dexis support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 3/12/04

    1. Modification to Dentrix/VixWin conversion that allows conversion of patients with no ID numbers.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/2/04

    1. New version of Dexis added..

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 2/11/04

    1. Corrected problem with brining over Schick patient’s ID.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/21/04

    1. Added Mediadent image conversion.
    2. Added Mediadent / Innova joint database conversion.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/21/04

    1. Added Dentrix/VixWin joint database converter.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/5/03

    1. Added capability of Schick converter to add blank tiles so that the images are maintained in the proper orientations in layouts where various tiles were skipped.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 11/25/03

    1. Added logging capabilities.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 10/27/03

    1. Added Jasc images conversion.
    2. Added Dentrix images conversion.
    3. Added normalization of VixWin images.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 9/17/03

    1. Added EagleSoft images conversion.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 9/16/03

    1. Added LZW support.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 9/5/03

    1. Corrected problems with the Trophy converter.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 8/26/03

    1. Added created/modified date reconciliation for when the database is physically copied to another location before it is converted.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/25/03

    1. Added a wider range of DXIS name extraction formats.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/4/03

    1. Modified DXIS conversion to be able to handle ID numbers appearing in the directory names.
    2. Updated all the converters to preserve the Window’s file dates (created and modified dates) on the converted files.

Direct Capture Extensions

  • Version 10.4 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 8/25/2015
    Release Date: 8/25/2015

    1. Confirmed potential corruption has been resolved. (F2086)
    2. Add ability to use DCDLL in CT import. (F1588)
    3. Added support for 3D stitching. (F2497)
    4. Disabled acquiring of compressed projections. (F2794)
    5. Added support for the 8100 3D. (F2524)

    Version 10.4 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/11/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added new invoke function that allows the DCDLL to launch any CT file passed to it. (F2630)

    Version 10.3 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/20/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected crash that would occur during exports of CT’s as multiple file single frame. (B1157)
    2. Added integration for CT stitching support with the Carestream Acquisition SDK drivers. (F2612)

    Version 10.3 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2396)
    2. Integrated new samplebasic.exe (Carestream CT compiler from new ACQ drivers) into volume capture. (F2294)

    Version 10.2 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where patient information could have been removed from DICOM file when resaving the CT. (B1052)
    2. Implemented precautions to eliminate possiblitys of different CT’s appearing into other patients folders. (B1053)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue to address an extra “Null” that was being added to the end of XML files. (B788)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 11/8/2011

    1. Updated to accomodate new location and file name changes in the registry entry of the KDIS 3D module. Also made it backward compatible to accomodate older registry entries. (F1131)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/21/2011

    1. Enhancements added to mitigate accidental cancellation of kodak 3D image volume processing and warn of the risk of possible image loss if aborted. (F705)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 1/17/2011

    1. Added support for GIP SDK 1.14.10.0-A. (F828)

    Version 10.0 build 1
    Release Date: 5/04/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.

    Version 1.1 build 1
    Release Date: 12/28/2009

    1. Added ability for 3D extensions to be able to handle multiple volume and volume stitching for Kodak 9000 unit. (B270)
  • Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 10/28/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add ability to set custom commands to invoke 3D viewers. (F2817)
    2. Add ability to export images using the DCDLL. (F2816)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 03/10/2014
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added ability to recurse subdirectories when importing CT’s (F2657)
    2. Initial release (F2630)
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/30/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. CT Export interface and message. (F3073)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 12/28/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial release. (F2636)
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 12/30/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added option to allow user to change the EXE path that is used to launch RayScan. (F2650)
    2. Added new invoke function that allows the DCDLL to launch any CT file passed to it. (F2630)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected crash that would occur during exports of CT’s as multiple file single frame. (B1157)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 06/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial Release (F2321)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 06/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2396)
  • Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/10/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added new invoke function that allows the DCDLL to launch any CT file passed to it. (F2630)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/21/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 3D capture and ability to launch into their 3D viewer. (F1589)

Imaging Algorithm Extensions

  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/9/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified to allow customizable order of filters. (F1759)
    2. Modified to allow copying/renaming of IADLL to setup separate realtime filters. (F1759)
  • 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Implemented new Aimg.dll which includes new filter algorithms. (F2379)
    2. Added option to set default parameters and use default parameters. (F2366)

    10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue with mask size dropdown selection. (F2279)
    2. Modified to display custom name of IADLL in titlebar of options. (F2279)

    10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Made adjustments to correct issue where filter options window would not open. (F2081)

    10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Allows users to make copies and rename Apteryx General Enhancement. (F1971)
    2. Allows users to make RTF settings global. (F1972)

    10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 5/8/2012

    1. Corrected issue in XP which would not allow the options window to display properly. (F1448)

    10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/9/2012

    1. Fixed issue with image stamp distortion when realtime filters are enabled. (B721/B722)

    10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/4/2011

    1. Added Brightness, Contrast, Gamma correction filters. (F996)

    10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/1/2010

    1. Initial release. (F728)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/14/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ending spacial sharpening (F3567)
    2. Added LUT Adjustment to widen pixels (F3463)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/4/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Parallelized median filter. (F3222)
    2. Default settings changed and added ability to set defaults. (F3219)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 7/5/2016
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation of realtime filter. (F3174)
  • 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/17/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial release. (F2465)

Imaging Device Extensions

  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 11/29/2016
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Initial creation of the IDDLL. (F2948)
  • Version 10 Build 3
    Release Date: 01/17/2011

    1. Resolved scan waiting issue with XV and OEM application version 3.12.xx.. (B472)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 01/11/2011

    1. Resolved error 998 when running XV and OEM application version 3.11.xx. (B509)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 12/6/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Inital release. Supported Apixia driver is PSP_SDK_REV_H. (F1471)
  • Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 01/11/2011

    1. Resolved error 998 when running XV and OEM application version 3.11.xx. (B510)

    Version 1.0 Build 43
    Release Date: 7/21/08

    1. Integration of new SDK.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 6/1/06

    1. Modified how images are passed back and forth between XV and imaging extensions. Windows incompatibilities lead to a possible crash on some computers when passing images back and forth between the apps and extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 12/14/05

    1. Added options to permit modification of configuration file.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 11/30/05

    1. Addition to make sure that the NOP registry entry exists in the system registry.

    Version 1.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 11/15/05

    1. Correction made to gain file path.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Changed path specified for gain files.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Corrected spelling in gainfile directory.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Required file DICC.INI added to upgrader.
    2. Specification of CranexD gainfile directory added to hardware initialization.
    3. Add sensor option added to application. This option is available in the CranexD interface itself and NOT from the “Add Sensor” option in the invoking application.
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10 build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10 build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.
  • Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/24/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Corrected issue with color settings not being saved. (F3784)
    2. Corrected issue with double-click to unfreeze not working. (F3784)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 7/25/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Will now save custom settings for Color Space / Compression under the Video Capture Pin options. (F3440)

    Version 10.1 Build 5
    Release Date: Internal

    1. The Capture button will now remain selected even after an image is viewed in full screen. Previously it was switching the focus to the Done button. (F3216)

    Version 10.1 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 03/13/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added logging option for troubleshooting, under Video Options > Advanced Options > Enable Logging. Logs are written to the Apteryx Imaging\Logs folder. (F2681)
    2. Resolved issue with video quality from Bonida Dual Camera. (B1137)
    3. Resolved issues with phrase translation of DirectVideo window for foreign languages. (F2584)
    4. Added support for Futudent Camera (requires registering separate DirectShowXimea.dll with Windows). (F2346)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 06/23/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2380)
  • Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 3/13/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added capture button support for Schick USB Cam 2 64-bit drivers. (F2607)
    2. Internal change for additional capture button support. (F3449)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 5/01/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for MD950AUW (“MD”) USB2860 intraoral camera buttons. (B932)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 8/21/2012

    1. Added camera button support for BestCam USB Cameras. (B830)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/08/2011

    1. Added camera button support for Panasonic EJ-CA01NP Dental@i intraoral camera. (F962)

    10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/21/2010

    1. Add support for Discovery Ultra wireless camera. (Requires installation of Discovery Wireless Setup.) (F861)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 08/18/2010

    1. Add ability for all XTriggers to exist simultaneously within the program directory. The user can now select the appropriate XTrigger DLL from the “Camera Buttons” menu.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 7/09/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/20/2010

    1. Add support for Sopro 617, Sopro Life, and possibly other Sopro cameras. The button does not freeze or unfreeze. It captures one image with each swipe of the Sopro touch button.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 4/2/2009

    1. Update support for Schick USB Cam 2 buttons with DirectVideo 2.0 b24 and above.
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 5/9/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation with support for Handy ProMi camera button capture. (F2743)
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/13/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation with support for Bonida Dual intraoral camera. (F2495)
    2. Added capture button support for Dentazon Hawk HD camera. (F2426)
  • Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/14/02

    1. Made changes to enable the use of this extension in Win95 and Win98.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics and copyright information. (F2400)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. IDDLL now returns DPI correctly, so measurements can be placed on an image without calibrating. (F780)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/27/2010

    1. Resolved crash issue if ActiveX control is not installed.
    2. Renamed DDE entry.
    3. Resolved status updating for “Click Start Acquisition” notification.
    4. Removed icon from Start Acquisition button.
    5. Adjusted tile rotation on sensor capture.
    6. Resolved bug when first capturing from layout upon opening software.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. If the video window is closed, Acquisition mode is now automatically ended.
    3. Reworded video freezing status.
    4. When Gendex Imaging is re-opened, log is now cleared, and selected hardware is redisplayed.
    5. Added support for GxPicture 3.0.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 3/9/2010

    1. Added support for GxPicture 2.8.
    2. Added better names for IO cameras

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 12/18/09

    1. Corrected gamma application settings between ceph/pan/io images.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 12/5/07

    1. Strange inversion of images corrected. Problem was due to an inverted palette being returned from the hardware and the base software expecting standard grayscale palettes.
    2. Memory leak that occurred during certain image improvement processes corrected.
    3. Automatically creates the “c:\\VixTemp” folder on the target computer if it does not exist.
    4. New feature allowing the extension to return an image type and subtype to the invoking application. These types can be customized in the IDDLL.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/17/07

    1. Added 16-bit image support.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/10/06

    1. Added invert grayscale images option to IntraOral GBC tab and Ceph/Pan GBC tab.
    2. Corrected orientation problem for IO images in layout capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 6/19/06

    1. Made charges to commit image acquisition thus removing the problem of temporary images being maintained by the Gendex interface.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 6/1/06

    1. Modified how images are passed back and forth between XV and imaging extensions. Windows incompatibilities lead to a possible crash on some computers when passing images back and forth between the apps and extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/4/06

    1. Added support for the Gendex eZ1 USB camera.
    2. Added support for the Gendex FWT Fire wire camera.
    3. Added additional GBC control tab so that now there is a separate GBC control for sensors/pan/ceph images.
    4. Added hardware status window
    5. Noise removal, intra oral GBC, pan/ceph GBC, flipping and inversion features added to the option menu.
    6. Added Gendex device properties option for he user to configure Gendex devices through Gendex’s interfaces.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: -/-/06

    1. Fixed a problem with DenOptix QST pan images where uses were getting the error “The image parameters could not be successfully retrieved from the Gendex image object. The image could not be captured”..

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/27/06

    1. Corrected problem of missing images scanned from DenOptix.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/4/06

    1. Added gamma, brightness and contrast features.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/15/05

    1. Added auto-orientation of IO images when captured into a layout.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/14/05

    1. Included new Gendex OCX control.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 2/27/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated extension to close Kodak files after each capture to prevent conflict with Kodak Filters. (F1669)
    2. Corrected issue that prevented the capture of consecutive layouts. (B891)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 8/8/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for the CS 1200&1600 (F1515)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/24/2012

    1. Added support for Kodak Gip_SDK version 1.14.24. (F1317)

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Added support for the new 1500 camera.
    2. Integrated new SDK into the extension.
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 1.0 Build 43
    Release Date: 7/21/08

    1. Integration of new SDK.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 6/1/06

    1. Modified how images are passed back and forth between XV and imaging extensions. Windows incompatibilities lead to a possible crash on some computers when passing images back and forth between the apps and extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 9/26/05

    1. Added sharpening and GBC settings.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/31/05

    1. Changed the auto-orient capabilities to conform to the new x-ray capture method.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/23/05

    1. Added capabilities for copying over vital files to the system directory if they do not already exist.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 6/14/05

    1. Added support for new toolkit.
    2. Added options to automatically start extension when main application starts so the Multi-connect software is available at application startup.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/27/05

    1. Added “device is shared between multiple computers” option to free hardware after use. Note that this new feature requires an update to the XrayVision or XVLite software in order to function correctly.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/05

    1. Corrected problems with minimized capture control window disappearing behind the layout capture interface.
    2. Free scanner option after capture time added. Releases control of the hardware after a certain period of time.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 10/14/04

    1. Added OLE initialization to correct capture problems on some machines. This capture problem manifested itself as “cannot create control” error messages.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 10/11/04

    1. Changed the behavior of the extension to no longer shutting down the hardware until the user closes the software resulting in better operation and quicker response time. The draw back is that the software effectively “hogs” the hardware until the software is closed.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 10/11/04

    1. New build created to correct a compilation error in build 14.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/29/04

    1. The interface has been made smaller.
    2. The interface is now by default made smaller.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 9/23/04

    1. Added capability of hiding the interface when capturing images.
    2. Added capability of auto-orienting images when captured outside of a layout context.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 10/23/04

    1. Adjusted automatic image rotation when acquiring an upper PA image.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 9/16/04

    1. Added single image capture mode.
    2. Added automatic orientation of images mode.
  • Version 10 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 04/12/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for compatibility with newer versions of Carestream (formerly Kodak) Orex Hardware. (F1053)

    Version 10 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/10/2010

    1. Updated components and development environment for forward compatibility with future versions of the XrayVision.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 5/12/06

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/12/02

    1. New option added to make LARGE images more manageable.  This option will help correct problems with merging very large Orex image into MS Word documents.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 8/26/02

    1. Corrected image orientation coming from the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 8/15/02

    1. Added multiple image support.
    2. Added options to permit the selection of the temporary image path.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/17/02

    1. Made changes to make the extension compliant with the new hardware and hardware drivers.
  • Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 10/20/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/14
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2399)

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/2/01

    1. Correct the handling of menu commands by Win2000

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs
    2. Advanced streaming capture added
    3. Compatible resizing support added
    4. Fixed problems with streaming capture

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 11/28/00

    1. Add support for WDM driver.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 8/30/00

    1. Add support for WDM driver.
    2. Added Preview support and auto overlay/preview detection support for USB devices.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/30/00

    1. Added support for specifying what actions are associated with various foot pedals

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 6/10/00

    1. Game port foot pedal support added

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Slight repositioning of delete buttons
    2. Addition of redraw of RTV display

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/16/00

    1. No longer defaults to the first imaging device. RTV initializes the previously selected imaging device

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 1/21/00

    1. Grayscale video capture option added

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/20/99

    1. Compiled to conform to new application interface standard

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/11/99

    1. “Return Immediately After Capture” option added.
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/14
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added green ready indicators to slot numbers. (F1894)
    2. Changed default filter settings to match recommendations by Air Techniques. (F2542)
    3. Modified filters to be applied based on film type selection (Intraoral versus Pan/Extraoral) rather than based on image orientation. (F1727)
    4. Resolved issue with enabling both Sharpen and Laplace Edge Enhancement filters. (B1098)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/14
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2401)

    Version 1.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 5/28/09

    1. Added enhancements to the options.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 10/18/07

    1. Added features to allow the IDDLL to automatically set the image type in the invoking application.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 10/28/04

    1. Another correction made to the resolution assinged to a captured image.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 10/26/04

    1. Another correction made to the resolution assinged to a captured image.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 10/22/04

    1. Update to the resolution associated with captured images.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/27/04

    1. Correction made to correct crashes that occured when equalize options were enabled.
    2. New default options set.
    3. Error preventing closing of interface due to an “active scan” corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 12/30/03

    1. Equalize option added.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 7/22/03

    1. Correct of spelling mistake in ScanX options.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/22/03

    1. Adjustment made to determination of what sized film what scanned.
    2. Noise removal option added.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/10/03

    1. Added automatic brightness, contrast and gamma adjustments for images returned by the ScanX unit.
    2. Added flipping operation for pan and ceph images.
    3. Added default calibration option.
    4. Removed Scaled conversion option.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 4/23/03

    1. The default image optimization was changed to Normalized Conversion.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/3/03

    1. Invert image option now manually applied to the image after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/30/02

    1. A change was made to try to copy the VistaScan.INI file from the default ScanX installation directory to the location where the ScanX toolkit indicates it actually wants it if it does not exist in the target directory.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 10/4/02

    1. Added inversion feature to the options.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 9/4/02

    1. Inverted the images returned by the extension.
    2. Corrected selection of the various parameter sets.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/25/02

    1. Change the orientation of the scanning indicators.
    2. Change the preview display direction.
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/26/2014

    1. Resolved issue with Windows 8 compatibility. (B1083)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/17/2011

    1. Restored backwards compatibility with Apteryx pre-3.12 versions. (B521)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 12/2/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new version of the software.

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 11/7/2007

    1. Initial Release
  • Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/27/05

    1. Added “device is shared between multiple computers” option to free hardware after use. Note that this new feature requires an update to the XrayVision or XVLite software in order to function correctly.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/05

    1. Corrected problems with minimized capture control window disappearing behind the layout capture interface.
    2. Free scanner option after capture time added. Releases control of the hardware after a certain period of time.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/20/2016

    1. Initial creation for support with older Sopro and newer SoproTouch capture buttons. (F2949)

Imaging Extensions

  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 6/24/14

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2411)

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 4/18/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to save analyses performed in the Logicon application. (F1646)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 06/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2409)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 01/11/2011

    1. Resolved error 998 when running XV and OEM application version 3.11.xx. (B505)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 3
    Release Date: x/x/0

    1. New version of WhitenIT.
    2. On-line help updated.

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/10/01

    1. Fix made for crash when used with RTV

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/29/00

    1. Significant improvements in painting speed
    2. Addition of features for changing the color of the paint

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/29/00

    1. Initial release

Digital X-Ray Extensions

  • Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/15/06

    1. Made changes to the timing when dealing with different resolutions.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/19/2012
    Release Date: TBA
    SDK Version: 1.2

    1. Initial Release. (F850)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 11/11/09

    1. Timeout has been extended from 1 minute to 10 mintues.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 1/23/09

    1. Corrected call to defect correction code.
    2. Fixed issue where enhancement settings were not being saved.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/14/2008

    1. Additional updates to sensor resolutions. These result in more accurate measurements.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/25/2008

    1. Updated sensor resolutions.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/17/05

    1. Added additional image processing.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 10/17/05

    1. Added histogram stretching call.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 9/30/05

    1. Corrected various hardware 1200 series issues.
    2. Error message wording changed.
    3. Checking SuniUSB.DLL version.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/13/05

    1. Corrected image orientation issues.
  • Version 1.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 3/30/2010

    1. Redesign of the internal imaging engine.
    2. Change made to enable support the 64-bit drivers.
    3. Defaults changed for 2000 sensors (Gamma = .7; Contrast = +10).
    4. Defaults changed for the SuniRay sensors (median filtering).
    5. Timeout of the sensor increased.
    6. Support option added to produce a raw sensor data file.
    7. Watermarks changed in the returned images.

    Version 1.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/23/09

    1. Removed CRC check for CMOS sensors.
    2. Modification for noise correction function.
    3. Restored the FPN correction to the original values.
    4. Default threshold updated.
    5. Added 1.5 second delay before the “sensor ready” green screen is displayed.
    6. Added enhancement options similar to Suni Imaging SED.
    7. Incorporated newest firmware and generic drivers.
    8. Error message that was displayed when a 2000 sensor is plugged in after capturing a suni ray image was corrected.
    9. Added random row defect correction code (stitch correction).

    Version 1.1 Build 15
    Release Date: 11/14/2008

    1. Updated sensor resolutions.
    2. Generic driver support added.
    3. Corrected FPN noise correction for some sensors with vertical stripes.
    4. Horizontal stitch correction implemented.
    5. Default sensitivity for USB2000 sensors changed to 4.
    6. “Suni” tag added to all images.
  • Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added dicomconverttoFP Carestream processing to CEPH acquisitions to address light image return. (F2864)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 5/18/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Corrected pixel spacing on 6100 images. (B1100)
    2. Confirmed invalid LUT shape and photometric interpetation tags do not occur. (F2491)

    Version 10.1 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 7/1/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Now ignores warning messages from ACQ toolkit that are “ok” (F2448)

    Version 10.1 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Addressed inverted image handling from their raw tags, this may require users to disable the “Invert Images” option in the preferences. (F2370)
    2. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2395)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 4/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added adaptive normalize to default filter set for IO hardware. (F2351)
    2. Added general image filter capabilities to the extension options. (F2304)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 3/14/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added option to the Hardware Preferences to move temporary image files to the recycle bin rather than deleting them after successfully passing it back to the application. (F2281)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Integration with latest acquistion and processing SDK. (F1743)
    2. Add path for acquisition.dll to sed settings. (F2118)
  • Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Fixed issue where background windows would flip flop in front of capture window during layout acquistion. (B813)
    2. Eliminates the ability of the user to move selected tiles during capture. User must stop capture select tile and then restart capture. (B813)
    3. Added new capture delay option in SED settings to adjust time (seconds) to delay between each capture to allow Kodak libraries to completely close before attempting to reopen. (B813)

    Version 10 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/06/2012

    1. Added support for KodakSDK v1.14.24 (F1311)

    Version 10 Build 10
    Release Date: 9/15/2011

    1. Kodak timer stays on top of all other windows. (F1128)
    2. Resolved ‘Image grabbing’ error during layout capture. (B620)

    Version 10 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/18/2011

    1. Resolved issues with layout capture crashing, stop sensor button, and take/retake. (B460)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Release Date: 3/8/2011

    1. Resolved issue with setting proper image resolution. (B545)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/29/2010

    1. Resolved issue with layout capture locking up when Kodak real-time filters are enabled. (B426)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with versions prior to XV 3.12. (F846)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/3/2010

    1. Resolved issue with Stop Sensor button in layout capture causing program to hang. (B460)
    2. Resolved issue with crashing when attempting Take/Retake during layout capture. (B460)

    Version 1 Build 4
    Release Date: 10/15/2010

    1. Added support for GIP SDK 1.14.10.0-A (F829)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/16/08

    1. Modifications made to handle the older 5100 hardware. Previously this hardware would crash the program due to the data that was returned by the hardware.
    2. Added a button press message when the RVG hardware requires the capture button to be pressed on the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 9/16/08

    1. Added new mask sizes and image enhancement options.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/16/08

    1. Corrected problem with first sensor initialization error being interpreted as a hardware error (which resulted in termination of the image acquisition). New version displays status messages when the first sensor initialization error messages are sent to the imaging extension.
    2. Changes made to only display one message to the user when the connection to the hardware is lost.
  • Version 10 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/7/2012

    1. Added options for pan, ceph, and pan/ceph as selection is invoked via software. (F1354)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/7/2011

    1. Resolved issue with setting proper image resolution. (B545)

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/14/2009

    1. A change was made to enable PAN acquisition from the K9000 unit.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 11/4/2009

    1. Corrected a crash that resulted from not passing parameters to the new version of the Kodak SDK.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/16/2008

    1. Corrected problem with first sensor initialization error being interpreted as a hardware error (which resulted in termination of the image acquisition). New version displays status messages when the first sensor initialization error messages are sent to the imaging extension.
    2. Changes made to only display one message to the user when the connection to the hardware is lost.
  • Version 1.0 Build 55
    Release Date: 6/3/2009

    1. Made changes to support multiple languages.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 7/28/2008

    1. Integration of new SDK.

    Version 1.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 3/9/07

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Fixed problem with Laplace sharpening.
    2. Added standard sharpening.
    3. Added mask size of 7X7 and 11X11 to sharpening and smoothing.
    4. Increased sharpen factor range from 0-35 to 0-100 .

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 1/17/07

    1. Fixed problem where sharpening option is checked automatically every time the main application starts.

    Version 1.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 9/27/06

    1. Corrected posterior/anterior GBC control.
    2. Added values and tick marks to sharpening and smoothing controls.
    3. Default trigger polarity to negative.
    4. Added password protection to Advance tab of sensor options.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 6/23/06

    1. Added a switch sensor button for changing the sensor in the middle of a layout.
    2. Corrected layout functionality that prevented switching tiles during capture of a layout.
    3. Maintenance rebuild.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 4/24/06

    1. Improved image quality and functionality.
    2. Removed preprocess median filter.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 3/27/06

    1. Changed the order of some of the initialization commands to reduce errors reported when disconnecting and connecting the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 3/21/06

    1. Added low/high contrast images option.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/13/06

    1. Change the method used for conversion of images. Resulted in better image quality.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/9/06

    1. Adjusted GBC algorithm that is applied after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 3/3/06

    1. Corrected spelling error.
    2. Moved where Inverse was applied (this making GBC settings perform opposite of their standard).

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/2/06

    1. Defaulted the gamma value to 0.6.
    2. Removed the hardware status window.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 2/23/06

    1. Reworking of SED file to better handle how the SDK tracks hardware that is disconnected and reconnected to a computer.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Defaulted the trigger mode to Level 1.
    2. Renamed the BioRay SED to BioRaySDX.
    3. Defaulted the sensor selection to Sensor 2.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/20/06

    1. Change the fundamental interface to the hardware. Designed to work better with plugging in and unplugging the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 4/20/05

    1. Adjusted additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/29/05

    1. Added additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/13/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs in 16-bit images.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/12/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/24/02

    1. Integrated new toolkit into the extension.
    2. Added DICOM information support.
  • Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 2/11/02

    1. New CygnusRay drivers added.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 10/2/01

    1. New CygnusRay drivers added.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 1.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 3/19/2010

    1. Updated with the latest versions of the SDK to support Win7 64-bit.

    Version 1.0 Build 55
    Release Date: 6/3/2009

    1. Made changes to support multiple languages.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 7/28/2008

    1. Integration of new SDK.

    Version 1.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 3/9/07

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Fixed problem with Laplace sharpening.
    2. Added standard sharpening.
    3. Added mask size of 7X7 and 11X11 to sharpening and smoothing.
    4. Increased sharpen factor range from 0-35 to 0-100 .
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 1.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 3/19/2010

    1. Updated with the latest versions of the SDK to support Win7 64-bit.

    Version 1.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 1/4/2010

    1. Added checkboxes for size1 and 2 rotation option. Rotate 180 for Size 1: default unchecked; rotate 180 for Size 2: default checked.

    Version 1.0 Build 56
    Release Date: 12/14/2009

    1. Increased timeout to 30 seconds for setting sensor drive mode to the proper state before calling image capture.
    2. Set drive mode to standby only when initializing; for every capture, check the drive mode, if it’s standby, start acquisition, if not, set the drive mode to standby.

    Version 1.0 Build 55
    Release Date: 6/3/2009

    1. Made changes to support multiple languages.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 7/28/2008

    1. Integration of new SDK (support for Vista).

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Fixed problem with Laplace sharpening.
    2. Added standard sharpening.
    3. Added mask size of 7X7 and 11X11 to sharpening and smoothing.
    4. Increased sharpen factor range from 0-35 to 0-100 .

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 1/17/07

    1. Fixed problem where sharpening option is checked automatically every time the main application starts.

    Version 1.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 9/27/06

    1. Corrected posterior/anterior GBC control.
    2. Added values and tick marks to sharpening and smoothing controls.
    3. Default trigger polarity to negative.
    4. Added password protection to Advance tab of sensor options.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Added a switch sensor button for changing the sensor in the middle of a layout.
    2. Corrected layout functionality that prevented switching tiles during capture of a layout.
    3. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 4/24/06

    1. Improved image quality and functionality.
    2. Removed preprocess median filter.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 3/27/06

    1. Changed the order of some of the initialization commands to reduce errors reported when disconnecting and connecting the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 3/21/06

    1. Added low/high contrast images option.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/13/06

    1. Change the method used for conversion of images. Resulted in better image quality.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/9/06

    1. Adjusted GBC algorithm that is applied after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 3/3/06

    1. Corrected spelling error.
    2. Moved where Inverse was applied (this making GBC settings perform opposite of their standard).

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/2/06

    1. Defaulted the gamma value to 0.6.
    2. Removed the hardware status window.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 2/23/06

    1. Reworking of SED file to better handle how the SDK tracks hardware that is disconnected and reconnected to a computer.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Defaulted the trigger mode to Level 1.
    2. Renamed the BioRay SED to BioRaySDX.
    3. Defaulted the sensor selection to Sensor 2.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/20/06

    1. Change the fundamental interface to the hardware. Designed to work better with plugging in and unplugging the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 4/20/05

    1. Adjusted additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/29/05

    1. Added additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/13/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs in 16-bit images.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/12/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/24/02

    1. Integrated new toolkit into the extension.
    2. Added DICOM information support.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 1/23/09

    1. Correct image orientations.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 08/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of OEM version of SED. (F3815)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal Only
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added debug logging option to the SED to track sensor readying. Log stored in \Logs\ folder. (F2841)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 05/25/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. SED now returns DPI correctly, so measurements can be placed on an image without calibrating. (B779)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Updates to support GxPicture 3.0.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/9/07

    1. Made changes to prevent conflicts with other Gendex imaging extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/9/07

    1. Initial release
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/2/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)
  • Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/1/05

    1. Added options to allow changes to the integration time..

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 08/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of OEM version of SED. (F3815)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal Only
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added debug logging option to the SED to track sensor readying. Log stored in \Logs\ folder. (F2841)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 05/25/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. SED now returns DPI correctly, so measurements can be placed on an image without calibrating. (B779)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Updates to support GxPicture 3.0.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/9/07

    1. Made changes to prevent conflicts with other Gendex imaging extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/9/07

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 3/8/2016
    Release Date: 3/8/2016
    IAM version: 5.9.13195

    1. New IAM version.

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 9/10/2015
    IAM version: 5.5.11811.0

    1. Incremented build number for new IAM version. (F2814)
    2. Resolved issue with Toto sensor support. (B1193)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/12/2014
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.20.9144

    1. Incremented build number

    Version 10 Build 35.2
    Beta Release Date: 7/1/2014
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.20.9144

    1. Added support for new IAM driver release. (F2381)

    Version 10 Build 35
    Beta Release Date: 10/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.13.6590

    1. Incremented build number for new IAM driver release. (F2037)

    Version 10 Build 34
    Beta Release Date: 2/26/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.04.0015

    1. Added support for Novus E pan. (F1704)

    Version 10 Build 33
    Beta Release Date: 9/06/2012
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Added options to maintain consistent contrast across image captures for Snapshot and Optime. (F1504)

    Version 10 Build 32
    Beta Release Date: 5/30/2012
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Corrected issue that would cause continuous prompts throughout layout capture for hardware selection of each tile. (B640)
    2. Removed extra InitDICC calls from being invoked to help speed up image return. (F1401)
    3. Added new enhancement option for Snapshot images. (F1374)
    4. Changed default integration time for Snapshot to 128ms. (F1374)
    5. Added support for Digora Toto sensor. (F1137)
    6. Added ability to specify the image type for images captured from specific hardware. (F1261)

    Version 10.0 build 30
    Release Date: 8/31/2011
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Resolved issues with slow Snapshot capture. (B583)

    Version 10.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 7/27/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Sensor serial number is now included under Image Notes. (F1055)
    2. Modified the running process path variable to use the IAM directory. (B588)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 7/13/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Reverted Snapshot SDK integration from DSD back to DICC, per Instrumentarium request. (B588)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 6/20/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Added additional logging of DICC and DSD function calls to Optime capture log. (B583)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 6/6/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Added option for detailed logging during capture. This creates an InstrumentariumSED.log in the %temp% directory. (B583)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 5/17/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Modified handling of Retrieve Last Image capability for Optime to prevent UA Flag issue. (B572)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/23/2011
    IAM version: 4.03.0002

    1. Corrected Optime rotation implementation. (F853)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 3/16/2011

    1. Better handling in the case where an occlusal capture is started but not completed. (F853)
    2. Resolved issue with icons appearing black after minimization. (F853)
    3. Resolved issue with layout capture from Optime not displaying “Sensor Ready”. (F853)
    4. Resolved issue with tooth selection not appearing during capture. (F853)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 7/26/2010

    1. Resolve issue with attempting to capture immediately after Determine GBC calibration, within a capture instance.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/13/2010

    1. Several titles and texts renamed for more general descriptions.
    2. Removal of SigmaM references.
    3. Changed the description of the X-ray button in XV.
    4. New layouts included in the upgrader.

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/27/2010

    1. Resolved COM issue with loading Soredex ActiveX control through Capture Sensor, Capture Layout in certain environments.
    2. Integrated Soredex Optime multi-connect functionality during layout capture.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/13/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Integration of the new OP30 hardware.
    3. Integration of all Soredex products.
    4. Updated the options and the GUI to include support for the Soredex hardware.
    5. Minor modifications to the GUI to make it cleaner and easier to use.
    6. Minor modifications to the options to make them cleaner and easier to understand.
    7. Made name and verbiage changes to make various options compliant with multiple hardware support.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/11/09

    1. Made changes for better handling of SmartNav display.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/23/09

    1. Removed legacy TWAIN references.
    2. Included latest version of GUI controls.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/27/08

    1. Entire redesign of the Instrumentation interface: entirely new interface, options and operation; combination of all hardware control into a single SED file; integration of the new Instrumentation SDK.

    Version 2.1 Build 44
    Release Date: 5/11/07

    1. Made changes to better handle SmartNav support.

    Version 2.1 Build 42
    Release Date: 4/19/07

    1. Made changes to better handle Sigma M support.

    Version 2.1 Build 41
    Release Date: 4/18/07

    1. Added changes for new default values.
    2. Added option to assign default image values depending on what hardware is selected.

    Version 2.1 Build 39
    Release Date: 3/8/07

    1. Added support for new hardware.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.1 Build 36
    Release Date: 8/16/06

    1. Added support for the new OP200D and OC200D with SmartNav support.

    Version 2.1 Build 34
    Release Date: 7/27/06

    1. Added support for the new OP200D and OC200D product lines.
    2. Added DLL version checking to ensure proper DLL versions exist before image acquisition.

    Version 2.1 Build 33
    Release Date: 2/9/06

    1. Added capability to prevent prompting for tooth information for pan and ceph extensions. Requires version 3.9 b78 or later of XrayVision.

    Version 2.1 Build 32
    Release Date: 11/10/05

    1. Sensor system renamed to Instrumentarium.

    Version 2.1 Build 31
    Release Date: 9/26/05

    1. Added support for the Sigma multiplexer.

    Version 2.1 Build 30
    Release Date: 9/13/05

    1. New default BCG settings added.
    2. Corrected problem where both high detail and high contrast options could be selected at the same time.

    Version 2.1 Build 29
    Release Date: 6/3/05

    1. Added functionality to copy calibration images to the clipboard. This feature can be used to copy a calibration image into a patient’s record.

    Version 2.1 Build 28
    Release Date: 6/2/05

    1. Added functionality to permit the various extensions to identify the sub-class of an image (e.g. PA, Pan, Ceph).

    Version 2.1 Build 27
    Release Date: 3/7/05

    1. Corrected issue with sharpen option being remembered for the Sigma system.

    Version 2.1 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/4/05

    1. Added support for GE Healthcare naming of sensor systems.
    2. Update GE graphics.

    Version 2.1 Build 24
    Release Date: 10/28/04

    1. Corrected issues with adding new gain files.
    2. Added support for new sensor types.

    Version 2.1 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/27/04

    1. Added option to permit user to select either the PX or CR modality for the OPD system.

    Version 2.1 Build 16
    Release Date: 6/29/04

    1. Internal improvements made to functionality and image improvement.

    Version 2.1 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 2.1 Build 11
    Release Date: 12/22/03

    1. Made a change so that the cut corners are no longer filled on the Size 1 sensor (which actually does not have cut corners).

    Version 2.1 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
    2. New image algorithms.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/15/03

    1. Undetermined image orientation change corrected in Sigma sensors.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 6/26/03

    1. Reduced images no longer have the footer warning text. The reduction factor option has been password protected.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 6/2/03

    1. “Image quality” part of footnote removed when the user select one of the image reduction options..

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/15/03

    1. Instrumentarium SIGMA, OPD and OCD support separated into three separate components. This separation makes utilization of different types of hardware attached to the same system easier to use.
    2. New imaging algorithms implemented for each of the three systems resulting in improved image quality. “High definition” and “high contrast” settings added for the OPD and OCD systems.
    3. New diagnostic implemented to determine if the hardware is returning a blank image.
    4. Several internal changes made to ensure cross-compatibility between the three extensions and the up-in-coming TWAIN controller.

    Version 1.0 Build 69
    Release Date: 4/30/03

    1. Added reduced image support.

    Version 1.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 4/4/03

    1. Added new 1.2 ICM toolkit from Instrumentarium.
    2. Added sensor hot swapping support.

    Version 1.0 Build 66
    Release Date: 3/19/03

    1. Implemented new algorithms to improve image quality.
    2. Several internal changes implemented.

    Version 1.0 Build 60
    Release Date: 3/3/03

    1. Added system information feature to sensor options and capture dialog.
    2. Change the way Battery refresh is initiated from the sensor options.

    Version 1.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 1/14/03

    1. Change made to remove extra “Sensor Ready” signals when capturing images.

    Version 1.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 12/20/02

    1. Change had to be made to make the product backwards compatible with previous Pan and Ceph machines.

    Version 1.0 Build 56
    Release Date: 12/12/02

    1. Added new support for the new firmware and hardware.
    2. Change the way the hardware is initialized and shutdown.  Facilitates improved usage of the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 54
    Release Date: 12/11/02

    1. Added simulation image related notes.

    Version 1.0 Build 53
    Release Date: 10/6/02

    1. New toolkit from Instrumentarium integrated into the extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 52
    Release Date: 10/5/02

    1. Change made to the DPI settings of images returned by the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 9/30/02

    1. Change made to the DPI settings of both simulated and real images returned from the extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 50
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.

    Version 1.0 Build 49
    Release Date: 9/24/02

    1. Added a message when in simulation mode.  This warning helps clean up Window’s issues when loading a DLL that does not immediately load its own resources.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 8/30/02

    1. Resolution information changed for the Sigma images.

    Version 1.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 8/28/02

    1. Resolution information changed for returned images.

    Version 1.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 8/25/02

    1. Added support for the application to automatically create the target directories.

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 8/22/02

    1. Added better support for importing gain files.

    Version 1.0 Build 44
    Release Date: 8/20/02

    1. Added handling for read-only file attributes on required files.

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 8/14/02

    1. Added simulation capabilities to the x-ray extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 7/3/02

    1. Made significant changes to the image quality coming from the various imaging hardware.
    2. Corrections made to the image orientation when capturing into a layout with the Sigma product.
    3. Reorientation changes made when changing the tile during a layout capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 5/17/02

    1. Changes made to the orientation of the Sigma images.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 4/24/02

    1. Modified the extension to black out both corners of the image.
    2. Corrected some orientation issues.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 4/23/02

    1. Added support for the new image orientation support in the manufacturer supplied DLLs.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 4/17/02

    1. Added real-time capture display.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Added option of aborting hardware when capturing images.
    2. Now defaults to Sigma and Panoramic machine instead of just Sigma.
  • Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for simulated capture and retrieving the last captured image, as well as other internal changes. (F3798)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 01/03/2018

    1. Initial Release.
  • OWANDY / LED IMAGING / POLAROID KERENHD / VILLA VIDEOGRAPH

    Version 10 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 11/10/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Created OEM version of SED. (F3290)
    2. Corrected issue with display of hardware controller window when accessing the Help menu > About. (F2209)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/27/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Sensor status will now update if sensor times out, previously it would remain at green “sensor ready”. (F2562)
    2. Created OEM version of SED for Villa. (F2546)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 09/11/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added entry point for Owandy configuration window. (F2464)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 08/09/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add Support for OSP 4510 (F1843)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Release Date: 01/27/2011

    1. Fixed issue so the stop capture button now functions with the sensor capture. (B401)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/9/2010

    1. Renamed project from “Owandy Krystal-X” to “Owandy Sensor”. This should support any sensor in the Owandy Software Package (OSP). (Feature 859)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Added image processing options.
  • Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 5.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 6/25/08

    1. Updated sensor resolutions.

    Version 5.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/24/07

    1. Added sharpening filter.

    Version 5.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/23/06

    1. Made a small change in image processing in order to ignore a small border around the image when determining the optimal brightness/contrast around an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 5.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 6/8/05

    1. Maintenance release.

    Version 5.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/13/04

    1. Changes made to handle power problems with the 1800 that could result in a software crash.

    Version 5.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/17/04

    1. Internal changes made to hardware handling.

    Version 5.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/9/04

    1. Changes made to be sure that detection of other Suni hardware is not falsely interpreted as Suni digital x-ray hardware.

    Version 5.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 5.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/12/04

    1. Separate smoothing factors for standard and binned images.
    2. Image return type defaulted to standard.

    Version 5.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/31/03

    1. Support for additional hardware types.
    2. Support for automatic firmware selection.
    3. SED options updated.
    4. Password protection removed on some of the option pages.

    Version 4.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 12/15/03

    1. Correction made to correct multiple image capture problems..

    Version 4.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
    2. Internal firmware handling changes.

    Version 4.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 7/8/03

    1. Made correction to binned flaw correction to correct for floor binning function.

    Version 4.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/17/03

    1. Changed flaw corrections on systems utilizing binning firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 5/16/03

    1. Added ability to add sensor configurations from drives and locations other than a floppy diskette.

    Version 4.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/11/03

    1. Added additional support for handling when more than 3 firmware releases are available at the same time.

    Version 4.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/13/02

    1. Made power handling corrections based on the selected firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 12/12/02

    1. Changed the “low power checking” option to default to enabled.
    2. Changed the image width used when capturing from BINNED firmware.
    3. Added previous firmware option for original Suni hardware.

    Version 4.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/10/02

    1. Added default support for Suni’s new firmware filenames.

    Version 4.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/8/02

    1. Added support for a wider range of firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.

    Version 4.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 5/15/02

    1. New options added to the MPDx options.
    2. Changes made to support new Suni Firmware and new hardware models.

    Version 4.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/23/02

    1. Added better support for selecting different types of firmware.
    2. Added support for the USB-1600 model of the Suni hardware.

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Changed the default B/C and gamma settings for freshly installed systems.

    Version 4.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/14/01

    1. Additional flush time options added to adjust the amount of time required to prepare sensor captures

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 3/3/01

    1. Added thorough median filter

    Version 4.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 3.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Additional improvements to image processing, handling and options.
    2. Automatic orientation corrected on teeth #5, 21, 21 and 28.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 5/2/00

    1. Large improvements to image processing and handling.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/16/00

    1. Additional B/C user specified application support
    2. Improved support for handling errors after x-ray exposure
    3. Support for preventing white burnout in image

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Image reorientation support added
    2. MPDx image calibration improved

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/13/00

    1. Change made to “Processing …” display to accommodate lag on some systems

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/1/00

    1. Confirmation message added when a new sensor is added
    2. “Processing” message displayed immediately after x-ray is triggered
    3. Fix: “User canceled” message displayed when board times out
    4. Raw sensor image import remembers last settings
    5. Fix: Blank error message returned when user cancels various functions
    6. New features added to report the current sensor port
    7. Fix: MCS file not automatically being found until entering options

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/20/99

    1. Compiled to conform to new application interface standard

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 11/11/99

    1. Battery/External power setting added to options
    2. “Don’t display this message again” functionality
    3. When background capture times out on a battery powered system, background capturing is suspended so that the battery can recharge
    4. Development dialog that is displayed while in background capture was removed
    5. Automatic selection of a sensor the first time the software is run
    6. Background capture and battery powered unit warnings added.
  • Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 3/08/2016
    Release Date: 3/08/2016

    1. Added support for latest MyRay iCapture SDK. Previous SED version would cause crashing with this SDK. (B1226)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/19/2013

    1. Additional image filtering options. (F1525)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)
  • Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 9/17/08

    1. Added support to return all images captured when acquiring from the base application (before it would only return one at a time).
    2. Reversed the order in which the images are returned.
    3. Sets resolution on the images that are returned based on the resolution setting in the options.
    4. New option to return all of the IO images as a single image instead of carving them into separate images.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 9/16/08

    1. Overhaul of image extraction from scanned plates.
    2. Noise reduction filter added.
  • OWANDY / LED IMAGING / POLAROID KERENHD / VILLA VIDEOGRAPH

    Version 10 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 11/10/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Created OEM version of SED. (F3290)
    2. Corrected issue with display of hardware controller window when accessing the Help menu > About. (F2209)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/27/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Sensor status will now update if sensor times out, previously it would remain at green “sensor ready”. (F2562)
    2. Created OEM version of SED for Villa. (F2546)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 09/11/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added entry point for Owandy configuration window. (F2464)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 08/09/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add Support for OSP 4510 (F1843)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Release Date: 01/27/2011

    1. Fixed issue so the stop capture button now functions with the sensor capture. (B401)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/9/2010

    1. Renamed project from “Owandy Krystal-X” to “Owandy Sensor”. This should support any sensor in the Owandy Software Package (OSP). (Feature 859)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Added image processing options.
  • Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Added image processing options.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/18/07

    1. Added hardware relase options after image acquisition.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/13/06

    1. Integrated new SDK into the extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/26/06

    1. Added “Sensor Ready” status message.
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 3/09/2016
    Release Date:3/09/2016

    1. Corrected issue with filters not being applied to panoramic images. (F3019)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated device selection for updated listings from didapi 5.0 and later. (F2435)
    2. Added post capturing filtering to the extension. (F2062)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 11/08/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected image grabbing from the new sensors with the different size settings on pan. (B858)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/13/2011

    1. Modified SED to retrieve DPI/resolution from the sensor drivers and store it the image information. (F800)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/10/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 7/30/07

    1. Corrected problems with intra-oral orientations.

    Version 1.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 4/6/06

    1. Entirely new image processing.
    2. Added real-time progress display.
    3. Improvement of image type handling for DICOM information.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Corrected normal/high settings.

    Version 1.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 11/5/04

    1. Added support for new sensor.
    2. Added options to support calibration.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 6/14/04

    1. Made correction to PAN images where an incorrect number of bits were determined when processing the image. This incorrect bit depth led to over white images.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 6/12/03

    1. Corrected issues with wrap around white/black pixels.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 6/3/03

    1. Corrected issues with wrap around white/black pixels.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/28/03

    1. Corrected issues with auto-orientation of pan images.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/23/03

    1. Corrected issues with auto-orientation of images (images were flipped).

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/18/03

    1. Corrected issues with auto-orientation of images.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 4/10/03

    1. Removed an error message that may abort image capture when used with the Planmeca digital pan.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 3/18/03

    1. Improved functionality of the sensor extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/7/03

    1. Added functionality to better handle digital pans.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/14/03

    1. Integrated new tool kit DLLs.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/02/2012

    1. Added support for latest SDK SDK 2.0.4.2. (F1216)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Added support for latest SDK 2.0.3.1. Requires the installation of Progeny Device Toolkit 2.0, and Microsoft .NET 3.5. (Feature 852)
    2. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/13/2005

    1. Increased the timeout.
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/22/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    SDK Version: 2.7.1.0

    1. Added option to log capture process for troubleshooting capture issues. (F3527)
    2. Disabled “close hardware between captures” option on request from manufacturer. (F3527)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 3/20/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    SDK Version: 2.7.1.0

    1. Added support for latest SDK 2.7.1.0. (F3390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issues with sensor status handling. (B801)
    2. Added option to close hardware between captures. (B751)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/17/2012

    1. Initial creation with support for Progeny SDK 2.0.4.2. (F1216)
  • Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 6/26/09

    1. Internal corrections with COM made to allow display of the tree controls and other COM objects.
  • Version 2.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/26/04

    1. Modification made to internal timers to prevent initialization reentry.

    Version 2.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/7/03

    1. Modified the extension to work with the previous version of the QuickRay DLLs. Hardware compatibility could not be obtained with any software package utilizing the latest version of the Julie DLLs. The new upgrade will install (or downgrade) to the proper version of the DLLs to ensure compatibility with the QuickRay hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 10/27/02

    1. Modified the sensor detection aspect of the extension.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/29/02

    1. Added options that permit the user to make adjustments to the brightness/contrast, gamma correction and noise removal.
    2. Made corrections to the resolution of the images returned by the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/15/02

    1. Options added that permit the image to be automatically rotated 180 degrees when they are returned.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/25/02

    1. Changes made to improve functionality on WinXP systems.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/10/02

    1. Time-out increased for hardware checking to allow extra time for the hardware to initialize.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/10/02

    1. New DLLs that are provided by the manufacturer.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 1/9/02

    1. Timing adjusted to compensate for device driver issues on faster computers.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/2/01

    1. New QuickRay drivers and support files added.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Initial release of QuickRay DirectUSB SED. (F647)
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 9/19/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added display of patient name to the Rayscan capture interface. (F3125)
    2. Added support for Alpha and Alpha Plus models. (F3272)
    3. Internal name change to SED. (F3265)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added Adaptive Normalize default filter for DX (Ceph) modality. (F2985)
    2. Corrected an issue with “TWAIN TWAIN” being displayed in the Rayscan interface when invoking captures. (F2999)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/17/2014
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Initial Release (F2322)
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 7/6/05

    1. Added binning support.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/28/04

    1. Added smoothing and median filter selection options.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 11/10/04

    1. Added sharpening capabilities.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 2/9/04

    1. Modified hardware control sequences to improve capture from the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/13/04

    1. Changes made to correct Size 1 sensor capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/25/03

    1. Added additional support for the size #1 sensor..

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/14/03

    1. Addition of DICOM information return to the calling application.
    2. Added support for the size #1 sensor.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 10/01/2011
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added sensor model information to Image Notes and/or associated DICOM tags. (F1576)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/14/2011

    1. Resolved issue with blue “Processing Captured Image” message remaining after layout is completed. (B698)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/3/2011

    1. Added support for latest SDK 4.5. (F874)
    2. Additional search for Schick DLLs in Program Files x86 directory on 64-bit OS. (F874)
    3. Removed requirement to install SchickCOMInstaller. (F874)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/8/06

    1. Added option to prevent check for a valid Schick installation.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/27/05

    1. Made changes to keep the sensor window on the top of the invoking application.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/25/05

    1. Made changes to keep sensor open

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 6/16/03

    1. Added additional functionality to support previous ISA hardware.
    2. Adjusted the angle in the SchickPan.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/15/03

    1. Image flipping corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/7/03

    1. Further changes made to better support manual image capture and PCI hardware support.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/30/03

    1. Functionality changed to support non-auto capture capable hardware (i.e. PCI hardware and digial Pan).
    2. Added Schick settings button to the sensor options dialog.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Options added to permit proper capture of x-rays into a layout..

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Operability changes made.
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/3/2011

    1. Added support for latest SDK 4.5. (F874)
    2. Additional search for Schick DLLs in Program Files x86 directory on 64-bit OS. (F874)
    3. Removed requirement to install SchickCOMInstaller. (F874)

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/9/07

    1. Redesign of interface to Schick SDK to prevent period crashes after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/8/06

    1. Redesign of interface to Schick SDK to prevent period crashes after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/27/05

    1. Made changes to keep the sensor window on the top of the invoking application.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/25/05

    1. Made changes to keep sensor open

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 6/16/03

    1. Added additional functionality to support previous ISA hardware.
    2. Adjusted the angle in the SchickPan.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/15/03

    1. Image flipping corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/7/03

    1. Further changes made to better support manual image capture and PCI hardware support.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/30/03

    1. Functionality changed to support non-auto capture capable hardware (i.e. PCI hardware and digial Pan).
    2. Added Schick settings button to the sensor options dialog.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Options added to permit proper capture of x-rays into a layout..

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 4/15/03

    1. Operability changes made.
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • Version 1.0 Build 58
    Release Date: 3/19/2010

    1. Updated with the latest versions of the SDK to support Win7 64-bit.

    Version 1.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 1/4/2010

    1. Added checkboxes for size1 and 2 rotation option. Rotate 180 for Size 1: default unchecked; rotate 180 for Size 2: default checked.

    Version 1.0 Build 56
    Release Date: 12/14/2009

    1. Increased timeout to 30 seconds for setting sensor drive mode to the proper state before calling image capture.
    2. Set drive mode to standby only when initializing; for every capture, check the drive mode, if it’s standby, start acquisition, if not, set the drive mode to standby.

    Version 1.0 Build 55
    Release Date: 6/3/2009

    1. Made changes to support multiple languages.

    Version 1.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 7/28/2008

    1. Integration of new SDK (support for Vista).

    Version 1.0 Build 45
    Release Date: 2/19/07

    1. Fixed problem with Laplace sharpening.
    2. Added standard sharpening.
    3. Added mask size of 7X7 and 11X11 to sharpening and smoothing.
    4. Increased sharpen factor range from 0-35 to 0-100 .

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 1/17/07

    1. Fixed problem where sharpening option is checked automatically every time the main application starts.

    Version 1.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 9/27/06

    1. Corrected posterior/anterior GBC control.
    2. Added values and tick marks to sharpening and smoothing controls.
    3. Default trigger polarity to negative.
    4. Added password protection to Advance tab of sensor options.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Added a switch sensor button for changing the sensor in the middle of a layout.
    2. Corrected layout functionality that prevented switching tiles during capture of a layout.
    3. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 4/24/06

    1. Improved image quality and functionality.
    2. Removed preprocess median filter.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 3/27/06

    1. Changed the order of some of the initialization commands to reduce errors reported when disconnecting and connecting the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 3/21/06

    1. Added low/high contrast images option.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 3/13/06

    1. Change the method used for conversion of images. Resulted in better image quality.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/9/06

    1. Adjusted GBC algorithm that is applied after image capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 3/3/06

    1. Corrected spelling error.
    2. Moved where Inverse was applied (this making GBC settings perform opposite of their standard).

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/2/06

    1. Defaulted the gamma value to 0.6.
    2. Removed the hardware status window.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 2/23/06

    1. Reworking of SED file to better handle how the SDK tracks hardware that is disconnected and reconnected to a computer.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Defaulted the trigger mode to Level 1.
    2. Renamed the BioRay SED to BioRaySDX.
    3. Defaulted the sensor selection to Sensor 2.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/20/06

    1. Change the fundamental interface to the hardware. Designed to work better with plugging in and unplugging the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 4/20/05

    1. Adjusted additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/29/05

    1. Added additional image processing operations.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/13/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs in 16-bit images.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/12/04

    1. Added additional image processing to compensate for sensor drop-outs.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/24/02

    1. Integrated new toolkit into the extension.
    2. Added DICOM information support.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 7/30/2012
    Beta Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for additional carousel types (316, 318, 320). (F1152)

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 4/20/2010

    1. Removed “Ensure images return with consistent dimensions” and added sharpen.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 4/12/2010

    1. Apply “Ensure images return with consistent dimensions” to all images as opposed to only IO images for the combi carousel.
    2. Remember erase setting.

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/12/2010

    1. Image processing reverted back to same as Build 23.
    2. Re-added “Ensure images return with consistent dimensions” option as in Build 23
    3. Re-added “Park after scan” in SED option > Advanced tab.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 4/9/2009

    1. Prompt / setting for human/ped/vet.
    2. Prompt / setting for single/stitch.
    3. Over and under exposure indicator.
    4. Laplace edge enhancement algorithms.
    5. Fixed wording on Levels tab.
    6. Made adjustments to levels values.
    7. Error checking levels.
    8. Levels are now on scale of 0..100%.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 10/3/2008

    1. Set default resolutions for different sized images being returned.
    2. Changed advanced options password.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 9/17/08

    1. Added support to return all images captured when acquiring from the base application (before it would only return one at a time).
    2. Reversed the order in which the images are returned.
    3. Sets resolution on the images that are returned based on the resolution setting in the options.
    4. New option to return all of the IO images as a single image instead of carving them into separate images.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 9/16/08

    1. Overhaul of image extraction from scanned plates.
    2. Noise reduction filter added.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 1/9/2008

    1. More effective use and filtering of raw images returned by OrthoScan.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2403)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 11/12/2010
    Release Date: 12/2/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/15/08

    1. Corrected rotations.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 1/10/08

    1. Modified to correct problems in layout capture. Additional time is now required to initialize the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/6/07

    1. Recompiled to work with new SDK and DLLs.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/24/2011

    1. Added FFC file checking. If the file does not exist, timeout = 45 seconds. Otherwise, the timeout is 20 seconds. (F887)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/21/2010

    1. Added Sopix filtering into sed. (feature 839)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/27/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Update the SDK used to interface with the hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Fixed issue with canceling/retaking image.
    2. Fixed issue with multiple sensors connected.
    3. Added proper tooth rotations.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/02/2010

    1. Fixed issue with canceling/retaking image.
    2. Fixed issue with multiple sensors connected.
    3. Added proper tooth rotations.

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/29/2010

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 8/13/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    MAS2W Version: 2.0.13.0

    1. Redesigned to correct issue with simultaneous capture on multiple workstations. (F3830)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/28/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017
    MAS2W Version: 2.0.13.0

    1. Initial creation of the SED to support simultaneous capture with different sensors on different workstations. (F3324)
  • Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • Version 5.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 6/25/08

    1. Updated sensor resolutions.

    Version 5.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/24/07

    1. Added sharpening filter.

    Version 5.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/23/06

    1. Made a small change in image processing in order to ignore a small border around the image when determining the optimal brightness/contrast around an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 5.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 6/8/05

    1. Maintenance release.

    Version 5.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/13/04

    1. Changes made to handle power problems with the 1800 that could result in a software crash.

    Version 5.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/17/04

    1. Internal changes made to hardware handling.

    Version 5.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/9/04

    1. Changes made to be sure that detection of other Suni hardware is not falsely interpreted as Suni digital x-ray hardware.

    Version 5.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 5.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/12/04

    1. Separate smoothing factors for standard and binned images.
    2. Image return type defaulted to standard.

    Version 5.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/31/03

    1. Support for additional hardware types.
    2. Support for automatic firmware selection.
    3. SED options updated.
    4. Password protection removed on some of the option pages.

    Version 4.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 12/15/03

    1. Correction made to correct multiple image capture problems..

    Version 4.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.
    2. Internal firmware handling changes.

    Version 4.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 7/8/03

    1. Made correction to binned flaw correction to correct for floor binning function.

    Version 4.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/17/03

    1. Changed flaw corrections on systems utilizing binning firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 5/16/03

    1. Added ability to add sensor configurations from drives and locations other than a floppy diskette.

    Version 4.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/11/03

    1. Added additional support for handling when more than 3 firmware releases are available at the same time.

    Version 4.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/13/02

    1. Made power handling corrections based on the selected firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 12/12/02

    1. Changed the “low power checking” option to default to enabled.
    2. Changed the image width used when capturing from BINNED firmware.
    3. Added previous firmware option for original Suni hardware.

    Version 4.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/10/02

    1. Added default support for Suni’s new firmware filenames.

    Version 4.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/8/02

    1. Added support for a wider range of firmware.

    Version 4.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/29/02

    1. Added a default image calibration option.

    Version 4.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 5/15/02

    1. New options added to the MPDx options.
    2. Changes made to support new Suni Firmware and new hardware models.

    Version 4.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 4/23/02

    1. Added better support for selecting different types of firmware.
    2. Added support for the USB-1600 model of the Suni hardware.

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/28/02

    1. Changed the default B/C and gamma settings for freshly installed systems.

    Version 4.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/14/01

    1. Additional flush time options added to adjust the amount of time required to prepare sensor captures

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 3/3/01

    1. Added thorough median filter

    Version 4.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs

    Version 3.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Additional improvements to image processing, handling and options.
    2. Automatic orientation corrected on teeth #5, 21, 21 and 28.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 5/2/00

    1. Large improvements to image processing and handling.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/16/00

    1. Additional B/C user specified application support
    2. Improved support for handling errors after x-ray exposure
    3. Support for preventing white burnout in image

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/19/00

    1. Image reorientation support added
    2. MPDx image calibration improved

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/13/00

    1. Change made to “Processing …” display to accommodate lag on some systems

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/1/00

    1. Confirmation message added when a new sensor is added
    2. “Processing” message displayed immediately after x-ray is triggered
    3. Fix: “User canceled” message displayed when board times out
    4. Raw sensor image import remembers last settings
    5. Fix: Blank error message returned when user cancels various functions
    6. New features added to report the current sensor port
    7. Fix: MCS file not automatically being found until entering options

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/20/99

    1. Compiled to conform to new application interface standard

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 11/11/99

    1. Battery/External power setting added to options
    2. “Don’t display this message again” functionality
    3. When background capture times out on a battery powered system, background capturing is suspended so that the battery can recharge
    4. Development dialog that is displayed while in background capture was removed
    5. Automatic selection of a sensor the first time the software is run
    6. Background capture and battery powered unit warnings added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    11/8/2010

    1. Adjusted port number information that is passed to SuniUSB DLL for standard size C and D, to allow control of gain switch in USB1800 boxes. (Feature 844)

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 12/29/2009

    1. Reverted flaw correction back to the old method. (F585)

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 11/11/09

    1. Timeout has been extended from 1 minute to 10 mintues. (F503)

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 1/23/09

    1. Corrected call to defect correction code.
    2. Fixed issue where enhancement settings were not being saved.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/14/2008

    1. Additional updates to sensor resolutions. These result in more accurate measurements.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/25/2008

    1. Updated sensor resolutions.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/17/05

    1. Added additional image processing.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 10/17/05

    1. Added histogram stretching call.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 9/30/05

    1. Corrected various hardware 1200 series issues.
    2. Error message wording changed.
    3. Checking SuniUSB.DLL version.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/13/05

    1. Corrected image orientation issues.
  • Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date 07/31/2017
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed default filters. (F3564)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date 08/12/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added watermark graphic to returned images. (F2731)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation. Requires SDRPlus.dll and SDRPlusHW.dll. (F2520)
  • Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date 05/28/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed default hardware settings for sensitivity and integration time. (F2819)
    2. Resolved issue with supporting production (pre-release) sensors. (B1196)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date 06/12/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed SuniRay default filtering. (F2291)

    Version 10.1 Build 5
    Beta Release Date 02/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved crashing issue with pre-release versions of sensors. (B837)
    2. Resolved issue with SuniRay orange light remaining on after capture. (B897)

    Version 10.1 Build 4
    Beta Release Date 12/19/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified default filter settings for SuniRay. (F1605)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Release Date 11/11/2011

    1. Added the ability to capture 1600/1800/1200 sensors using a SuniUSB2000 box. (F937)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    3/22/2011

    1. Changed default SSI enhancement to Low for SuniRay. (F929)
    2. Changed SuniRay detection sensitivity default to 4. (F929)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    2/1/2011

    1. Removed options tabs for 2000+. (F916)
    2. Resolved issue with retaining old filter settings from previous SED versions. (B526)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/10/2010

    1. Now applying Adaptive Normalize to all SuniRay images. (Bug 494)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    12/8/2010

    1. Resolved memory overflow issue with SuniRay sensor intermittently returning a corner-cut image. (Bug 487)
    2. Resolved issue with edge trimming not being applied to SuniRay images. (Bug 492)
    3. Resolved issue with image resolution being set to 1×1 when an SSI filter is applied through the SED. (Bug 490)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    12/1/2010

    1. Modified code to properly handle SuniRay sensors with “X” in the serial number, to avoid corner cutting on the images. (Bug 487)

    Version 10.0 Build .9
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    11/1/2010

    1. Adjust shift in defect correction with 2000 boxes and C, D sensors. (Feature 841)

    Version 1.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 3/30/2010

    1. Redesign of the internal imaging engine.
    2. Change made to enable support the 64-bit drivers.
    3. Defaults changed for 2000 sensors (Gamma = .7; Contrast = +10).
    4. Defaults changed for the SuniRay sensors (median filtering).
    5. Timeout of the sensor increased.
    6. Support option added to produce a raw sensor data file.
    7. Watermarks changed in the returned images.

    Version 1.1 Build 20
    Release Date: 12/29/2009

    1. Reverted 2000 sensor flaw correction back to original method.
    2. Three column defect correction handling added.
    3. Defaults changed for SuniRay sensors (Gamma = .75; Fast median noise reduction; Smooth 3×3 @ 50 factor)
    4. Flush time extension option added for 2000 sensor.

    Version 1.1 Build 15
    8/26/2009

    1. Modified Quick Sensor Capture button functionality for USB2000 and SuniRay sensor, so that it checks for the hardware everytime the button is pressed.

    Version 1.1 Build 14
    7/29/2009

    1. Modified to use default pixel correction for both column and row defects when 3 column/row defect is being corrected.

    Version 1.1 Build 11
    7/23/2009

    1. Resolve issue with 3 column defect correction.

    Version 1.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/23/09

    1. Removed CRC check for CMOS sensors.
    2. Modification for noise correction function.
    3. Restored the FPN correction to the original values.
    4. Default threshold updated.
    5. Added 1.5 second delay before the “sensor ready” green screen is displayed.
    6. Added enhancement options similar to Suni Imaging SED.
    7. Incorporated newest firmware and generic drivers.
    8. Error message that was displayed when a 2000 sensor is plugged in after capturing a suni ray image was corrected.
    9. Added random row defect correction code (stitch correction).
  • toshiba-sedVersion 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 1/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Renamed Sigma SDX to Sigma Bio-Ray DuraSoft SDX. (F2462)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2402)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 9/11/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Created new Sigma SDX OEM. (F1127)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 7/30/2012
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added timeout option with choices for 30, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, or 300 seconds. (F826)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (Feature 846)
  • Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 2/4/04

    1. Additional DICOM information support added. Please note that you will need to additionally update the DICOM.DLL and main application before the additional DICOM information will be available.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 11/3/03

    1. Added DICOM support.
    2. Added new toolkit supplied by Trophy.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 8/16/01

    1. Added adaptive normalize option

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 8/3/01

    1. Added sharpening adjustment option

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 8/2/01

    1. Added options to enable the user to customize the sharpening and noise removal options for images returned by the hardware
  • APEX / AURORA/ BIORAY-HR / DENTIMAX3 USB SENSOR / DENTALMIND III / EDLEN IMAGING EI / EDLEN IMAGING GEMINI-JP / QUICKRAYHD / RAYSCAN RIO / TUXEDO/ VET.DR

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 2/21/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created two new OEM versions.  (F3883)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added message indicating that filters may need to be adjusted after switching image return type option. (B1416)
    2. Changed default image return type for specific OEM. (F3539)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 05/24/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with switching between different sensors. (B1373)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3d

    1. Changes to the default settings for a specific OEM of the SED. (F3392)
    2. Built new OEM version. (F3479)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 02/13/2017
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added TIFF and RAW output options for troubleshooting purposes. (F3422)
    2. Created OEM version. (F3387)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/05/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added support for for switching between 3+ connected sensors. (F3302)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added password restriction to options for specific OEM. (F3252)
    2. Added image watermark to specific OEM. (B1313)
    3. Created additional OEM version. (F3284)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 08/26/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Added “Despeckle” filter option as alternative to noise removal. (F3220)
    2. Added interface for retrieving x-ray dose / sensor saturation diagnostic information. (F3152, F3209, F3041)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 07/25/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Corrected issue with image conversion to 8-bit. (F3202)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/20/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Created internal manufacturer-testing version of SED. (F3156)
    2. Added support for power-saving Suspend Mode when sensor is not in use for a defined period of time. (F3154)
    3. Modified tracking of calibration file path in case installation path changes. (F3134)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3127)
    2. Created new OEM version. (F3054)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 02/01/2016
    Release Date: 02/01/2016
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. Resolved issues with switching between multiple sensors. (F3043) 
    2. Changes to default filter setting for a specific OEM. (F3059) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 12/17/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 2.0.0.3

    1. New integration for SDK version 4.0.1.2, CMOS_USB DLL version 2.0.0.3. (F2880)
    2. Added support for creating calibration file directly within SED. (F3000)
    3. Added debug options for saving separate RAW or TIFF images for evaluation. (F3008, F2880)
    4. Built OEM versionS of SED for resellerS. (F2282, F2991)
    5. Additional debug option for returning dark corrected image. (F2880)
    6. Additional debug option for adjusting “most significant bit” value. (F2981) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 06/05/2015
    Release Date: TBD
    CMOS_USB version: 1.0.2.3

    1. Corrected cal file issue which could cause the wrong serial numbers to be selected. (F2746) 
    2. Updates made for new SDK, with CMOS_USB.dll v1.0.2.3 (F2594)
    3. Added option to enable export of RAW data files to temp directory. (F2587)
    4. Created Dentalmind Digital X-Ray 3 OEM. (F2282) 5. Corrected the way the implementation of the image correction file. (B1143) 

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Released initial build as Samsung RIO. (F2556) 

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Not Released
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Unreleased internal build of OEM version for Dentimax (“Dentimax 3 USB”). (F1938) 

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 11/05/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation of SED. (F1946; F1938) 
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.
  • VATECH EZSENSOR P / VIDEO DENTAL UNI-RAY

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 11/23/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for EzSensor HD sensors, SDK version 6.3.0.1. (F3176)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/17/2014

    1. Added support for SDK version 6.2.0.4. (F1712)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Resolved issue with hanging when closing out SED via Switch Sensor button. (B1026)
    2. Resolved delay issue during image processing and return. (B1047)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/17/2012

    1. Initial creation of EzSensor P SED. (F1867)
  • VATECH EZSENSOR P / VIDEO DENTAL UNI-RAY

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 11/23/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for EzSensor HD sensors, SDK version 6.3.0.1. (F3176)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/17/2014

    1. Added support for SDK version 6.2.0.4. (F1712)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Resolved issue with hanging when closing out SED via Switch Sensor button. (B1026)
    2. Resolved delay issue during image processing and return. (B1047)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/17/2012

    1. Initial creation of EzSensor P SED. (F1867)
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/12/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/18/2008

    1. Added support for AnySensor100.
    2. When the user cancels the capture, the SED will end the AnySensor process.

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 6/26/2010

    1. Initial integration of the Ewoo AnySensor.
  • Version 10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/18/2011

    1. Integrated image post processing filters from the SDK. Modified defaults to use setting 301. (F958)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 11/12/2010

    1. Renamed layout tile capture reorient function to resolve SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/12/2010

    1. Support added for multiple sensor sizes.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/12/2010

    1. Added integration for EzSensor.
    2. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
  • Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 7/30/2012
    Beta Release Date: TBA

    1. Removed Windows “hardware unplugged” check due to incompatibility with Vatech sensor. (B729)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/17/2012

    1. Initial Release (F1136)
  • VATECH EZSENSOR P / VIDEO DENTAL UNI-RAY

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 11/23/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for EzSensor HD sensors, SDK version 6.3.0.1. (F3176)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/17/2014

    1. Added support for SDK version 6.2.0.4. (F1712)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: Internal

    1. Resolved issue with hanging when closing out SED via Switch Sensor button. (B1026)
    2. Resolved delay issue during image processing and return. (B1047)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/17/2012

    1. Initial creation of EzSensor P SED. (F1867)
  • Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 11/21/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated with JPEG lossless support. (F2116)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1.  Modified the way the Vatech capture program is invoked to avoid Windows “Run As” prompt. (F1885)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation supports Vatech Panoramic and Cephalometric hardware through NCSW_2012 and PaxPrimo applications. (F1839)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTALMIND DIGITAL X-RAY II / DENTIMAX4 SENSOR / EVA SELECT / POLODENT / QUICKRAY DIRECTUSB / SOTA CLIO / TUXEDO A-SERIES / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for XV/XVLite has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Corrected issue with applying calibration/correction file to images. (F3789)
    2. Corrected issue with diagnostic image option. (F3709, F3762)
    3. Corrected issue with specifying custom calibration file path. (B1449)
    4. Corrected issue with retrievING last error code from drivers. (F3780)

    Version 10.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3656)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3603)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/10/2016
    Release Date: 5/10/2016

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added language translation capability for error messages. (F2684)
    2. Modified order of GBC (gamma brightness contrast) filters to be applied after all other filters. (F3140)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/27/2015
    Release Date: 8/27/2015

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.7.0
    1. Added support for new driver version 3.7.0. (F2781)
    2. Added new Adaptive Normalize and Enhance Local Contrast (CLAHE) image filter options. (B1192)
    3. Added automatic rotation functionality for newer size 2 sensors. (F2820)
    4. Changes to default hardware settings for specific OEM versions. (F2705)
    5. Built new OEM version. (F2568)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 1/15/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Changed hardware timeout defaults for various OEM versions. (F2108)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    Recommended Minimum Driver Version: 3.6.1
    1. Added support for SDK version 3.6.1 with new “Xray Detection Filter” setting to resolve auto triggering issues. (F2073)
    2. Resolved issue with XVLite error “unable to get image file size” after capture. (B1046)
    3. Resolved issue with overwhitening the lighter areas of image. (F2073)
    4. Rebuilt with latest Apteryx Image Filter algorithm support (AImg). (F2405)
    5. Modifications to OEM version default settings. (F2098, F2425)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 16-bit capture and return. (F1981)
    2. Added option to “close hardware after layout capture is complete.” (B943)
    3. Resolved issue with sensor remaining at Sensor Ready after x-ray exposure. (B943)
    4. Added option to specify hardware timeout. (B943)
    5. Resolved issue with option to “make corners black”. (B984)
    6. Added debug logging option for troubleshooting communication with drivers. (B943)
    7. Added watermark for specific dealer version of plugin. (F1991)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 07/08/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created Clio version of SED. (F1915)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 03/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Implemented more streamlined calibration file handling. (F1762)
    2. Modified default settings for QuickRay SED. (F1763)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created XDR version of SED. (F1701)
    2. Created Dentalaire DTX version of SED. (F1603)
    3. Additional requested filters added to Dentimax4 SED. (F1531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated for SDK 3.2.1. Requires the following DLLs: IO_XRayUSB_MD_VC80.dll (3.2.1.0), TLC_USB.dll (1.3.6.0) (F1436)
    2. Added OEM version for Belmont BelSensor Gold, with custom default filtering. (F1455)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/26/2012

    1. Added support for SDK 3.2.0. (F1306)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.1.0. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/26/2011

    1. Added support for SDK 3.0.7. (F911)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    1/12/2011

    1. Resolved over-contrasting for Size 1 images set to High Contrast with Sharpening enabled. (B511)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    12/22/2010

    1. Added Adjust Levels option tab. (F876)
    2. Modified SED to report calibration file error in status window, rather than popup an error message. (F877)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    11/30/2010

    1. Added SDK image resolution information when returning images. (F856)
    2. Modified all OEM versions to use AImg DLL filter algorithms. (F855)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    11/12/2010

    1. Resolved SED backwards compatibility issue with pre-3.12 XV by renaming layout tile capture reorient function. (F846)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    10/25/2010

    1. Modified default filter settings for Dentalmind Digital X-Ray II version with latest AImg filter set. (F646)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    10/19/2010

    1. Added Anturi version of e2vII SED. (F824)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    10/11/2010

    1. Implement language translation abilities for Switch Sensor popup window.

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    9/23/2010

    1. Fixed issue with low contrast image being returned after applying AImg Sharpen filter, despite High Contrast being enabled. (F451)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    9/1/2010

    1. Added AImg.dll filter options for Sharpen, Noise Removal, and Smooth.

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/20/2010

    1. Added Quickray DirectUSB version of e2vII SED. (F647)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Added Dentimax4 version of e2vII SED. (F704)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/21/2010

    1. Fixed a problem in which brightness and gamma adjustment were backwards. (B385)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/5/2010

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/21/2010

    1. Rebuilt SEDs with v3.0.4 SDK files.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/1/2010

    1. Changed how Quick Sensor works. If the saved sensor is no longer present, it will see if there are other sensors connected. If one is found, it will capture with it. If two are found, it will capture with size 2 sensor if available, otherwise, use the first size 1 sensor in the list.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 3/4/2010

    1. Modified noise removal, sharpen and smooth filters to use newer, faster AImg algorithms. AImg.dll is required.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/11/2010

    1. Added new capability to track when the user cancels the acquisition process.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/11/2010

    1. Added ability to use .CAL files.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/22/08

    1. Initial release.

TransIT Extensions

  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 5/11/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial Beta Release (F1420)
  • Version 10.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/25/2012

    1. Added support for nonstandard DOB format when creating new patient in DentalSharing. (F1304)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 1/11/2012

    1. Initial release. (F1018)
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 11/11/2011

    1. Added Gmail support with SSL encryption. (F910)

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 4.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/9/03

    1. Project recompiled to utilizes new multiple language support. Previous incompatibility might result in strange or unexpected behavior.

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs
    2. Patient DOB and Sex support added
    3. Correction made for storage and recall of “To” and “From” database I/O
    4. User name and password support added for secure SMTP servers

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 8/11/2020
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Update FastAttach extension to support TLS 1.2 (F4068)
    2. Upgrader now includes updated FastAttachDirectEXE.exe and FastAttachDirectEXE.exe.config to support TLS 1.2 version.

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 5/22/2014
    Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2408)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 4/8/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added options to limit the maximum size of the images exported by the extension. (F1997)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 7/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for web-service communication (enabled by default). (F691)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 5/13/2011

    1. Increased buffer size to handle longer lines in the NEA Payor List. (B524)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/3/2011

    1. Resolved issue with “Test Payor” being listed for the Payor Type. (B530)

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Updated to be compatible with new version of FastAttach.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/17/06

    1. Differenctiated required fields from option fields.
    2. Modified tab name from “From” to “Provider”
    3. Modified field name from “To” to “Payor Name” and “ID” to “Payor ID”.
    4. Modified the way users enter the DOB.
    5. Removed “Procedure” tab.
    6. Added “Image-Type” and “Image-Date” info to the attachment as required in the NEA specs.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 9/9/03

    1. Project recompiled to utilizes new multiple language support. Previous incompatibility might result in strange or unexpected behavior.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/30/02

    1. Application recompiled to compensate for a compile error.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 11/26/02

    1. Added the ability to send messages without images.
    2. Removed unused field “Reference Number”.
    3. Several fields on the From tab renamed.
    4. “Specify Undefined Payor” button removed.
    5. Changed “claims” to “attachments”.
    6. Group number no longer required.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/22/02

    1. Addition of Narrative support to submitted claims.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 11/20/02

    1. Total rework of the extension to utilize the new NEA interface.  New extension has better handling of claims, permits more information to be entered, no longer uses the NEA toolkit and conforms to the new NEA standard.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/12/02

    1. Claim viewer added.
    2. New option added to the Options dialog that permit the launching of the claims viewer and NEA FastAttach.
    3. Claims viewer comes up after each submission.
    4. Added ability to delete submitted claims from claim viewer.
    5. New NEA DLLs included.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/16/02

    1. Added support for a wider range of date formats.

    Version 2.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/13/02

    1. Cleaned up interface.
    2. Made change for single click selection of payor.

    Version 2.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/7/01

    1. Updated for new release of NEA

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs
    2. Patient DOB and Sex support added
    3. Correction made for storage and recall of “To” and “From” database I/O
    4. DOB Date parsing improved

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Initial release
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2404)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 1/22/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Recompiled with the latest version of code. (B884)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/17/2011

    1. Changed taken date format to long full text, to avoid ambiguity for international recipients. (B367)
    2. Added option to the General Emailer settings to specify the tooth number format (British, International, Universal). (B366)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/12/10

    1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

    Version 4.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 3/36/08

    1. Added taken date to data placed in the email body.
    2. Modified the attached image filename to something more descriptive of the patient.
    3. Added feature to remember the last subject and reference number entered by the user.

    Version 4.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 10/30/06

    1. Maintenance rebuild. Note that users experiencing an application hang when using the new extension need to update their main application to the latest version.

    Version 4.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 5/22/06

    1. Project rebuild to correct a disk corruption error on distributable.

    Version 4.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/1/05

    1. Corrected 0-based tooth numbers to 1-based tooth numbers.
    2. SS numbers are now masked in email messages.
    3. Notes/text added to first tab of user information.

    Version 4.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/8/04

    1. Stripped out unused features. These features include the “to” and “from” fields which are automatically tracked by Outlook and Outlook Express.
    2. Corrected “To” naming problem.

    Version 4.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 4.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 9/9/03

    1. Project recompiled to utilizes new multiple language support. Previous incompatibility might result in strange or unexpected behavior.

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/4/02

    1. Added new support for emailing secure, files and zip files.

    Version 4.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/2/01

    1. Added new support for emailing through Microsoft Outlook

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs
    2. Patient DOB and Sex support added
    3. Correction made for storage and recall of “To” and “From” database I/O

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Internal data handling modifications

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/20/99

    1. Compiled to conform to new application interface standard
  • Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release: 5/20/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1.  Resolved issue with false errors being reported after exporting files. (F1692)
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2406)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 01/11/2011

    1. Resolved error 998 when running XV and OEM application version 3.11.xx. (B508)

    Version 4.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 4.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 9/9/03

    1. Project recompiled to utilizes new multiple language support. Previous incompatibility might result in strange or unexpected behavior.

    Version 4.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/7/01

    1. New non-blank disk handling added.
    2. Display update on Win2000 corrected.

    Version 4.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/7/01

    1. Modified to conform to new XVa3 3.5 specs
    2. Patient DOB and Sex support added
    3. Correction made for storage and recall of “To” and “From” database I/O

    Version 3.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 6/21/00

    1. Recompile to correct compiling glitch that prevented multiple-disk prompting dialogs to be displayed.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 5/28/00

    1. Internal data handling modifications

    Version 3.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/20/99

    1. Compiled to conform to new application interface standard

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 11/1/99

    1. Addition of on-line help
    2. Formatting problems corrected on interface dialog.
  • Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Updated graphics, copyright, and/or contact information. (F2407)

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 10/7/08

    1. Updated the overall TransIT extension.
    2. Remove extra page information.
    3. SSN masking added.
    4. Corrected problems when launching to Outlook.
    5. Updated with latest GUI controls.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/10/03

    1. Maintenance release: Window’s font is now used for various controls in the interface; extended character sets now available for a wider range of supported languages; new more efficient versions of interface controls added.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/9/03

    1. Project recompiled to utilizes new multiple language support. Previous incompatibility might result in strange or unexpected behavior.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 6/8/02

    1. New option added to email ZIP files instead of EXE which are filtered out by a wide range of email applications.
  • Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/4/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Changed default export format to common file format. (B1292)
    2. Added support for handling STB16 file format. (B1292)
    3. Added support for exporting 16-bit format, rather than convert to 8-bit. (F3168)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/22/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue with imported image files having the same date created/modified overwriting each other when exported. (F2296)
    2. Updated graphic icon. (F2393)

Implant Libraries

  • Beta Release Date: 5/6/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial creation. (F2083)
  • Beta Release Date: 6/17/2013
    Release Date: 6/6/2011

    1. Resolved issue with incorrect dimensions on some implant labels. (B958)
      Reordered implant list for easier access. (B958)
  • Version 2.2 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/7/2015

    1. Added support for bridging to other Apteryx products by defining the product to bridge to within the Link INI. (F2614)

    Version 2.2 Build 14
    Release Date: 6/24/2014

    1. Added support for new XV4 CommonConfigs patient database path tracking. (F2384)
    2. Maintenance rebuild. (F2383)

    Version 2.2 Build 12
    Release Date: 11/01/2013

    1. Modified directory naming convention for patient creation function(s) in DLL. The directory name now only includes the patient name, and the last 4 digits of the SSN and ID. (F2005)
    2. Added new function call XVGetPatientDirectoryName to retrieve patient directory name. (F2006)

    Version 2.2 Build 11
    Release Date: 8/20/2013

    1. Resolved issue with 3-4 second delay after FreeLibrary is called. (B991)

    Version 2.2 Build 10
    Release Date: 5/20/2013

    1. Added support for handling .PackagedFiles accessory files, currently only used with Logicon Caries Detector plugin. (F1852)

    Version 2.2 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/28/2012

    1. SDK now using MFC in a Shared DLL. Prior SDKs were built with the Static Library setting. (F1619)
    2. Added functions to the XrayVisionLink.ini for logging and switching the order of the SS and ID. by default the SS is first followed by the ID, in certain situations this needs to be reversed. (F1665)
      • [General]
      • Logging=true
      • PatientIDNumberSpecification=IDSS
    3. Modified bridging commands to always include the gender. (F1682)
    4. Added support for XVGetLaunchedDatabasePath for XVLite. (F1689)
    5. Modified database cleanup when unloading DLL. (F1711)
    6. Added function XVGetCondensedImageList_ByID to retrieve patient list of images with fewer details to improve speed. (F1751)

    Version 2.2 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/30/2012

    1. Implemented more robust GetImageList functions that will return a list sorted by Taken Date, in addition to other image information. (F1076)

    Version 2.2 Build 6
    Release Date: 5/26/2011

    1. Added ability to log call routines from the invoking application and data associated with requests. (Feature 1011)

    Version 2.2 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/15/2011

    1. Resolved issue with unsupported filemap version from latest XrayVision 3.12. (Bug 558)

    Version 2.2 Build 3
    Release Date: 10/22/2010

    1. Added XVCloseAllPatients function. (Feature 833)
    2. Added XVSupportsFeature parameter 0x5 for Close All Patients function. (Feature 833)

    Version 2.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/19/2010

    1. Recompiled to have MFC a static link.

    Version 2.2 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/28/2012

    1. SDK n

XrayVision DCV Line of Products

  • XRAYVISION DCV / XVWEB CAPTURE / XVWEB IMAGEVIEWER / APEX CLOUD CAPTURE / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTIMAX CLOUD CAPTURE / DENTIRAY CAPTURE

     

    Version 3.5 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/6/2020
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added functionality to not automatically forward images when saved to the local database. (F4033)
    2. Added new DICOM server options to the program defaults INI file. (F4020)
    3. Added option to hide white borders around images in DCV image collection screen. (F4015)
    4. Changed verbiage and command line options to move away from SSN references in DCV (F4067)
    5. Corrected issue with date range querying. (F4051)
    6. Addressed issue with CT processing (F4052)
    7. Addressed issue with revisions being stored under the wrong DICOM tag (B1485)
    8. Addressed issue with printing not populating patient DOB (B1488)
    9. Addressed issue with large image importation. (B1484

    Version 3.5 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Removal of Leadtools DICOM library from DCV Programs (F3377)
    2. Added ability to forward DICOM images in the background after capture (F3911, F1458)
    3. Added ability to keep all endo images marked as “Primary” (F3892)
    4. Added ability to display mixed modality layouts (F3918)
    5. Added ability to save and forward images during progression capture (F3908)
    6. Added capture scripts to take multiple modalities in a row (F3988)
    7. Added Auto Import Capabilities from Xrayvision to DCV. (F3880, F3894)
    8. Added capability to restrict certain modalities from being retrieved on query. (F1435, F1280)
    9. Added temporary local storage for CT viewing and image editing (F3850, F2559, F3997)
    10. Changed Verbiage of image calibration warnings (F3555)
    11. Added DICOM field for “Client’s Name” (F2668)
    12. Added “Responsible Person” DICOM tag to images (F3746)
    13. Id numbers can now be changed during DICOM image import (F3477)
    14. Added ability to cancel out of DICOM Query Window (F2205)
    15. Added ability to copy manually managed user list to clipboard (F3937)
    16. Improved Handling of single and multi-frame CT images (F2866, F1518, F1430)
    17. Added option to query using all fields EXCEPT patient ID number (F3871)
    18. Added ability to retrieve document files from XVWeb (F3557)
    19. Added ability to enable real-time filters on multiple PCs via ConfigurationDefaults.ini (F3912)
    20. Added command line option to open images directly via UID (F3905)
    21. Added ability for new DCV version and legacy Data Manager to use same database folder and not share DICOM definition files (F3999)
    22. Added ability to import PDF and STL files in DCV (F3900, F3901)
    23. Addressed image sequencing issue (F3926)
    24. Resolved various DICOM communication issues with XVWeb (F3913, F1552)
    25. Resolved issues with legacy Kodak image calibrations (F3157, F2826)
    26. Added Location ID capabilities for DICOM servers (F2876)
    27. Added ability for DCV to automatically disable hardware extensions on PCs where drivers are not detected. F(3853)
    28. Changed display of tooth selection popup (F3904)
    29. Corrected issues with forwarding color images to XVWeb (F3950)
    30. Changed how save and go back button functions when capturing additional images (F3908)
    31. Modified PROXY DICOM image retrieval functionality (F3996)
    32. Changed content of series descriptions (F3551, F3787)
    33. Added warning message when changing DICOM information for a single image within a series (F2040)
    34. Created all in one updaters. (F3965) No need to post VH online.
    35. Added new option to reverse lower tooth numbering to match anatomical position in mouth. (F3782)
    36. Add functionality to update local copies if retreived copy is newer than local copy (F3902)
    37. Changed barcode scanning for the DoD to read in two ID numbers instead of 1. (F3300)
    38. Added save and go back button when capturing additional images from view series/patient window. (F3330)
    39. Added check for ” marks around file specifications in command line operations. (F2770)
    40. Changed temporary local storage of images during image edit (F2559, F2992, F3066)
    41. Made Study, Series and Image description assignment more consistent. (F1361, F1612)

    Version 3.4 Build 40
    Beta Release Date: 11/7/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added command line options to forward images immediately and to hide the DCV interface. (F3879) (F3881)

    Version 3.4 Build 39
    Beta Release Date: 10/17/2018
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Integration of new Apteryx Registration and Token Registration Distribution. (F3626)
    2. Addressed licensing dialog for 1 User Token license. (F3667)
    3. Added support for mixed dentition progressions. (F3754)
    4. Added permissions check for safety cache directory. (F3753)
    5. New option to specify which breed list should be displayed. (F3744)
    6. New option to enable/disable the user’s ability to change image viewing preference. (F3741)
    7. Corrected the handling of the “use image stamps”. (F3727)
    8. Support added for auto-dismissing preview during progression captures. (F3724)
    9.  Can now set global real-time filter defaults in preferences. (F3687)
    10. New option in preferences to “allow edit databases” on database selection prompt. (F3685)
    11. New option added to control the image import validation prompt. (F3677)
    12. Return to home screen when new command line bridge passed. (F3671)
    13. Corrected issue where DICOM server list would cross when using multiple databases. (F3635)
    14. Removed “export dicomdir” as a stand-alone option from export menu. (F3618)
    15. Retains the original and derived images in image collection screen for view. (F3584)
    16. Option added to image desktop window to organize images into anatomical grouping. (F3474)
    17. Added tooth, date, modality, and color filtering to the image desktop window. (F3328)
    18. New options added to audit trail; forward to Data Manager, store locally, send to XVWeb. (F3731)
    19. New logging added to audit trail for image capturing and purging. (F3720)
    20. Added support for anatomy tag and acquisition date used by MiPACS. (F3701) (F3792)
    21. New /test commandline option added. (F3659)
    22. Save/Export all images no longer requires user to first select all images. (F3617)
    23. Added precautions to eliminate images not forwarded from being purged. (F3568)
    24. Streamline the save/export interface. (F3552)
    25. Added logic to assist with patient matching for automatic PI updates via bridge. (F3317) (F3146)
    26. New option to export multiple and single images with labels. (F3004)
    27. New font size options for worklist/query screens. (F3743)
    28. “All Dental Modalities” added as option for query restriction. (F3674)
    29. New option for automitically saving images immediatly after capture. (F3115)
    30. Corrected issue where some machines were not allowing users to export mutliple images as single image. (B1428)
    31. Corrected workflow for issue with save/stay causing crash on some machines. (B1436)
    32. Command Line Options Added – Prefetch patient list from DICOM server, Add Stamp File Ability, Query latest Image, Resize Stamp Files, Retrieve Thumbnails by ID number (F3843)(F3844)(F3845)(F3846)(F3847)(F3848)(F3849)
    33. Made adjustements for failed image forward handling. (F3820)
    34. Created Dentimax Cloud OEM (F3712).
    35. Address expired certificate issue/inability to validate INI file on closed network systems. (F3831)

    Version 3.4 Build 38
    Beta Release Date: 10/4/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Corrected dataloss occuring when exporting CT’s as multi-file single frame study. (B1412)
    2. Corrected the Invert enhancement not inverting the image. (B1407)
    3. Corrected Automatic enhancments causing crash after application. (B1407)
    4. Added auto resubmission of “missing UID” DICOM storage failures. (F3570)
    5. Image Collection screen menus have been reordered. (F3554)
    6. Corrected issue of “Reorganize Images” and “RTF rules options” windows not displaying. (F3553)
    7. Default option for Modality display to those enabled in IXDLL’s. (F3550)
    8. Defaults IXDLL display in modality/progression drop down menu to OFF. (F3512)
    9. Patient information bar in image enhancement window now defaulted to on. (F3509)
    10. Apex Capture OEM created. (F3505)
    11. Persistent user now recorded as “operator” for image captures. (F3500)
    12. Other ID now added to Auto-match and MRU patient lists. (F3494)
    13. SmarterDentist OEM created. (F3481)

    Version 3.4 Build 37
    Beta Release Date: 5/17/2017
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where XVCapture.exe was not accepting the /p command when open. (B1382)

    Version 3.4 Build 36
    Beta Release Date: 4/21/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Corrected issue where XVCapture.exe was not accepting the /p command when open. (B1382)

    Version 3.4 Build 36
    Beta Release Date: 4/21/2017
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Warning message added when enabling immed image purging if older images exist. (B1367)
    2. Corrected issue where it was no longer stripping punctuation from ID’s when option is enabled. (B1352)
    3. Corrected graphic in XVImageViewer showing as XVCapture. (B1327)
    4. Relocated the ISTDLL extensions into a “Burn/Export/Send Study” menu from Image Operations. (F3483)
    5. Image histogram added to image enhancment view. (F3465)
    6. New option for “persistant user” which will allow AD authentication against account used at application startup. (F3430)
    7. Added Dentalaire’s contact information to the trial extension window. (F3380)
    8. Patent number added for real-time filter patent. (F3347)
    9. Ability to display “Other Patient ID” field in capture window. (F3326)
    10. Implemented new image desktop window features; drag and drop of image series, display of patient info and RTF applied, add images menu added, autofit when adding images, and window positioning control. (F3320)
    11. RTF rules added, where user can set which RTF to apply to specific images based on specific criteria. (F2477) (F3094)
    12. Added ability to export 16bit CBCT. (F3070)
    13. New option, “Reorganize Images” added to image collection screen which allows user to update tooth numbers by rearranging image tiles. (F2942)
    14. Flush has been added to the file IO when saving config files. (F2538)

    Version 3.4 Build 35
    Beta Release Date: 10/11/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Addressed permissions issue error message when assigning default configurations. (F3304)
    2. Created the XVW Capture and XVW ImageViewer. (F3081, F3080)
    3. Updated font colors for new color schemes in the XVCapture and XVImageViewer. (F3309)
    4. Created Dentriay Capture OEM version. (F3190)

    Version 3.4 Build 34
    Beta Release Date: 9/23/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. “Create continuous series from” option is now available when the “Capture additional into” option is disabled. (F3278)
    2. New control options added for “Capture additional into”; allow today only, always allow, prompt, and disabled. (F3277)
    3. Corrected artifact that would occur on the print images screen. (F3276)
    4. Allows the new TWAIN.IXDLL to set study/series dates for images. (F3256)
    5. Multihomed settings changes; Allows for wildcarding IP Addresses or using Ethernet Adapter Name. (F3254)
    6. DCV will now proceed with DICOM queried data if all data is received but a release response is not. (F3248)
    7. New option under Preferences/Database/Database Searching that will allow DCV to search both primary ID and other ID field. (F3235)
    8. New configuration options added to ConfigurationDefaults.INI. (F3233) (F3158)
    9. New option added for Patient ID Prefix assignments. (F3232) (F3198) (F3090)
    10. New despeckle filter added to available enhancements. (F3224)
    11. Unique device ID has been added to help. (F3210)
    12. New product code added for DCV/XVWebCapture. (F3203)
    13. Disclaimer added for the “Allow saving of modified images” option. (F3201)
    14. New default configuration option for enabled/disabled hardware extensions available under Preferences/Imaging Extensions. (F3158)
    15. Default configuration now retains image forwarding settings. (F3158)
    16. DCV will now strip invalid characters from patient names when exporting images with patient name as file naming assignment. (F3016)
    17. “Export ToStore Database” option added to export the ToStore database as a CSV added to Preferences / Image Forwarding / Image Forwarding Options. (F2558)
    18. Option added to remove Auto Enhancements from Real-Time Filter list, Interface / Miscellaneous Interface Options / Add Auto Enhancements to the RTF menu. (F2553)
    19. Delayed purge added for viewing sessions when editting images from a DICOM source for installations configured to forward and purge immediatly. (F1780)
    20. Corrected crash when using the ‘Save Export All Images As One’. (B1304)
    21. Corrected issue where some images acquired from TWAIN would have DOB stripped when saved. (B1302)
    22. Corrected a compression issue that occured when exporting CT’s as multi-file. (B1248)

    Version 3.4 Build 33
    Beta Release Date: 5/17/2016
    Release Date: 5/17/2016

    1. New “save and stay” and “save and go back” options added to the image operations menu following image capture. (F2665)
    2. Corrected image order issue when displaying “bitewings” in compare window. (F2713)
    3. New arrow buttons in enhancement window to move through images in series. (F2713)
    4. New option in save/export that allows real-time filters to be applied to exported images. (F2739)
    5. Parallelize image algorithms. (F2870)
    6. Removed case sensitivity when logging in with built-in user accounts. (F3147)
    7. Added ability to change AD user for authentication when launching the program when utilizing the active directory integration. (F3136)
    8. Added ability to specify multiple accepted or exclusion for image routing in DICOM server definition. Multiple values can be separated by ‘;’. Exclusions can be specified by having a ‘!’ specified as the first character of a value. (F3131)
    9. New option to config.ini, no prompt for use defaults. (F3057)
    10. Added option for “copy to clipboard with predefined labels”, definition and option is under Preferences > Images & Image Handling. (F3049)
    11. New ApteryxINI.DLL option to translate EULA. (F3013)
    12. New government notice and restricted licensing text added to EULA. (F3011, F3012)
    13. Changed default CT viewer from Apteryx 3D to individual images. (F2922)
    14. Refined data correction permissions into 5 types; General, Patient Info, Image Taken Dates, Image Info, Image Operations. (F2907)

    Version 3.4 Build 32
    Beta Release Date: 10/26/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Corrected issue for assigning tooth numbers to images that were originally assigned NULL. (B1240)

    Version 3.4 Build 31
    Beta Release Date: 10/14/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Continuous series display now hangs chronologically from first to last in anatomical grouping view. (F2971)
    2. With delete ability enabled in DCV the delete option is now available in the multi-image tile selection window. (F2969)
    3. Optimized the import of DICOM files using the “as-is” option. (F2884)
    4. Export XML image information in image export is now disabled by default. (F2881)
    5. Now handles 12-bit JPEG2000 bit-packing. (F2853)
    6. An always on-top patient image-bar is now available from image collection screen under image operations. (F2799)
    7. Added new capture additional mode, capture continuous series from selected image. (F2215) (F2019)

    Version 3.4 Build 30
    Beta Release Date: 4/29/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added ability to scroll through open images using arrow keys. (F2676)
    2. Various UI corrections. (F2606)
    3. Corrected issue where corrupted configuration files would result in a blank safety cache path. (F2529)
    4. Addressed issue where a corrupt configuration file would cause the spot magnifier to crash the program. (F2471)
    5. Access to the calibration management has now been added to preferences. (F2470)
    6. Added new patient icons for query results. (F2663)
    7. For Dentalaire OEM, the compare bitewing and compare bitewing and pan options are now hidden. (F2686)
    8. Corrected image info tooltip so it no longer overlaps any of the image thumbnails in view screen. (F2667)
    9. Added support for printing labels in layout view and document templates. (F2670) (F2567)
    10. Add option to the Advanced preferences tab, to enable weekly auto-clean of the DCV temp storage in the programdata directory. (F2508)
    11. Confirmed Canadian Medical Device labeling requirements. (F2749)

    Version 3.4 Build 29
    Beta Release Date: 1/5/2015
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue with license reallocation permissions where it would not recognize admin user. (F2359)
    2. Moved temp storage out of %temp% directory and now defaults to %programdata%; this was to resolve the safety cache being cleared on some systems. (F2488)

    Version 3.4 Build 28
    Beta Release Date: 8/5/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added a compare panoramic/bitewing option. (F2079)
    2. Add Administrator requirements to license reallocation process. (F2359)
    3. Ability to handle transparent backgrounds for filter icons added. (F2386)
    4. Patent added for Real time filters. (F2430)
    5. All DICOM tags are now being carried over when dental modalities are mapped to the CR modality. (F2439)
    6. Editing of images where DOB field is blank will no longer assign the “zero” date of 1899. (F2443)
    7. Now remembers the last used tooth chart. (F2447)
    8. Will no longer reference revisions for patient information that is no longer there. (F2446)

    Version 3.4 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 4/24/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue that prevents users from resizing images when exporting. (B1054)
    2. Corrected issue that caused Audit Trail to not log image capture if the application crashed. (B1073)
    3. Added ability to copy text from the list of images to be forwarded and failed forwards. (F2225)
    4. Updated the MRU to include Breed when matching patients. (F2228)
    5. Updated the Delete After Capture functionality to include images captured through Capture Additional. (F2320)
    6. Added patient name and tooth number tooltip to Image Enhancement screen when using Anatomic group display. (F2331)
    7. Added ability for XrayVisionDCV and IXDLL imaging extensions to share tooth definition settings. (F2353)
    8. Updated database creation to add breed information for patients. (F2356)

    Version 3.4 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 4/4/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue where multiple entries were returned when performing local database and DICOM queries for patients with blank DOB. (F2226)
    2. Corrected possible issue where ISTDLL’s could error due to access rights to a previously accessed temp directory. (F2100)
    3. Updated Data Correction to follow the required patient information. (F2057)
    4. Added new options to set default settings for Import Images. (F2080)
    5. Added ability to modify the MRU list. (F2091)
    6. Added ability for existing images to be displayed when capturing into an existing series. (F2092)
    7. Updated tooth control to automatically default to the species of the selected patient. (F2094)
    8. Moved ‘View Images As’ selection to the Options display in the Image Collection interface. (F2095)
    9. Added requirement for images to be saved before exiting the application when using the Capture Additional feature. (F2227)
    10. Updated GUI font and theme drawings throughout the application. (F2210)
    11. Updated toolbars to prevent an infinite loop, causing them to flash. (F2211)
    12. Corrected issue where standalone text tiles were not included on printed layouts. (B1030)
    13. Corrected issue where the Cancel button did not cancel a query of a DICOM server. (B1016)
    14. Added new manual save function option, when enabled the user will not recieve save prompt but will have to select item from options menu.(F2078)
    15. Added ability to reorder images for Document Templates. (F2099)
    16. Add ability to change tooth definitions acrossed entire program. (F1859)

    Version 3.4 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ‘Other’ gender to commandline bridging support. (B952)
    2. Corrected issue where patients age was displayed incorrectly if DOB month was after current month. (B1000)
    3. Added options to export screen allowing users to choose image types to be exported; ie Primary, Derived, Ghosted, Retaken. (F1980)
    4. Corrected issue with hash table lookup of patient ID’s, if patient ID was updated it was not immediatly searchable until application was closed and reopened. (F2042)
    5. Prevent users from manually entering data is now split into capture and view. (F1861)
    6. Show thumbnails option will remain enabled for active application or until hidden. (F1797)
    7. Add ability to “ignore color images” and “ignore large images” to Real Time Filter options. (F1984)
    8. Save and Go back button now disabled until images are completely processed. This was resulting in images being stored in safety cache when clicked too early. (F2015)
    9. Corrected anomaly where all stacked images were being deleted rather than just one. (B988)
    10. Added Global shared MRU option to track in databases. (F1970)
    11. Resolved crashing associated with DICOM printing. (B1022)
    12. Added ability for DCV clients and DataManager to have seperate ToStore db’s. (F2064)
    13. Corrected issue where original attributes tag may contain modified data rather than original. (F2036)

    Version 3.4 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 08/28/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue creating calibration files for hardware that does not specify the model. (B951)
    2. Corrected issue when deciduous bitewings were being displayed on the wrong sides in the bitewing compare window. (B949)
    3. Expanded PFL command line support to work with remote DICOM servers. (F1879)
    4. Added /bridgedcapture command line support, allowing bridging directly into capture mode. (F1934)
    5. New UID sections added to resolve issue from users using cloned disk ID’s. (F1893)
    6. Added ability to handle images that filename differs than the UID. (F1947)

    Version 3.4 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 05/03/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Optimized stamp compression handling during DICOM association/negotiation. (F1866)
    2. Changed order for image resolution checking to assign correct resolutions.  (F1884)
    3. Corrected issue that resulted in periodic crashing after image manipulation. (B927)

    Version 3.4 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 04/18/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Now requires override code to allow users to manually enter data if restricted. (F1796)
    2. Added compare history and compare bitewing series.  (F1787)
    3.  Added toggle button for go back/go home. (F1788)
    4. Added support for document templates. (F1271)
    5. Added edit layout ability to print layout window.  (F1793)
    6. Now defaults focus to most recent study when reopening patient into view. (F1805)
    7. Upgrader will now update to latest version of lead tools file requirements. (F1810)
    8. If conflicting LeadTools versions are found in system paths, warning message appears but user can choose to not display in future to avoid updating those dll’s. (F1810)
    9. New Option under Commandline Support to only pass ID when querying off of bridged data. (F1634)
    10. Added option under Worklist and Image Query Interface Options to only query on patient ID. (F1777)
    11. New spacial layout calculator for displaying multiple images in several areas of the application. (F1795)
    12. Current users are now associated under operator name when creating derived images. (F1803)
    13. In enhancment screen user can now click on anatomical tile to select/display image.  (F1798)
    14. Image views are now displayed chronologically from newest to oldest. (F1798)
    15. Corrected issue that would distort display when CTRL + Tab were pressed. (B933)
    16. Added optimizations to update database function. (F1850)
    17. New option to allow users to re-edit previously saved derived images. (F1662)
    18. Ability to cache audit trail when not connected to server then resend when connects succesfully. (F1801)
    19. New DICOM revisions are now recorded to audit trail logs.  (F1802)
    20. DICOM revisions are now added to Original Attributes Sequence, 0400:0561. (F1800)
    21. Changes made to correct file addition to ToStore database. (F1827)
    22. Improved image import speeds. (F1853)
    23. Optimized DICOM forwarding for large volumes. (F1806)
    24. Changed default settings. (F1794)
    25. Added new breeds for veterinary mode. (F1691)
    26. Ability to limit which species are available when in veterinary mode. (F1691)
    27. Ability to drag and drop multiple images to ghost/retake/delte bins. (F1691)
    28. Confirmed functionality with Win8/Server2012. (F1673)

    Version 3.4 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 03/05/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add ability to assign species to worklist entries. (F1716)
    2. Add version check for lead tools dll’s. (F1254)
    3. Add ability to list IXDLL’s in Modality/progression drop down on capture interface. (F1705)
    4. Will not add images to ToStore that do not meet image routing requirements. (F1489)
    5. Added anatomical grouping to image bar in enhancements window. (F1655)
    6. Corrected issue for deleted images not being removed from ToStore. (F1481)
    7. Now able to add custom text to printouts. (F1731)
    8. Change dialog for selecting directories. (F1733)

    Version 3.4 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: 03/05/2013

    1. Added more customizable printing options, such as custom signatures, headers, and footers. (F1451)
    2. Optimized DICOM queries and image retrieval. (F1470)
    3. All image stamp files are should now utilize JPEG compression. (F1473)
    4. When using image stamps, now integrated threading into the downloading of the full image file. (F1459)
    5. Added option to use image stamps as much as possible, therefor reducing memory usage and time to display images. (F1293)
    6. Added Scheduled Station AE title as an available query option for worklist query field. (F1596)
    7. Added resubmission of filed images to the DCV Client. Images that fail will auto resubmit when a store operation is performed. (F1533)
    8. DCV’s embedded data in custom sequences now checks for formatting out of an UN buffer when retrived from a third pary PACS. (F1555)
    9. Added CGET support to DCV, If CGET is supported on the DICOM server DCV defaults to CGET, if not supported DCV goes to CMOVE. (F1581)
    10. Added additional validation check when moving images from Saftey Cache to the database for technical support purposes. F(1454)
    11. Added support of blocked DICOM tags to Worklist query. F(1584)
    12. Corrected issue that could arise with future builds where DICOM Servers could be removed. (B857)
    13. Added date selection pop up to date entry fields in both worklist and image query screens. (F1614)
    14. Added commandline options /e and /t. (F1622)
    15. Added new capture additional button which will allow captures into the preexisting series. (F1653)
    16. Added ability to merge studies and series from advanced user tools > data correction. (F1618)
    17. Added option under “Worklist and Image Query Interface Options” to only query off ID. (F1679)
    18. DICOM transfer will do all files rather then just one at a time. (F1657)
    19. Added option to require a reason for retaken images.(F1690)
    20. Added most recently used (MRU) button to Capture Images and View Images interfaces.(F1642)
    21. Added ability to merge studies from the Image Query interface. (F1618)
    22. Updated wording within the Preferences menu.(F1615)
    23. Added command line options for ProcessCT have been modified to support saving the processed image if any changes have occurred in the external folder. (F1609, F1428)
    24. Added additional application default parameters to the configurationdefaults.ini(F1561)
    25. Removed DICOM RLE transfer support. Replaced with JPEG Lossless transfer support.(F1494)
    26. Added auto-progress feature when bridging from a third party application. When a single patient is matched, the application progresses directly to View Images window.(F1475)
    27. Added option to begin downloading thumbnails in the background in the View Images window.(F1472)
    28. Added option for promiscuous image reception from multiple server AE title (F1467)
    29. Added additional print controls to support multiple signatures and control infomation included in print jobs.(F1451)
    30. Added ability to store Multiframe CT Studies, store as Singleframe. (F1428)
    31. Fixed issue with invalid resize error when exporting multiple images as one. (B867)
    32. Optimized ToStore and FailedStore handling. (F1601)
    33. Updated display of SQL status windows.(F1474)

    Version 3.4 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 05/15/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Corrected issue where image location prompt would not appear when importing images on XP machines. (B762)
    2. Corrected issue where images would be loaded twice when selecting multiple thumbnails from same study to view. (F1416)
    3. Added preference to set precedence for SSN or other ID when patient is bridged with two ID’s. (F1367)
    4. Corrected issue where some Advanced User Tools and utility options would not load properly on XP machines. (B775) (B778)
    5. Corrected issue which would base preferences access off of disabled active directory permissions if they were previously enabled. (B770)
    6. Ability now to ungroup or group image thumbnails in query window. (F1446)
    7. Added option to ‘Image and Image Handling’ for use of threaded processing to speed up image loading. (F1450)
    8. Corrected issue that would import stamp files if contained in directory with DICOM files. (F1441)
    9. New option to allow users to set type of compression to be applied to images. (F1235)
    10. Added new diagnostic logging for data checking when viewing images. (B767)
    11. Added ability to require reauthentication immediatly before each capture. (F1378)
    12. Corrected issue when user login is required at startup it would not prompt for reauthentications when required. (B782)
    13. Built in user accounts will now be associated with image only if login is required at startup, if not windows account will be associated. (B782)
    14. Added new imaging algorithms; Guassian Edge Enhance and Guassian Blur. (F1388)
    15. Added capability to open CTs for reprocessing. (F1381)
    16. Added command line option; “/UIDDIAGNOSTICS “DatabasePath; UID_List_Filename; Results_Filename” for diagnostic reporting. (F1382)
    17. Added command line support for the -f, patient specification file. (F1362)
    18. Corrected worklist query issue when no date was specified it would default to “today’s” date. (F1398)
    19. Added embedded data tags for CT’s to DCV. (F1380)

    Version 3.4 Build 17
    Release Date: 03/02/2012

    1. Added ability to query study date range when using SQL database. (F1189)
    2. Change text in worklist query window from “manually create order” to “capture images”. (F1269)
    3. Combined the study date & time columns in the view images query window. (F1268)
    4. Added ability to double-click on Graphic in query screen to open patient into image viewing. (F1270)
    5. Added some of the new features to the application startup configuration screen. (F1265)
    6. Added ability to associate XC modality images to teeth numbers. (F1288)
    7. New “Advanced Enhancements” added to enhancements menu, allowing users more control of the enhancement factor. (F1102)
    8. Added more reduction size capabilities when exporting images. Now able to specify percentage or manually set dimensions. (F1220)
    9. Resolved issue so all series captured under the same study will maintain the same study ID and accession number. (F1253)
    10. Changed queries from DICOM to file list, optimized the queries. (F1305, F1308)
    11. Resolved issues with saving and forwarding image edits for images viewed from a DICOM server. (F1032)
    12. Added ability to set default configurations. (F1046)
    13. Thumbnails will now only display a single frame of a CT or the CT logo. (F1266)
    14. Added thumbnails to query window results. (F1279, F980)
    15. Multi-language support added. (F1068)
    16. Command line support added for a third-party app to get a patient file list from DCV; retrieving image from patient; and converting it to JPG. (F1057)

    Version 3.4 Build 16
    Release Date: 11/02/2011

    1. New, more descriptive tooltip added to magnifying tool in image enhancement toolbar. (F1037)
    2. Fixed bug in data correction that would always have referring doctor and study description editable even when multiple studys/patients selected. (B584)
    3. Added Branch of Service Tag and also ability to populate this tag to preexisting data through DM. (F977)
    4. New options added for command line support. Now able to set to auto query worklist/image off of ID. (F1030)
    5. Audit trail now reports UID for any actions involving specific images. (F1036)
    6. Standardized filename definition formats for Launched Applications. (F1112, F1123)
    7. Added ability for client to specify a local temp directory as its database that will forward to DataManager and purge. (F931)
    8. Added new “anatomical layout view” for capture and viewing images. (F1026)
    9. Rearranged options in the ‘view images’ screen. ‘thumbnails’ & ‘view dicom tags’ now located in Image Operations menu. Added ‘View images as…’ on to main. (F1026)
    10. Added digital signature to application, user will no longer recieve “publisher cannot be verified” message when launching across network. (F555)
    11. Fixed issue so the command line parsing will now follow the “strip id’s” setting under the Data Entry preference. (B632)
    12. Now prevents the addition of images to the tostore if all dicom servers are disabled for forwarding. (F1121)
    13. Does not autoselect “all servers” when selecting images to forward within Preferences. (F1121)
    14. Can now manually add image to store to specified server even if disabled in preferences. (F1121)
    15. Added new utility to allow dragging and dropping of images onto a second screen for comparison/enhancements. (F1104)
    16. Now able to set a default species when program is set to Veterinary mode. (F1147)
    17. Updated software to accept old config file naming convention that includes dashes from computer names. (B649)
    18. If extra patient information is available it is associated with an image upon acquisition. (F1155)
    19. Fixed ‘invert gray-scale’ issue where inversions were tracked but not being saved in the image. (B624)
    20. New options in Preferences to indicate if other storage servers should be listed on Worklist query screen when going to acquire new images. (F1155)
    21. The size of the field entry area on the image and worklist query screen optimized. (F1155)
    22. The DCV program will now add specifically named entries to the ToStore database instead of leaving the name blank. (F1155)
    23. Optimized memory usage for large databases. (F1071)

     

    Version 3.4 Build 15
    Release Date:

    1. Fixed issue when permissions were enabled to limit “extended data correction” and it was not. (B564)
    2. Added permissions to restrict image capture (F1022)
    3. Seperated permissions for data correction and image type changing (ghost/retake) into different permission fields. (F999)
    4. Added permissions to restrict view/query (F1023)
    5. Added check and warning message for newly required dlls, LFJ2K14N.dll & LFJ2K14nu.dll. (F1012)
    6. Now able to modify permissions for multiple users at once. (F919)
    7. Added “branch of service” tag. (F977)
    8. Added Data correction button to query screen. (F969)
    9. New ability to pull users from Active Directory and control permissions through domain groups. (F994)
    10. Able to limit starting applications to specific groups in active directory. (F1013)
    11. Rearranged the Permissions section in preferences to make more user friendly. (F1015)

    Version 3.4 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/31/2011

    1. Updated the incompatable dll warning message upon launch of DCV, it now provides where to get upgrades and also displays current/required versions. (f968)
    2. SafetyCache now defaults to the local Temp directory, rather than the DCV install folder, so images are stored locally in the event of network failure. (f927)
    3. Added ability with the zooming tool to click and hold mouse button and drag up to zoom in and down to zoom out. (f762)
    4. Added ability to select one image and hold the shift key and select the another and all in between will now be selected. (f981)
    5. Added ability to reduce/resize image and crop image during export (f981)
    6. New spot invert tool added. (f981)
    7. All spot tools can now be frozen on screen using the right click. (f981)
    8. Custom rotation capability now added in view. (f981)
    9. DICOM tag window now resizable (f539)
    10. Revisions now track all saved changes (f539)
    11. Fixed bug where unchecked launched applications were still being displayed (f539)
    12. New redundancy check options added under the ‘Safety Cache’ options (F943)
    13. Fixed bug when delete was disabled but user could drag to where delete bin would exist and it would still delete. (B497)
    14. When floating progression view is enabled and you select a shot it will highlight all images associated with those teeth. When you then select save/export it will now only export those that are selected. (B496)
    15. New feature to automatically prompt to switch to the default database in app directory if the target database no longer exists. (F608)
    16. Added ability to “freeze” spot enhance tools on image with right click. (F942)
    17. Added capability to query both local and dicom by tooth number. (F582)
    18. Added ability to save modified images as “derived images” (F569)
    19. Limits study/series descriptions to 64 characters (F983)
    20. Added ability to select DOD ID number instead of SSN from scanned government IDs. (F1047)
    21. Modified to stop sending SOP Class UID to a worklist server. (F978)

    Version 3.4 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/16/2011

    1. Added ability to import a list of usernames. (F928)

    Version 3.4 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/15/2011

    1. Uppercase conversion (and invalid character removal “?*!#$%&+=|\\\”<>?/”) added to image import, patient import, and worklist import. (F894)
    2. Data correction now changed to take into consideration case changes and patient name correction. (F894)
    3. Added ability to select specific images to forward to specific DICOM servers. (F249)
    4. Added ability to create global, custom descriptions that can be added to a study/series. (F265)
    5. The Delete Image validation code was modified to accept hexadecimal characters. (F330)
    6. Updated to assure unique patients with partial matching information are listed separately on query results screen. (F81)
    7. Fixed bug that allow incorrect date formats to be entered when preparing to capture an image. Additionally included relevant warning messages when user attempts to enter an incorrect date format. (B267)
    8. New command line arguments added for view ( “/v”) and capture (“/c”). Fixed Configuration Manager’s (1.2 b7) command line options to open view or capture screens as designed when brigding a patient. (B529)

    Version 3.4 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/16/2010

    1. Disabled scanning for old-style nested database structure during startup. (Feature 873)

    Version 3.4 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/16/2010

    1. Added diagnostic logging during startup.(requires manual creation of a text file called ApteryxDiagnostic.TXT in the program directory. The existence of this file will generate COMPUTER_Diagnostic.Log in the program directory after the program is started.) (Feature 872)

    Version 3.4 Build 4
    Release Date: 11/30/2010

    1. Added extra processing on corrupt and unsupported DICOM images to prevent thumbnail display. (Bug 483)

    Version 3.4 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/3/2010

    1. Resolved issue where DCV was using today’s date in worklist query, even when not displaying the date in the interface. (Bug 459)

    Version 3.3 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/18/2010

    1. Added support for licensing by user and by client. (Feature 813)

    Version 3.3 Build 9
    Release Date: 8/18/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Modified deletion of images to the local Recycle Bin on networked installations.
    3. Corrected where the text for entering a validation code is cut off.
    4. Updated restrictions where entry of the Study Date is a madatory worklist manual entry criteria.
    5. Made correction to correctly display modality and/or progressions in the capture screen (previously is always displayed both regardless of the setting in the preferences).
    6. Added options to permit forwarding of an image to a specific server instead of the default forwarding scheme.
    7. New option added under “Image Forwarding” options to indicate if forwarding to a specific server should be displayed in the Advanced options.
    8. Made correction to handling where forwarded images can have their VR changed to UR for the image modifications tag.
    9. Removed patient DOB restriction on edit image information dialog.
    10. Added the ability to import encrypted files that were exported with the new version of the CD extension.
    11. Correction made to display the correct species dentition when selecting to capture additional images in a continuous endo progression (previously it would only display human dentition).
    12. Correction made where the application may abnormally terminate if a certain set of operations and cancellations are performed when modifying and rotating images.
    13. New option added to require the user to specify a species when acquiring images.
    14. Splitting of multiple modality series added. Better support added for only permitting a single modality in a series.
    15. Current real-time filter display and selection made more prominant.
    16. Added new options to export a progression and/or multiple images as a single image.
    17. Correction made to enabling/disabling automatch on the various screens (previously, the query setting controlled the display on both the query and worklist screens).
    18. Correction made where the study descriptions entered in the capture screen were not applied to the image.
    19. The modality description in the query screen now shows all modalities for all of the series contained in the study.
    20. Added options to display and/or print image modifications.
    21. Added audit trail capabilities.
    22. Added support for copying and renaming IXDLLs.
    23. Added ability to track licenses via user name.

    Version 3.2 Build 12
    Release Date: 3/25/2010

    1. Removed the restrictions of only selecting non-removable drives when selecting the database and/or export locations.

    Version 3.2 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/5/2010

    1. Corrected a problem with the application may crash when modifying image information on newly acquired images before they were saved to the database (image would be recovered from the safety cache).

    Version 3.2 Build 5
    Release Date: 11/13/2009

    1. Ability to require user login.
    2. Associate users with image captures/modifications.

    Version 3.2 Build 4
    Release Date: 10/23/09

    1. Made it so that the various descriptive buttons display the focus rectangle.
    2. Added new option to tie the user permission IDs to the Window’s login.
    3. Corrected issue where the initial set of user permissions were not recorded when creating a new user. Previously, you had to create a user then edit them in order to assign the permissions.

    Version 3.2 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Made a correction where capturing an image could ignore the specified sex.

    Version 3.2 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/27/09

    1. Added new labels: straight line; bisecting lines; four-point bisection; relative angles.

    Version 3.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new fields to the patient database. NOTE, this version will perform an update to the database!
    2. Added new fields to the image database. NOTE, this version will perform an update to the database!
    3. You are now able to set what discipline the software should support: human general; human dental; veterinary genera; veterinary dental; podiatry. . The various “general” disciplines change the software interface from being dental-centric to allowing the user to utilize a more general interface (e.g. instead of selecting teeth when capturing an image the user selects what region of the body). In addition, when one of the “veterinary” disciplines are selected, the interface modifies itself to show species and breed information.
    4. The out-dated “veterinary mode” option has been removed since it has been superceded by the new discipline preferences.
    5. Species and breed selections are available when in a vet mode. The interface modifies itself to display species and breed information. Not only do these selections appear to allow the user to select what species and breed should be used, the designators also appear throughout the application whenever patient demographic information or image information is displayed.
    6. Body part selection is displayed when acquiring images in human general mode. Since general users (i.e. non-dental organizations) do not acquire or work exclusively with the patient’s mouth, the software changes from requiring the user to select teeth before an image is acquired to selecting what portion of the body is going to be imaged. Of course, the user always has the option of clicking on the “Capture Dental Image” button should they need too. This interface allows quick and easy selection of the general areas of the body in additional to permitting the user the ability to select the specific item that is to be imaged (i.e. femur).
    7. Generic animal body is displayed when acquiring in vet general mode. Similar to the general human discipline, the general veterinary mode presents the user with a quick selection of animal anatomy when capturing an image. Similar to the human interface, the user may either click on one of the quick areas or may select the specific area and item that is going to be imaged.
    8. Tooth charts and tooth numbering automatically changes based on the patient’s species in vet mode. When in veterinary dental mode, the software automatically adjusts the various tooth charts and tooth numbering based on the species of the patient. Currently four dentitions are supported: canine; feline; equine; and a general tooth chart.
    9. Field data entry area completely redone on the worklist and query screens. New design facilitates easier data entry, better flexibility and easier to use fields.
    10. New options added to the preferences to identify exactly what data entry fields are to be displayed on the worklist and query screens.
    11. Data Server selection text removed and new section added to the data entry field list. New server selection is much easier to use and can be hidden under the preferences.
    12. NOTE: The imaging capture extension IXDLLs will need to be updated to support the discipline and species/breed acquisitions.
    13. Added CR modality support.

    Version 3.1 Build 15
    Release Date: 8/12/09

    1. Added new features to PING for data servers when creating server definitions.
    2. Added new Auto-Discovery options. This enables DCV clients to automatically use Data Managers that appears on a network without having to manually create server definitions for the servers. This is primarily used for mobile environments and laptop computers which enable the user to coordinate with Data Managers on networks that may come and go. Security features exist to prevent just any DCV client from using any Data Manager.

    Version 3.1 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/10/09

    1. New option added to prevent data entry if the patient information has been bridged from another application.
    2. New option added to only allow data entry from bridged patient demographic information.
    3. Added new button that appears that allows the user to override data entry. This option has optional data access permissions that can be enabled in the preferences.
    4. New command line option added (/db) that permits a third-party application to add patient names to the patient list WITHOUT influencing anything else in the application (e.g. taking the user to the capture images screen).
    5. Added new button in the data correction screen to allow changes to the patient demographic information to be taken from an entry in the patient database.
    6. New defaults assigned to the options in the application: data correction option now added by default; report generator link now added by default; monitor test pattern link now added by default; image import link now added by default; display query for orders button now disabled by default; stand-alone accession number now disabled by default; bar code scanning now added by default; manual entry fields DOB and sex now required by default; default printer types now defaults to Windows printers; printing center marks now enabled by default.
    7. Minor changes to the query screen so that it more uniformly coordinates with the worklist/image capture screen.
    8. New real-time measurements added when creating a measurement label.
    9. Query for the SOP Instance UID corrected.
    10. Corrected a problem where the toolbars may go blank when resizing the compare images window.
    11. Made it so that the images always display as large as possible on the compare images window on high resolution monitors.
    12. Added a preference to display a message to the user when they are about to exit a patient context (i.e. capturing images or viewing images).
    13. Made changes to the query pop-up dialog texts (e.g. Image UID pop-up was labeled “Study UID”).
    14. Added copy-to-clipboard functionality to the various tree list controls on the query screens. This can be done via a menu that appears by right-clicking on an item in the tree.
    15. Added default launch definitions for: XrayVision; Kodak 3D; Planmeca 3D.
    16. The compare image dialog now remembers the last placement of the window.

    Version 3.1 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/7/09

    1. Updated default bridged application definitions.
    2. Update Apteryx3DViewer launching capabilities.
    3. Added new capabilities to allow IXDLLs to have the patient’s name when capturing an image.
    4. Added new internal capabilities of passing additional information to image algorithm DLLs.

    Version 3.1 Build 8
    Release Date: 7/22/09

    1. Added new command line options and specification for launching other applications. Additional tags added: time; date; unformatted ID; last 4 of ID; user specified permanent filenames. Permanent filename and directory specification added.

    Version 3.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Added new options to allow an image’s toolbars to appear vertically.

    Version 3.1 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/13/09

    1. Added ability for invoked applications to create and work with an extracted single-frame DICOM directory.
    2. Added new options for CT imaging handling.
    3. Added new DCV CT volume display (requires new Apteryx3D.DLL).
    4. Added new 3rd party 3D application invocation handling when clicking on a CT volume.
    5. Updated invalid date entry when modifying images.

    Version 3.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/9/09

    1. Dramatically faster queries when specifying non-wild carded patient IDs.
    2. Updated worklist information porting functions: will automatically add associated tags if they do not exist in the image returned from an imaging extension.

    Version 3.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/20/09

    1. Added CT dental modalities.
    2. Added ability to invoke other applications and create your own definitions for invoking other applications when viewing images.
    3. Added additional options for CT volume handling.

    Version 3.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/20/09

    1. The default administrator password has been changed.
    2. Added new “Links” features that can be specified in the preferences and displayed in the advanced user tools. These links can include: web addresses; email addresses; folders; files; executables; CHM files; etc. When displayed, they are grouped into their respective categories.
    3. Minor build number increase due to internal structural changes that were made to support third party application invocation and 3D/volumetric image display.

    Version 3.0 Build 116
    Release Date: 5/15/09

    1. Recompiled to use new JPEG library.

    Version 3.0 Build 115
    Release Date: 4/27/09

    1. Corrections made for displaying 1-bit scanned documents.

    Version 3.0 Build 114
    Release Date: 4/22/09

    1. Added new startup message screen support. This new option will enable the application to display a HTML content file at program startup that has an OK and Cancel buttons. The HTML file that is to be displayed is set in the Interface preferences.

    Version 3.0 Build 111
    Release Date: 3/6/09

    1. New Escape key tracking.
    2. If the database path is invalid at startup, the application now prompts the user to modify/correct the path. Previously the application displayed an error message and quit the application.
    3. Revert to original option now restores any labels to their original state.
    4. Can now interact with labels that fell outside of the image.
    5. Labels will now flip and rotate with the image.
    6. Print dialogs are no long top-level windows.
    7. Labels modification is tracked better.
    8. Label operations have been added to the undo/redo engine.
    9. Implants are now rotated top-to-bottom by default.
    10. New monitor test pattern added.
    11. Modified the “Hide Labels” option so that it now hides implants.
    12. Image imports now can handle importing of any DICOM images and DICOMDIRs. Previously, the import function only imported files that had the .DIC and .DCM file extensions.
    13. Image filters have been added to the Advanced image view screen that is displayed when acquiring images in a progression.
    14. Images queried from remote servers are now downloaded to the local database before performing an ISTDLL export (e.g. Disk Burning) from the query screen. Previously these extensions would only process images that were stored locally and would issue warning messages to the user that the remote images would not be processed.
    15. Correction made when the print setting is set to either Windows or DICOM so the “Copy” and “Copy With Labels” options were available. If the user specified a Windows or DICOM only setting, then they did not get the two different copy operations.

    Version 3.0 Build 108
    Release Date: 12/11/08

    1. Modified default calibration storage in an image.
    2. Modifications to calibrations when they do not exist (i.e. 0.0 or 1.0).
    3. Automatic enhancements have been added as possible auto-filter options.
    4. Updated options on auto-image enhancement when deleting an entry.

    Version 3.0 Build 107
    Release Date: 12/2/08

    1. New left/right magnification tool added to the image viewer control.
    2. New labels added: arrow; angle; ellipse; rectangle; text; time/date text.
    3. 3i implant labels added.
    4. Corrected label drawing offset when dragging a label on a reduced or magnified image.
    5. Editing doctor list permissions added.
    6. Query date ranges added for both image query and worklist query.
    7. User IDs masked when editing the user list.
    8. User ID entry is now obscured by asterisks during entry.
    9. Blank text descriptions added throughout the application. When an edit field is blank, faint descriptive descriptive text is visible.
    10. Doctor IDs masked.
    11. Operator’s name is now associated with images. Currently it is the Window’s logon name until various CAC card and other user entry methods are implemented.
    12. Operator’s name has been added to the miscellaneous information tab.

    Version 3.0 Build 106
    Release Date: 11/26/08

    1. Image filters and custom macros are now available in the view image screen. This functionality permits the user to view an image with different image algorithms applied to it at the same time to determine which image operation results in the best image. Additionally, the user is able to create their own custom macros that can be applied to an image.
    2. Permission control has been added to the calibration factor management.
    3. Once an image has been calibrated, the calibration is physically stored inside each image. This way, when an image is forward to another computer that does not have an auto-calibration associated with the image, any measurements are already calibrated in an image.
    4. New image modification tracking has been implemented by changing the images content date and time tags (tag 0008,0023 and 0008,0033). Every time something is modified in an image, these tags are updated with the current date/time.
    5. Auto-calibrations are now immediately associated with an image when they are acquired from a device. As stated previously, these calibrations are saved internal to the image.
    6. New option added to permit changes made to an image to be resaved to the database and resubmitted for forwarding. These changes include image enhancements, rotations, flips, label changes and similar operations.
    7. Permission control has been added to permit saving of changes made to an image.
    8. Additional text added to an image’s calibration information to indicate if the image was calibrated using its internal tag or via an auto-calibration.
    9. Measurement menu updated on the view image screen: changed the menu name to “label” to accommodate the other labels that are being added to the menu; reworded several of the sub-options; added additional label options and functions.
    10. Show/hide labels option added to the label menu on the view images screen.
    11. Labels can now be saved with an image. These labels are saved internally with the image so they would be forwarded to other DICOM systems.
    12. Labels no are removed when navigating from one image to the next in the view images screen. Previously a label stayed in place when you navigated from one screen to the next.
    13. “Images” preferences option added to the application preferences. Allowed for better classification of options that related directly to how images are views and operated on in the program.
    14. “Delete images” options moved from the “Permissions” options group to the new “Images” options group.
    15. Label saving option added to the “Images” preferences. The levels include: never save labels; prompt if labels should be saved; always save labels. Note that this setting operates hand-in-hand with the option to permit the saving of modified images.

    Version 3.0 Build 105
    Release Date: 11/21/08

    1. Added functionality to better handle image compression when exporting images.

    Version 3.0 Build 104
    Release Date: 11/20/08

    1. Made correction where the application would try and forward images to a Worklist only server. Now the software ignores Worklist only servers when trying to forward images.
    2. ISDLLs now operate on selected images or all images if none were selected in the view images screen. Previously they worked on ALL images even if the user selected a specific image in the view.
    3. SSN matching can now handle matching formatted and unformatted SSN numbers. Previously 111-22-3333 and 111223333 would not match as identical patient ID numbers.
    4. Optimized drawing of collection views.
    5. Printing from the view images screen now pre selects any images that were previously selected by the user. If the user selects one or two images in the view and then prints (either to Windows or DICOM printers), those images are pre-selected in the image list. If no images were selected in the view images screen, then all images are automatically pre-selected.
    6. The preferences dialog is no long a top-most window.
    7. Tool tip display has been corrected on Vista operating systems.
    8. Popup menu controls are now automatically adjusted to be the correct size the first time they are displayed.
    9. When dragging the images around in the compare images dialog, the on-screen text is no long redrawn while the image is being redrawn. Previously, text artifacts would be left on the images as the image was dragged around the view.
    10. The multiple window sliding bars at the bottom of the screen have been made smaller.
    11. If multiple patients are selected when viewing images, the patient’s names now appear in the text below each image and in the tool tips that are displayed for each image.
    12. Monitor test pattern options added to the application. This option automatically appears in the Advanced User Tools menu but can be disabled in the preferences. The monitor test pattern handles single or multiple screen calibration.
    13. Much better display of multiple-framed images added. Now multiple-framed images are displayed as an animation in each thumbnail image. When a multiple-framed image is selected for display, each individual frames is selectable by the user in the thumbnail list at the bottom of the screen.
    14. Auto-clear options consolidated into the Interface preferences. Previously the auto-clear options appeared in multiple locations throughout the preferences.

    Version 3.0 Build 102
    Release Date: 10/13/08

    1. Additional changes made to study/series description to ensure compliance with the maximum string lengths for these DICOM tags. Problems can be encountered when storing images with too long of study/series descriptions to a third party PACS.
    2. Correction made to TIFF image exporting.
    3. Update/optimizations made to some GUI controls integrated.

    Version 3.0 Build 101
    Release Date: 10/8/08

    1. Corrected a crash that can occur with strangely padded images.

    Version 3.0 Build 100
    Release Date: 10/2/2008

    1. Fixed freezing issue upon image rotation.

    Version 3.0 Build 99
    Release Date: 9/17/08

    1. Added better support of external filters (general endo, Kodak, etc) and effects on various images before they are saved to the database. Previous version could potentially save the filtered image instead of the original base image returned from the various imaging extensions if the user applied certain image algorithms to an image before saving the new images to the database.
    2. Integrated new versions of various controls into the application.
    3. Upgrader now adds the General external filter extension. To add the Kodak external filter, the user will need to use the Kodak imaging extension upgrader

    Version 3.0 Build 98
    Release Date: 8/15/08

    1. Clear options on various query screens now clear previous query results and sets the focus to the preferred query field.
    2. Patient ID tracking in drop-down lists change to allow multiple patients with the same ID.
    3. Sort order and column selection is now remember for the various query fields.
    4. Organized miscellaneous section in the interface options.
    5. Image deletion implemented (new drag target on image view screen). Various permissions, tracking and display options are available in the preferences.
    6. Ability to set new study and series UIDs when editing images.

    Version 3.0 Build 97
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image types. New infrastructure, image editing, image data display and image drops implemented.

    Version 3.0 Build 95
    Release Date: 7/30/08

    1. Added two new Decimate/Crop options to the DICOM Printer definitions. “<AUTO DECIMATE>” will automatically adjust the resolution of an image so that the image fits on the selected paper size if the image is too big to fit on the printed page (if it can fit, the resolution is left alone). “<AUTO ZOOM TO FIT>” will automatically adjust an image’s resolution so that the image will always print as large as possible on the selected paper size.

    Version 3.0 Build 91
    Release Date: 6/18/08

    1. Report Generator permissions added.
    2. Reformatted the permissions options and handling.
    3. Accession Number field option added to either display it as a primary field or in the advanced field list on the worklist screen.
    4. Desktop icon now added to the common desktop instead of just the current user’s account.
    5. Sliding status indicators removed and replaced with standard progress indicators.
    6. Crash corrected when user edits an image and then clicks on the Cancel button (the application crashes when the user reselects the same image).
    7. Improved DICOM image export implemented – application removes empty tags, fills in mandatory tags that are missing information when possible and performs data correction on tags with invalid data.
    8. Database clearing options added. This feature can move the images from the current database to another location and removes them from the current database. This is used primarily for mobile solutions and for temporary forwarding topographies.

    Version 3.0 Build 90
    Release Date: 4/17/08

    1. Made a change during image move operations to better select a transfer syntax based on what the remote DICOM connection requested for transfer syntaxes for other abstracts.

    Version 3.0 Build 89
    Release Date: 4/16/08

    1. Corrected a problem with a corrupt build of the application that caused the application to freeze when going back from viewing a single image to viewing a list of images.
    2. Now any labels are removed with switching between images in single image view when the user clicks on another image thumbnail.
    3. Optimized generation of image thumbnails when switching back and forth between view images and viewing a single image. Previous versions would regenerate the stamp images when switching back and forth. The new version simply reuses stamp images.
    4. Flicker reduction implemented with switching between images in single image view.
    5. Compare images function displaying more than the selected images when switching back and forth between multiple image view and single image view corrected.
    6. Entirely new image exporting implemented.
    7. Compare images screen now has a toggle option of displaying image information overlays each image being displayed.
    8. Setup wizard removed and replaced with a new confirm default settings dialog.
    9. Freehand pen drawing offset corrected when drawing on an image that has been magnified.
    10. Flashlight function sizes are now saved.
    11. Tool tip descriptions updated in the view image toolbars.
    12. “Location” information added to image thumbnail pop-up information.
    13. New information display controls added. These replace the older scrolling information controls usually located at the top of the screen. Newer controls take less space and are easier to read.
    14. New layout selection controls implemented. New controls make it easier to view and select a layout to use when printing images. The new control additionally has a most-recently-used section at the top of the drop-down control.
    15. Auto populate option added that automatically fills in print layout positions so that the user does not have to manually click on the “Auto Populate” button every time they go to the print layout screen.
    16. A “Clear Associations” button has been added to the print layout screen. This button clears all the associates current assigned to layout positions.

    Version 3.0 Build 88
    Release Date: 4/7/08

    1. If the target database path specified in the setup wizard does not exist, it will be created.

    Version 3.0 Build 87
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better and more consistent study descriptions implemented.
    2. Image modification tracking moved to its own custom DICOM tag. Before image modifications were saved in the image comments.
    3. Column settings on query and worklist screens are now saved.
    4. Better imaging comment editing.

    Version 3.0 Build 86
    Release Date: 3/25/08

    1. Modified main screen to put options under a pop-up menu instead of sprinkled around the screen.
    2. Added data correction option to pop-up menu.
    3. Added launching Report Generator from the pop-up menu.

    Version 3.0 Build 84
    Release Date: 3/11/08

    1. Internal database change.

    Version 3.0 Build 82
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Capture additional images option now available when viewing existing images.
    2. Totally new options dialogs integrated into preferences. These new options have a much better layout, are better organized and permit scrolling for smaller sized displays.
    3. JPEG compression transmission supported.
    4. New image scrolling bar and image number display available when viewing an image. Previously two forward and backward buttons were available on the interface for going back and forth between images. The new scroll bar can be used to see how far though the series of images you are in addition to quick scrolling through the images.
    5. Scrolling through images now progresses in chronological order.
    6. New image thumbnail bar slider added to information information area at the bottom of the screen when viewing an image (previously this control only displayed image related information). This thumbnail bar can be used to quickly navigate between various images simply by clicking on an image’s thumbnail.
    7. “New Series/Same Series” dialog removed when acquiring additional images. New study/series behavior is as follows: each time the user acquires additional images during image acquisition a new series is created under the main study; when the user is viewing images from multiple patients they are not permitted to acquire additional images; when the user is viewing a single study, a new series is created under the main study; when the user is viewing multiple studies, a new study is created.

    Version 3.0 Build 80
    Release Date: 2/20/08

    1. Reconfigured the image capture screen so that the accession number is a main field on the screen due to its increased use in tracking image acquisition orders. Additionally options were added to the preferences to further define how this field can be used to automatically query.

    Version 3.0 Build 79
    Release Date: 2/12/08

    1. Added support for referring doctor database (creation, deletion and modification). This option is enabled in the preferences and is available via an options button that appears on the pop-up entry dialog when clicking on “referring doctor” on the worklist or query screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 78
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated veterinary tooth number display.
    2. Option added to enable/disable worklist message and warning pop-up display before image acquisition.
    3. DCV automatically selects a IXDLL when only one exists even if the selected modality does not match. Previously, DCV would only auto select a single IXDLL if the modality was specified and it matched with a target IXDLL’s supported image types.
    4. New options button added on various pop-up entry dialogs when entering information. These options are not enabled for all information pop-ups.
    5. New referring doctor list and selection support added. Referring doctor database added and can be modified from the capture image window.
    6. New option added that enables or disables the user’s ability to manually enter in a referring doctor name.

    Version 3.0 Build 76
    Release Date: 1/31/08

    1. Added new options on the Image Forwarding preferences to prevent ghosted images from being automatically forward to other servers when the user acquires new images.
    2. Added new buttons that appear beside the Forward Images button on the main screen (when Image Forwarding is enabled) that permits the user to: see what images will be forwarded (the user can view images by double clicking on the appropriate entry); remove images from the forwarding list; fix forwarding errors.

    Version 3.0 Build 75
    Release Date: 1/22/08

    1. Made changes to check if the multiple database options have changed from the main screen even if the user does not change screens or reopen the application.

    Version 3.0 Build 74
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 3.0 Build 73
    Release Date: 1/8/08

    1. New user permissions options for changing image taken dates.
    2. Pen drawing added during image display. New pen feature appears in left hand button tray.
    3. Better saving of label properties added. Label properties now more consistent over different DCV sessions.
    4. Thumbnail information font size displayed below each images made bigger.
    5. Thumbnail information pop-ups added. This feature can be enabled or disabled under the interface preferences.
    6. Easy create database options added to the multiple database preferences. When enabled, the user can create databases simply by entering the database name (and possibly other information) and the databases are automatically created in the specified databases directory.
    7. Auto open new database option enabled to Edit Databases dialog (this dialog can be displayed from the Select Database dialog). When enabled, a new database is automatically selected and opened when the user creates a new database.
    8. Better display and classification of unmountable IXDLLs in the Preferences.
    9. “View Study” button changed to “View Patient” when a patient is selected on the image query screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 71
    Release Date: 12/24/07

    1. Multiple database support extended to allow the user to quickly switch between databases.
    2. Added options to prompt the user which database should be used when the application starts.
    3. Database naming added. Permits association of names, descriptions, contact information, addresses and notes with a database.
    4. Options added to automatically add a database’s information to the institution information of an acquired DICOM image.
    5. Options added to automatically associate a database’s information to images when they are forwarded onto other DICOM servers. Overwrite protect can additionally be enabled or disabled.
    6. Title bar modified to display the name of the current database (if it has one).
    7. Preferences modified to permit more appropriate display and management of multiple database options.

    Version 3.0 Build 70
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Added Dental Modality mapping to map dental modalities to CR.

    Version 3.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 12/13/07

    1. Corrected a problem when exporting multiple images. The software exports multiple images keeping the selected extension but changed the internal image format (i.e. user selected “DIC” but the images saves in the BMP file format).

    Version 3.0 Build 67
    Release Date: 10/31/07

    1. Added interface options for veterinary displays.

    Version 3.0 Build 66
    Release Date: 7/12/07

    1. Removed standalone Measurement screen and added measurement functionality to the View Image screen. Includes adding additional options for printing, copying and saving/exporting the image with or without the measurement labels.

    Version 3.0 Build 64
    Release Date: 5/17/07

    1. Added SQL database support.
    2. Added new option to correct studies that have more than one patient saved under them.

    Version 3.0 Build 54
    Release Date: 3/7/07

    1. Database directory structure checking optimized.
    2. Separate ID restrictions now available in preferences for query screen.
    3. Copy-to-clipboard function added to the drop-down in the image viewer control.
    4. New gamma button graphic added to the image viewer control.

    Version 3.0 Build 52
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. “Capture Additional” button will no longer limit the additional captures to the same modality that was originally selected. Clicking on this option will permit the x-ray tech to capture from any modality.
    2. “Sensor Orientation Map” has been removed from the modality drop-down on the capture screen.
    3. Going to the measurement screen during capture and then returning to the images screen will no longer automatically prompt for additional image capture.
    4. Ghosting improved: Icon changed to ghost icon.
    5. Ghosting improved: Drag-and-drop ghosting now supported by clicking and dragging an image and dropping it on the ghost image.
    6. Ghosting improved: Ghosted images can now be displayed or hidden by clicking on the ghost icon.
    7. Ghosting improved: Ghost icon now displays whether ghosted images are displayed or hidden and how many ghosted images exist.
    8. On edit image the study, series and image UIDs are now properly labeled.
    9. Changed ID entry for modifying images to require entire ID to be entered or scanned.
    10. Saving/Exporting images automatically default to JPEG format.
    11. Edit images dialog no longer wipes out any wildcards entered for the patient ID. Can now do wildcard searches on patient ID.
    12. Dates now prepend months and days with 0s.
    13. <ENTER> key can now be pressed on patient ID to start a search on both Worklist and Image Query screens.
    14. Auto-match pop-ups can now be enabled on Workilst and Image Query screens independantly.
    15. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.
    16. Worklist and patient lookup optmized.
    17. “Sex” changed to “Gender”.
    18. Additional fields rearragned on Worklist and Image Query screens.
    19. Message popup added when acquiring images from a worklist entry. Message popup displays: special notes related to the acquisition; medical alerts; special needs; pregancy status; and additional notices, warnings and alerts.

    Version 3.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 2/12/07

    1. Implemented database optimizations. Will require an initial database update when either the DCV or Data Server is started.
    2. Added option to only permit the utilization of ID numbers from scanned ID cards instead of all available information.
    3. Added REBAS worklist import.
    4. Quick list manager options added.

    Version 3.0 Build 50
    Release Date: 1/30/07

    1. Added command line support for the ‘P’ and ‘B’ command line options similar to the XrayVision command line options. Additional option in preferences to allow the user to customize whether the ‘P’ option takes the user to the view or capture screen

    Version 3.0 Build 48
    Release Date: 1/19/07

    1. Made correction that permits image orientations, flips and inversions to be performed.

    Version 3.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 1/9/07

    1. Added multiple image at a time correction capabilities.
    2. Added Done button to image correction screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 46
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. When popups are displayed from advanced query fields the red X now clears the field instead of simply closing the popup.
    2. When searching on study descriptions now a drop-down is available for modalities and study descriptions.
    3. Permissions tab added to preferences. Currently this table can be used to limit who has permission to edit information in DICOM image files.
    4. View Image pane’s layout changed to maximize image display.
    5. Clinic modalities are now local instead of global.
    6. DEVAA: “Allow DB Changes” setting disabled by default.
    7. Edit image DICOM information tools now available from additional screens (i.e. Image View screen).
    8. Image notes automatically updated when a user modifies a DICOM image.
    9. Support added for resubmitting modified DICOM images.
    10. Added query mode for querying referring doctors name.
    11. Renamed “Referring MD” and “Referring Physician” to “Referring Doctor”.
    12. Added print option to permit the printing of center marks on Window’s printed documents.
    13. Bar code options moved to the Data Entry tab in the preferences.
    14. Data Correction tab added to the preferences.
    15. Check box list added to Interface preference tab.

    Version 3.0 Build 44
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Added new worklist import extension support.
    2. Checked password for DEVAA build.

    Version 3.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 11/31/06

    1. Significantly reduced the amount of time required to add images to the database.

    Version 3.0 Build 39
    Release Date: 11/30/06

    1. Changed how patient information is updated in the pop-up auto-match lists when image information has been modified.

    Version 3.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 10/9/06

    1. Made corrections to storage commitment to more accurately conform to the DICOM 3 standard.

    Version 3.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 10/3/06

    1. Added features to permit the main database file and the images folders to be on different drives.
    2. Added features to permit generic IP addresses for returned CMOVE operations from remote DICOM servers.
    3. Addition of a Transaction UID to storage commitment DS.

    Version 3.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.
    2. Printing images from the enhancement screen corrected.
    3. Switching between views when image view is in BC mode no longer displays newly selected images with strange BC.
    4. Separate auto match popup settings now for last and first names.
    5. Endo view settings now available in measurement screen.
    6. Print/Print DICOM now available from measurement screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 8/10/06

    1. Added Purge Images option that will purge images from the database when they have been successfully transmitted to a remote server. This option allows the user to either permanently deletes the images or move the images to the recycle bin when they are removed from the database. Note that this feature only works when run on a local database from a computer that is running the program locally.

    Version 3.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Made changes to update an IXDLLs information after the user changes the modalities that are to be supported by an imaging extension.

    Version 3.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 7/25/06

    1. Corrected custom tab order for DOB month and DOB day.
    2. Added endo view setting. This setting displays the images in a different motif specifically designed for viewing endo images.

    Version 3.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 6/27/06

    1. Added additional options that permit the user to set which field should by default have focus on the query and worklist screens.
    2. Added support for remembering the size of the auto-match dialog on both the query and worklist screens.

    Version 3.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 6/26/06

    1. Made correction to popup automatch list no longer being displayed.

    Version 3.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 6/23/06

    1. Made correction to extra space appearing around certain print layouts when they are sent to the printer.

    Version 3.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 6/13/06

    1. Added ability to correct image information. The option is available in the Data Entry preference page or by clicking on the Data Correction button on the query screen when the appropriate option is enabled in the Interface preferences. The “Data Correction” button appears when the user clicks on an image (instead of a study or series) in the view screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 5/31/06

    1. Added a catch-save function that addresses “Out Of Memory” error that can appear when trying to save captured images to a remote database over a troublesome network.
    2. Corrected problem printing images to print layouts that contain image tiles that do not have a corresponding text tile.

    Version 3.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 5/31/06

    1. Added enabling/disabling of database caching. When enabled it reduces database IO time but requires much more computer memory. Not required for computers that do not have heavy database IO.

    Version 3.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 5/9/06

    1. Added support for compressed imported images.

    Version 3.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 4/18/06

    1. Combined modalities and progressions into a single control on the worklist screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 4/5/06

    1. Corrected program crash when the user clicks on the “Image Forwarding” preferences and no image servers have yet been defined.

    Version 3.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 3/16/06

    1. Notification added if remote DICOM server does not return all queried records due to record count limits set on the target server.
    2. DICOM processing dialog changed to display the number of records received as well as minimizing the amount of data blasted on the screen when receiving records.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/6/06

    1. DCV Configuration Manager application developed.
    2. Instrumentarium imaging extension added.
    3. Memory optimization added for accessing large databases.
    4. CD/DVD Burning extension available.
    5. Agfa date printing issues corrected when images have not yet been saved.
    6. Overlapping buttons corrected in image viewer control.
    7. Image information removed from compare screen.
    8. Global calibration support added.
    9. Next/Previous image buttons added on image view screen.
    10. Changes made to support DCV Configuration Manager application.
    11. New magnification factors implemented in image viewer control.
    12. Safety cache tracking change was made.
    13. Slider tool control now implemented in image viewer control (the buttons are no longer forced to interfere with the image).
    14. Corrections of tooltips in compare screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 2/22/06

    1. Change made to correct problem where DICOM servers and DICOM printers were not correctly read the first time the application was run and the database was set using the DefaultConfiguration.INI file.
    2. Change made to selecting to view all of a patient’s images in the query screen when the studies list has not been expanded for that patient. In the prior version, an error message was displayed.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 2/17/06

    1. Changed functionality when a user clicks on the View button when they have patient selected and the patient has the same image residing on more than one server. Prior version retrieved multiple instances of the same image.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/17/06

    1. Added support for matching “O” sex to “M” and “F”. In other words, searching a sex of “O” will match “O”, “M”, or “F”; searching a sex of “M” will match “O” or “M”.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/10/06

    1. Added new memory handling routines for the database to counteract new problems encountered with various OS/antivirus updates.
    2. Added image forwarding after capture option.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. Added additional export formats.
    2. Added capability of exporting one or more images from the view images screen. Previously the user could only export one image at a time by physically viewing the image and then selecting the save/export button.
    3. Alternate modality names added.
    4. Direct selection of a progression capability added from worklist screen. Note that that appropriate IXDLL will also have to be updated to utilize this capability.
    5. ES / Endoscopy modality added to dental modalities.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. Auto-adjust font sizes on layout printouts.
    2. Global settings indicated on various property pages.
    3. Measurements and calibrations now limited to only mm. The user can still manually change a measurement’s units to inches or centimeters.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/16/06

    1. Additional information added under the Misc tab in the image information control.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 1/9/06

    1. After making brightness/contrast changes in the image view, they now stay as the user selects different viewing functions/operations. To set the image, simply click on the BC button again.
    2. The local database is now displayed on the main dialog below the registration information.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/6/06

    1. Corrected a problem if multiple images in a study contain the extract same information (e.g. instance number, acquisition time, acquisition number, etc) the program can “hang” while it tries to figure out how to organize the information after they have been retrieved from a DICOM server.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added new information control to “Edit Image Comments” screen.
    2. DEVAA: Change colors used by new control to conform with standard color scheme.
    3. Option added to display or hide the “Query For Orders” button on the worklist screen. This option has also been added to the defaults INI file under INTERFACE/DISPLAYQUERYFORORDERSBUTTON.
    4. Option added to display or hide the various on-screen keyboards. This option has also been added to the defaults INI file under INTERFACE/ONSCREENKEYBOARD.
    5. Display tooltips option added for image view controls.
    6. Default number of thumbnails for thumbnail control set to 4×2.
    7. Images view now defaulted to thumbnail view.
    8. Formatting problem corrected where comparing 4 images at the same time sometimes resulted in a “T” formation of the windows.
    9. When the user encounters a database mounting problem (e.g. permission restrictions), they cannot progress past the main window.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/4/06

    1. Integrated new information control into view images and view image screens.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/27/05

    1. Corrected selecting a modality for searching. Currently searched for “modality” tag; need to also search for “modalities in study” tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/16/05

    1. When displaying images they are now sorted by study date, image date and then instance number in case where images are retrieved in reverse order of their acquisition.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/15/05

    1. Corrected problem with focus issues with the popup graphic list controls.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/15/05

    1. Improved logging.
    2. Improved logging speed.
    3. Correction made where updating the interface could stall the application.
    4. Smaller database record size.
    5. New database format. Will require older databases to go through a rebuilding process.
    6. Correction made to CMove operation for certain patient/study/image specifications.
    7. Safety cache improved.
    8. Added new query list type: unique patient.
    9. Tab order of capture/worklist screen changed.
    10. Modification made to DICOM printing.
    11. New image routing tag specifications tab added to server definition.
    12. Multi-homed address support added.
    13. Image forwarding options added. This permits the application to be used standalone without requiring a Data Manager in order to submit images to DICOM servers.
    14. Prompt added when specifying a database directory that does not contain an existing database.
    15. Update patient database option added.

    Version 1.0 Build 60
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Modified record handling in memory to prevent significant delay that can be encountered with large databases.

    Version 1.0 Build 59
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Added additional sections “ADDITIONALDATABASES”, “MULTIPLEIMAGEPRINT” and “MESSAGES” sections to the ConfigurationDefaults.INI file.
    2. Units now defaulted to mm.
    3. Additional button added to query screen when additional databases are defined and the “search all databases” option is disabled.

    Version 1.0 Build 57
    Release Date: 10/18/05

    1. Added functionality to allow querying from multiple local databases. The new scheme allows for searching these databases every time or only when patient/image information cannot be found in the primary local database.
    2. Corrected random program exit that can occur on query screen when an item is selected an another query is generated.
    3. Change options list in the preferences to allow for smaller screens.
    4. Changed and rearranged options in the various preference dialogs to allow for smaller screens

    Version 1.0 Build 52
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added clicking on progression index in various progression views selects the appropriate image in the series.
    2. Added DICOMDIR export capabilities from view images screen. Will export the currently selected images or all images if none were selected.
    3. Corrected multiple retrieval of images when an images is selected in multiple contexts. For example, if an image, its series and its study were selected, it would be opened 3 times (since it was selected in three contexts). Image, series, study selection is now resolved before images are retrieved.
    4. New tree list control added to the software. This new control adds new capabilities and views to various screens in the interface.
    5. Added option to organize queried images by patient name. Old scheme was to simply list all returned studies from a query; by default, these images are now organized by patient name. If only a single patient is returned, the study images are automatically displayed (i.e. the user does not have to expand the items under the patient item).
    6. Inverted image state addressed. When the LUT presentation is set to “INVERSE” in the DICOM object the image is automatically inverted when it is displayed.
    7. ID restrictions removed from the image query screen. The ID restrictions still apply to information entered in the work list query/manual order entry screen.
    8. Various wording changed on buttons throughout the application.
    9. Warnings added when the user performs a blank query. Option added to enable/disable these warnings.
    10. Warnings added when the user selects multiple studies/series on the image query screen. Option added to enable/disable these warnings.
    11. 1:1 printing problems corrected.
    12. Added options to permit safety cache save during progression capture in an imaging extension.
    13. Floater progression view added when viewing IO images. This view is not displayed when no IO images are present. Functionality of this control is still under review but it currently permits the user to automatically select the images associated with a tooth grouping by clicking on the appropriate index in the control.
    14. “Done” button added in the compare images view.
    15. Option added to left shift ceph images when they are printed. This prevents soft tissue cutoff when a ceph is printed 1:1 on a smaller piece of paper.
    16. Various optimizations on results fill-in added when switching between screens.
    17. Optimization of image thumbnail drawing added.
    18. Calibrated/uncalibrated message added to printouts when printing real-sized images.
    19. Options added to permit selection of which modalities to display for a computer. Current choices include: all; dental; specific.
    20. Added capabilities of saving XML files that contain DICOM information when exporting images to non-DICOM formats.

    Version 1.0 Build 44
    Release Date: 7/14/05

    1. Corrected issue where bar code scanners reverse case of letters of scanned barcodes when the CAPS lock key is on during decoding of SS numbers.

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 7/13/05

    1. New properties password.
    2. Thumbnail drawing improved.
    3. Time between switching pages reduced.
    4. Wait cursor and status added to thumbnail drawing updates.

    Version 1.0 Build 41
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Handling made for UIDs that contain invalid 0’s in the definition.
    2. Additional error handling added to DICOM communications.
    3. Prior DICOM printer selection now remembered the next time the application is started.
    4. Logging information updated.
    5. Database I/O optimizations added.
    6. UID error corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 39
    Release Date: 6/17/05

    1. Made a correction where the setup wizard is displayed every time when the default configurations INI file is not present.

    Version 1.0 Build 38
    Release Date: 6/14/05

    1. Added support for the tech to specify default configuration information that is used by a new installation of DCV. The configuration defaults are saved in the INI file “ConfigurationDefaults.INI” in the main application subdirectory.

    Version 1.0 Build 37
    Release Date: 6/14/05

    1. No longer display an error when no DICOM servers are specified when scanning barcodes or using the popup list during Worklist Query or Image Query.

    Version 1.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 6/13/05

    1. DICOM print capabilities added.
    1. Thumbnail drawing quality improved.
    2. Initial setup wizard modified to account for new options.
    3. Manual patient name requirements corrected.
    4. Reordered image query columns.

    Version 1.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 5/19/05

    1. Maintenance release.

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 5/9/05

    1. Made an update for the global configuration settings. The product now periodically checks for changes that may have been made to the global settings since the time the application was started.

    Version 1.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 4/26/05

    1. Change made to prevent use of same series UID when capturing images under the same worklist entry but in such a way as to change the study UID.

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 4/26/05

    1. Added options to make the query/worklist server selections global or local. Default is global.

    Version 1.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 4/25/05

    1. Changed query criteria to make search compliant with MedWeb server.

    Version 1.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 4/22/05

    1. Changed query criteria to make search compliant with MedWeb server.

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 4/21/05

    1. DCV study date query improved.
    2. Modality query field taken out of advance list and placed on main dialog.
    3. Query results are no longer cleared when coming back to the query or worklist screens.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 4/15/05

    1. Auto-clear options defaulted to enabled.
    2. New wildcard options added to enable the automatic addition of wildcards at the beginning of names and ID numbers.
    3. Auto-complete pop-up window can now be resized by the user.
    4. Acquisition date added to image text in collection view.
    5. Anatomy and acquisition date added to images in thumnail view.
    6. “Preference” misspelling corrected.
    7. “Acquisition date” print field defaulted to enabled.
    8. New option added to prevent the user from changing the query/worklist server/database.
    9. Default print size changed from 50 to 75;
    10. Several preferences moved over to global settings: collection/thumbnail view; SS number formatting; auto-match popup settings; automatic wildcard specification; auto save to safety cache; image retrieval preference; data entry specifications; worklist fields and miscellaneous settings; query miscellaneous settings; proxy IP address and port (but not enabled setting).

    Version 1.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Wildcard matching added to queries.
    2. Two levels of wildcard matching are now available.
    3. Option added to automatically add a ‘*’ to any query field.
    4. Functionality added to correctly create wildcarded search string when only a first name or a last name is specified.
    5. Image counts removed from query screen. This information is not always provided due to the length of time it takes to determine the information during a query.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Optimized drawing of thumbnail images when using collection view.
    2. Multiple image printing support added: image list.
    3. Multiple image printing support added: contact sheet.
    4. DEVAA: Blue removed from the program.
    5. Side-by-side view support added: 2, 3 or 4 images can be viewed at the same time.
    6. Zoom-to-fit drawing artifact corrected.
    7. Image proxy retrieval modified to provide better feedback.
    8. Auto-clear option added to all query screens.
    9. Space appearing in some UIDs corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 4/6/05

    1. Similar query options added for both Query/Retrieve and Worklist Query.
    2. Improved pop-ups added for data entry on advanced field lists.
    3. Multiple study, series and image selection now available.
    4. Patient name capital letter only option added.
    5. DOB is now presented in 3 fields.
    6. Advanced query screen removed. All functionality has been combined into a single query screen.
    7. Database retrieval preference options added. Can now select whether local database or DICOM server should be used first when retrieving images.
    8. ID number stripping options added.
    9. Options added to customize the properties of ID numbers.
    10. Auto-match popup window functionality improved. Among other features, it auto-hides when no matches are available.
    11. Several cosmetic changes made to the interface.
    12. Image query screen now has a sex drop-down list instead of a simple edit field.
    13. Auto-match popup window added to image query screen.
    14. Advanced query options can be hidden on both the worklist and image query screens.
    15. Auto-match correctly setting the sex drop-down on both the worklist and image query screens.
    16. Multiple entries for the same study are not displayed when the study exists in more than one database. Now one entry is displayed and the list of servers containing that study are indicated in the “Server” field.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 2/21/05

    1. Several internal changes.
    2. New 1D and 2D printout support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM ID added.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/10/05

    1. Change made to proxy retrieval where the “finished” message was sometimes dropped by a network. The proxy communication window no longer freezes when it no longer receives the “finished” message and the Data Manger closes the connection.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/10/05

    1. New measurements not grabbing a new calibration to an image corrected.
    2. Incorrect cursor being displayed after the user clicked on the “Calibrate” tool corrected.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/8/05

    1. Patient name caching support added.
    2. Password text background corrected on preferences password dialog.
    3. Auto-complete patient information pop-ups added to various query screens. Pop-ups are automatically displayed after typing 3 characters or when the user press the left or down arrow key.
    4. RECBAS patient list importation options added.
    5. Image enhancements option added on the view images screen.
    6. Endo measurement support added.
    7. Endo measurements option added on the view images screen.
    8. Corrected buttons disappearing in the image view when zooming out of an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/20/04

    1. Correction made for masking of patient names on printouts.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 11/20/04

    1. Routine added to ensure proper DICOM fields before saving and storing images.
    2. Fast matching option added when searching the local database.
    3. Proxy image retrieval support added. Primary use is for DHCP environments.
    4. “Converage” type corrected to “Coverage”.
    5. Proxy settings added to setup wizard.
    6. Local database queries significantly optimized.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 11/16/04

    1. Added support for image storage and translation extensions.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 11/10/04

    1. Fixed problems with advanced query not always returning values.
    2. Improved first and last name layouts.
    3. Improved advanced query field layout. Includes the addition of scrolling list of information for better utilization of space.
    4. Prompts now appear after modifiying an image asking if the image should be saved.
    5. Crash fixed when user actually clicks on and selects “No worlist servers defined”.
    6. “Same series” prompt now appears on a much larger and better looking dialog.
    7. Clear buttons now appear on various clear screens. These buttons can be used to quickly clear all of the query fields on the screen.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 11/9/04

    1. Zoom-To-Fit fuction corrected in image views.
    2. Buttons no longer disappear when selecting the zoom-to-fit option.
    3. Patient name field split into first and last name fields.
    4. Worklist defaults changed to patient name and patient id.
    5. Printing defaults changed to only print patient ID, sex and DOB.
    6. Printing defaults changed to only print a single page.
    7. Initial viewing of image makes the image automatically zoom-to-fit if required.
  • DCV DATA MANAGER / DM FORWARDING SERVER / DM TLS SERVER

    Version 3.3 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Option added to resubmit “general failures”. (F3839)
    2. New INI validation. (F3832)
    3. Add new audit trail code for purged images. (F3728)
    4. Add MiPACS image tooth number support for importing DICOM. (F3700)
    5. Allows querying of multiple modalities. (F3675)
    6. Support for new Apteryx registration and Token based registration. (F3625)

    Version 3.3 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 10/4/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Added ability to resubmit failed DICOM stores to a different DICOM server. (F3556)
    2. Added option to disable generation of stamp files under database path menu. (F3405)
    3. Option added under wildcard searching to query both ID and Other ID fields. (F3281) 4
    4. Will automatically resubmit “missing UID” failures. (F3145)
    5. Optimized speed of “Select Images for Purging” display. (F3139)

    Version 3.3 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 5/17/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Corrected issue where a daily stop time prior to start time on a forwarding schedule would conflict. (B1260)
    2. Ability to now manually enter start/stop times in a forwarding schedule. Will now accept 24hr format, 12hr formats with AM and PM, and “noon”, “midnight”. (F3120)
    3. Added ability to specify multiple accepted or exclusion for image routing in DICOM server definition. Multiple values can be separated by ‘;’. Exclusions can be specified by having a ‘!’ specified as the first character of a value. (F3036)
    4. New text added to EULA. (F3015)

    Version 3.3 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 5/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added separate log files for “changed” and “skipped” images during mass data correction. (F2742)
    2. Improved handling of invalid dates when importing a mass data correction file. (F2605)

    Version 3.3 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 12/30/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability to strip any trailing tab characters from input lines in the mass data correction. (F2604)

    Version 3.3 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 7/17/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Confirmed DICOM tags are being carried over correctly when dental modalities are mapped to CR for forward to some PACS. (F2442)

    Version 3.3 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 4/24/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated functionality for Advanced Data Merge to match and merge patients with missing DOB and/or Gender. (F2347)
    2. Updated database creation to add breed information for patients. (F2357)
    3. Corrected issue that caused erroneous ‘Image is no longer in the database’ error if images were written to the ToStore while others were forwarding. (B1036)

    Version 3.3 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 3/14/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where receiving sockets could be opened on DCV Forwarding Manager. (F2238)
    2. Updated drawing and fonts. (F2263)

    Version 3.3 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/12/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue with hash table lookup of patient ID’s, if patient ID was updated it was not immediatly searchable until application was closed and reopened. (F2060)
    2. Corrected issue where original attributes tag may have contained modified data rather than original. (F2061)
    3. New date and string handling to the Mass Data Correction. (B1008)

    Version 3.3 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 10/3/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. When importing files status now updates every 100 files. (B978)
    2. Added ability to handle images that filename differs than the UID. (F1948)

    Version 3.3 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/18/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add version check for leadtools dll’s. (F1255)
    2. Does not add images to ToStore that do not meet image routing requirements. (F1723)
    3. Corrected issue for deleted images not being removed from ToStore. (F1724)
    4. Corrected possible issue by disabling exclusive db locking when caching is enabled. (F1741)
    5. Added ability to perform periodic storage commitment checks. (F540)
    6. Optimized update database function. (F1851)
    7. DICOM revisions are now added to Original Attributes Sequence, 0400:0561. (F1824)
    8. Changed directory selection dialog. (F1735)
    9. Added tool to seperate different patients with same Study UIDs caused by computers with same disk ID. (F1784)
    10. Added optimazations for DICOM Forward of large volumes. (F1819)
    11. Improvements in image import speeds. (F1856)

    Version 3.3 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Ignores stamp files when performing database update and/or image imports. (F1442)
    2. New option to allow users to set type of compression applied to images. (F1234)
    3. Corrected issue where internal record count was not updating on first time run with a new database. (B795)
    4. Corrected issue where blocked images, specified in image routing, were being continuosly resubmitted. (B802)
    5. Added critical locking to prevent potential problems with logs during overnight switch overs. (F1488)
    6. Added auto resubmit feature for failed forwards. (F1427)
    7. Added a Patient ID Mapping utility. (F1623)
    8. Optimized forwarding by changing so DM loads local list into memory prior to sending. (F1594)
    9. Corrected possible memory leaks in DM. (F1599)
    10. Added option to remove DOB requirement when running Patient ID Mapping Utility. (F1668)
    11. DICOM transfer will now do all files rather then one at a time. (F618)
    12. Optimized ToStore and FailedStore handling. (F1601)
    13. Added CGET support for DICOM communications. Requires Calling Client to also support CGET. (F1580)
    14. Added additional fields to the Email Message Options for more detailed error reporting.(F1115)
    15. Updated display of SQL status windows.(F1474)
    16. Removed RLE DICOM transfer support. Replaced with JPEG Lossless. (F1493)
    17. Corrected issue when receiving an HL7 patient update message, all DICOM files were updated instead of just the correct patient. (B794)
    18. Added option for promiscuous image reception from multiple server AE title (F1467)
    19. Added ability to store Multiframe CT Studies, store as Singleframe. (F1428)
    20. Added Scheduled Station AE title as an available query option for worklist query field. (F1596)
    21. Added blocked tag functionality to WORKLIST transfers. (F1585)

    Version 3.3 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/15/2012

    1. Changed and optimized DICOM queries to file list queries. (F1307, F1309)
    2. Added utility to create image stamp files for entire database. (F1278)
    3. Added ability to send stamps back to server when created via DICOM query (F1276)
    4. The anonymous database file now encrypts the patient demographic information. (F1153)
    5. DCV Forwarding Data Manager, a forwarding only hybrid of DCV Data Manager, created. (F1399)
    6. DCV TLS Data Manager with TLS encryption support created. (F1215)

    Version 3.3 Build 9
    Release Date: 11/28/2011

    1. Added start/stop times to schedule for image forwarding (F930)
    2. Added digital signature so if launched across network will no longer recieve “publisher not verified” (F1141)
    3. Audit Trail now writes for actions performed within the Data Manager. (F1113)
    4. New utility added for the mass assignment of “Branch of Service” tag to preexisting data in the database. (F977)
    5. Added new schedule increments of 2,3,4,5 and 6 days for the image purging utility as well as 1 day and 1 week image age increments. (F1146)
    6. Fixed ‘invert gray-scale’ issue where inversions were tracked but not being saved in the image. (B624)
    7. Mass Data Correction Import / Export feature added. (F1108)
    8. Optimized memory usage for large databases. (F1071)
    9. Added Advanced Database Merge feature. (F1063)
    10. Improved handling of DICTEMP files in threaded functions. (F1125)
    11. Added list of sockets open by software to the interface. (F1148)
    12. Added ability for TLS encryption. (F1187, F1214)
    13. HL7 server support added. (F1070)

    Version 3.3 Build 6
    Release Date: 07/27/2011

    1. Added utility that will strip punctuation from patient ID’s. (F1056)
    2. Added ability to eliminate the forwarding of ghosted and retaken images. (F998)
    3. Optimized performance for large tostore database forwarding. (F933)

    Version 3.3 Build 5
    Release Date: 03/31/2011

    1. Uppercase conversion (and invalid character removal “?*!#$%&+=|\\\”<>?/”) added to image import, patient import, and worklist import. (F893)
    2. Data correction now changed to take into consideration case changes and patient name correction. (F893)
    3. Added Auto Correct Patient Names options that handles upper case conversion and invalid character removal. (F893)
    4. Modified audit trail to write data immediatly to file rather than in chunks. (B579)
    5. Anonymize feature added that wipes out patient demographic information set or imported to the server. (F743)

    Version 3.3 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/20/2010

    1. Resolved Issue with Dicom Element 0008:0005 containing blank character set. Now defaults to ISO_IR 100, or is not present. (Bug 488)

    Version 3.3 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/3/2010

    1. Resolved issue with zero dates being assigned to imported worklist entries. (Bug 459)

    Version 3.2 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/17/2010

      1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
      2. Made correction to handling where forwarded images can have their VR changed to UR for the image modifications tag.
      3. Removed patient DOB restriction on edit image information dialog.
      4. Splitting of multiple modality series added.
      5. Added audit trail capabilities.
      6. Made several process/features into threaded functions (i.e. threads that do not block the main application interface).

    Version 3.1 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/12/2010

      1. Added ability of the server to return uncompressed images in response to a C-MOVE request even if the images are compressed in the database.

    Version 3.1 Build 9
    Release Date: 2/4/2010

      1. Added new logging when generating the purge file list.
      2. Reformatted the image purging options.
      3. Complete rewrite of the image purging functionality to make it easier to use and understand.
      4. New purge ages added.
      5. New defaults set for the various image purging options.

    Version 3.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/22/09

      1. Made a correction for queried results where a patient may not have a DOB specified. In the specific case of a patient that does not have a DOB specified AND a similar patient was returned in a query by DCV, the patient list displayed in DCV may list a DOB for the patient that did not originally have a DOB specified. Once the user opened the patient and/or images, the DOB is not displayed because the patient did not have a DOB (it was simply a list display artifact).

    Version 3.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

      1. Added new fields to the patient database. NOTE, this version will perform an update to the database!
      2. Added new fields to the image database. NOTE, this version will perform an update to the database!
      3. Added species and breed capabilities to data correction screen.
      4. Added new button in the data correction screen to allow changes to the patient demographic information to be taken from an entry in the patient database.

    Version 3.0 Build 90
    Release Date: 8/12/09

      1. Added new features to PING for data servers when creating server definitions.
      2. Added new Auto-Discovery options. This enables DCV clients to automatically use Data Managers that appears on a network without having to manually create server definitions for the servers. This is primarily used for mobile environments and laptop computers which enable the user to coordinate with Data Managers on networks that may come and go. Security features exist to prevent just any DCV client from using any Data Manager.

    Version 3.0 Build 88
    Release Date: 7/21/09

      1. Fixed the auto image purging.

    Version 3.0 Build 87
    Release Date: 7/13/09

      1. Updated invalid date entry when modifying images.

    Version 3.0 Build 86
    Release Date: 7/9/09

      1. Dramatically faster queries when specifying non-wild carded patient IDs.

    Version 3.0 Build 85
    Release Date: 3/14/09

      1. Reformatted the Email options screen.
      2. SIGNIFICANTLY increased the speed of email generation from the application.
      3. Correction and enhancements made to the emailing of forwarding errors to the email list.
      4. If the user modifies the forwarding schedule for the current day (and that time has passed), the server no longer automatically starts a new forwarding session. This does not change the processing of images for a past time on the same day when restarting the Data Manager.

    Version 3.0 Build 84
    Release Date: 3/6/09

      1. New Escape key tracking.
      2. If the database path is invalid at startup, the application now prompts the user to modify/correct the path. Previously the application displayed an error message and quit the application.
      3. Image imports now can handle importing of any DICOM images and DICOMDIRs. Previously, the import function only imported files that had the .DIC and .DCM file extensions.
      4. Data correction was updated in a prior release to work on multiple images at the same time.

    Version 3.0 Build 83
    Release Date: 12/2/08

      1. Data range query for both images and worklists have been added.
      2. Corrected worklist date queries. Previously it ignored any date associated with a query.

    Version 3.0 Build 81
    Release Date: 11/20/08

      1. Made correction where the application would try and forward images to a Worklist only server. Now the software ignores Worklist only servers when trying to forward images.
      2. Corrected “12:30 am / 13:30” item to read “12:30 pm / 13:30”.
      3. SSN matching can now handle matching formatted and unformatted SSN numbers. Previously 111-22-3333 and 111223333 would not match as identical patient ID numbers.
      4. Popup menu controls are now automatically adjusted to be the correct size the first time they are displayed.

    Version 3.0 Build 79
    Release Date: 8/15/08

      1. Ability to set new study and series UIDs when editing images.

    Version 3.0 Build 78
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image types. New infrastructure, image editing, image data display and image drops implemented.

    Version 3.0 Build 77
    Release Date: 7/30/08

    1. Added two new Decimate/Crop options to the DICOM Printer definitions. “<AUTO DECIMATE>” will automatically adjust the resolution of an image so that the image fits on the selected paper size if the image is too big to fit on the printed page (if it can fit, the resolution is left alone). “<AUTO ZOOM TO FIT>” will automatically adjust an image’s resolution so that the image will always print as large as possible on the selected paper size.

    Version 3.0 Build 76
    Release Date: 6/26/08

    1. New tool added to strip the leading zeros from patient IDs that are not SSNs.

    Version 3.0 Build 75
    Release Date: 6/10/08

    1. Reorganized menus for better layout and ease-of-use.
    2. Enhanced the image purging capabilities of the software. New options added to provide better functionality for purging images.
    3. Pop-up status window replaced with progress controls.
    4. Improved running as a service with Apteryx Servicer application.

    Version 3.0 Build 73
    Release Date: 4/17/08

    1. Made a change during image move operations to better select a transfer syntax based on what the remote DICOM connection requested for transfer syntaxes for other abstracts.

    Version 3.0 Build 72
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Image modification checking now looks at custom revision DICOM tag.

    Version 3.0 Build 69
    Release Date: 1/11/08

    1. Correct made for TEMP files remaining in the database when selecting several of the DICOM correction tools. These TEMP files are a safety mechanism that sometimes are not cleaned up.

    Version 3.0 Build 68
    Release Date: 1/8/08

    1. Easy create database options added to the multiple database preferences. When enabled, the user can create databases simply by entering the database name (and possibly other information) and the databases are automatically created in the specified databases directory.
    2. Auto open new database option enabled to Edit Databases dialog (this dialog can be displayed from the Select Database dialog). When enabled, a new database is automatically selected and opened when the user creates a new database.

    Version 3.0 Build 67
    Release Date: 12/24/07

    1. Multiple database support extended to allow the user to quickly switch between databases.
    2. Added options to prompt the user which database should be used when the application starts.
    3. Database naming added. Permits association of names, descriptions, contact information, addresses and notes with a database.
    4. Options added to automatically associate a database’s information to images when they are forwarded onto other DICOM servers. Overwrite protect can additionally be enabled or disabled.
    5. Title bar modified to display the name of the current database (if it has one).
    6. Preferences modified to permit more appropriate display and management of multiple database options.

    Version 3.0 Build 65
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Added tools to display what images will be forwarded.
    2. Added tools to remove images from the images that will be forwarded.
    3. Added new buttons at the bottom of the interface to display the image to be forwarded and to correct forwarding errors.
    4. Corrected artifacts that can be left behind from the pop-up status bar.
    5. Added “Auto fill in blank study descriptions” open in the Data Correction tools.
    6. Added Dental Modality mapping to map dental modalities to CR.

    Version 3.0 Build 61
    Release Date: 9/2/07

    1. Additional optimizations to database interfaces.

    Version 3.0 Build 59
    Release Date: 5/17/07

    1. Added SQL database support.
    2. Added new option to correct studies that have more than one patient saved under them.

    Version 3.0 Build 54
    Release Date: 3/7/07

    1. Database directory structure checking optimized.

    Version 3.0 Build 53
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. On edit image the study, series and image UIDs are now properly labeled.
    2. Merging database files together option added. Physically merges two DB files together without having to totally rebuild the database.
    3. Edit images dialog no longer wipes out any wildcards entered for the patient ID. Can now do wildcard searches on patient ID.
    4. Dates now prepend months and days with 0s.
    5. Worklist and patient lookup optmized.
    6. “Sex” changed to “Gender”.

    Version 3.0 Build 52
    Release Date: 2/12/07

    1. Implemented database optimizations. Will require an initial database update when either the DCV or Data Server is started.

    Version 3.0 Build 51
    Release Date: 1/19/07

    1. Made correction that permits image orientations, flips and inversions to be performed.

    Version 3.0 Build 50
    Release Date: 1/9/07

    1. Added multiple image at a time correction capabilities.
    2. Added Done button to image correction screen.

    Version 3.0 Build 49
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Made modification to automatically handle when a target DICOM server no longer has a DICOM Server Definitions (i.e. User modified or deleted).
    2. Image tree modified to include additional information.

    Version 3.0 Build 47
    Release Date: 12/15/06

    1. Corrects issues with aborting storage/forwarding of images when an invalid DICOM server is encountered (i.e. a DICOM server was renamed or erased). The new mechanism resubmits the image to all enabled servers when it finds an image destined for a non-existing DICOM server.

    Version 3.0 Build 43
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Added options and features to automatically age out and/or satisfy worklist entries stored on the server.

    Version 3.0 Build 41
    Release Date: 11/31/06

    1. Significantly reduced the amount of time required to add images to the database.

    Version 3.0 Build 40
    Release Date: 11/30/06

    1. Changed how patient information is updated in the pop-up auto-match lists when image information has been modified.

    Version 3.0 Build 37
    Release Date: 10/9/06

    1. Made corrections to storage commitment to more accurately conform to the DICOM 3 standard.

    Version 3.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 10/3/06

    1. Added features to permit the main database file and the images folders to be on different drives.
    2. Added features to permit generic IP addresses for returned CMOVE operations from remote DICOM servers.
    3. Addition of a Transaction UID to storage commitment DS.

    Version 3.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 6/15/06

    1. Redesigned multiple thread support to reduce lockups experienced on heavily used systems.

    Version 3.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 5/31/06

    1. Added enabling/disabling of database caching. When enabled it reduces database IO time but requires much more computer memory. Not required for computers that do not have heavy database IO.
    2. Implemented connection timeouts to kill off inactive DICOM connections.
    3. Redesign of communication handling.
    4. Possibly resource leak addressed when a remote DICOM connection terminates during and image retrieve.
    5. Interface freeze corrected. New thread generation implemented to circumvent a deadlock condition that could occur with Windows thread invocation.
    6. Can now close the server even when there are active DICOM connections (the user is prompted if they really want to close and terminate all live connections).
    7. Handle resource leak addressed.

    Version 3.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 5/11/06

    1. Added support for modifying an images DICOM information.
    2. Added options for correcting invalid patient DOB.

    Version 3.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 5/9/06

    1. Added support for compressed imported images.

    Version 3.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 4/25/06

    1. Corrected a problem that existed in the copy images from DICOM server function and proxy image retrieval.

    Version 3.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 4/22/06

    1. Logging for imported images into the Data Manager.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 4/10/06

    1. Integrated new status indicators.
    2. Copy images background corrected.
    3. Optimized image tree and image forwarding image selection.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 3/16/06

    1. Added new options that restricts the number of records that are returned in response to an image or worklist query. Defaults are 1000 image records and 100 worklist records.

    Version 3.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/15/06

    1. Threaded DICOM query processing added. This significantly increases the response time from the Data Manager not only for multiple DICOM requests but for interacting with the interface while there are ongoing DICOM connections.
    2. Optimized database searching. Testing results indicated over a 85% speed increase in searches.
    3. Modified message that is displayed during image forwarding when the target server could not be reached.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 3/6/06

    1. Split DICOM server settings and accepted clients settings into different screens.
    2. Corrected several fields that were not disabled when DICOM server was enabled.
    3. XML implementation added for adding remote clients from the Configuration Manager application.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/17/06

    1. Added support for matching “O” sex to “M” and “F”. In other words, searching a sex of “O” will match “O”, “M”, or “F”; searching a sex of “M” will match “O” or “M”.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/10/06

    1. Added new memory handling routines for the database to counteract new problems encountered with various OS/antivirus updates.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. New major version release.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. Version info is now passed in XML information. This information is utilized the the Status Display Manager.
    2. Fixed problem when second DICOM server IP address is not specified. Leaving the field blank means that a second connection should not be opened (previous versions tried to open another DICOM server port even when this was left blank).
    3. The DICOM server definitions are reloaded if they are modified by a DEVAA/DCV client.
    4. “Copy images from” direct path specification added.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/9/06

    1. Strange memory anomalies corrected when various errors occur during DICOM communications.
    2. Update Database operations no longer adds the images to the “To Store” database.
    3. DBIT database is automatically deleted and reset if the user deletes the main application database without also deleting this file.
    4. Freeze display of error message removed when forwarding images to a DICOM server and that DICOM server is terminated in the middle of communications.
    5. During image forwarding, if NONE of the target DICOM servers can be reached for an image, the Image Forwarding operations terminates and waits for the next Image Forward cycle to start.
    6. If the user manually cancels an image forward, the software now prompts if the rest of the images should be forwarded.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/30/05

    1. Added multiple DICOM server port capabilities. The DICOM server now supports the ability to have two DICOM server IP address and/or ports available for DICOM requests.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 12/27/05

    1. Corrected selecting a modality for searching. Currently searched for “modality” tag; need to also search for “modalities in study” tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/21/05

    1. Corrected problem with pop-up menus of pop-up menus automatically being dismissed before the user can select an option.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/19/05

    1. Added new options for status utility to obtain more detailed information from this server. Detailed information retrieval requires XML interface to be activated on the server.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/15/05

    1. Corrected problem with focus issues with the popup graphic list controls.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 12/15/05

    1. Full DICOM server support added.
    2. Improved logging.
    3. Improved logging speed.
    4. Correction made where updating the interface could stall the application.
    5. Smaller database record size.
    6. New database format. Will require older databases to go through a rebuilding process.
    7. Correction made to CMove operation for certain patient/study/image specifications.
    8. New image routing tag specifications tab added to server definition.
    9. Wildcard matching level specification added.
    10. Cosmetic changes to interface and menus reorganized.
    11. Removed several options that are no longer utilized.
    12. Image forwarding added. Image forwarding now utilizes DICOM standard to forward images. Replaces the previous DM Synch features.
    13. Registration number is now required to run the application.
    14. DM Synch operations removed (replaced by image forwarding).
    15. “To be stored” and “Failed store” directories removed. They are no longer used; have been replaced by new image forwarding.
    16. XML protocol added for tertiary application interface to the application.
    17. XML logging added.
    18. Operation restrictions may now be specified for each DICOM client specified.
    19. Image tree improved.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Modified record handling in memory to prevent significant delay that can be encountered with large databases.
    2. New menu scheme.
    3. Boosted and optimized image tree functionality. Additionally, image information now contains more information about each image.
    4. File count status message added.
    5. “Updating Records” status dialog added.
    6. Column names have been changed.
    7. Logging connections added.
    8. New improvements and start of full DICOM server support are included in this build BUT SHOULD NOT BE USED.

    Version 1.1 Build 22
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Integrated new tree control view.

    Version 1.1 Build 20
    Release Date: 7/25/05

    1. Optimization of size tracking added. Significantly speeds up the data base size tracking

    Version 1.1 Build 19
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Database I/O optimization added.
    2. Update database operation dramatically improved.
    3. UID error correction.

    Version 1.1 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/6/05

    1. Added non-blocking support when a remote DICOM server abnormally terminates a completed DICOM operation.

    Version 1.1 Build 16
    Release Date: 6/13/05

    1. DICOM print support added.
    2. Reformatted menus.
    3. Reformatted failed stores list.
    4. Interface changed to provide more information and feedback.
    5. DM Synchronization support added.
    6. Connection status list added to interface.

    Version 1.1 Build 14
    Release Date: 5/19/05

    1. Added option for retrieving all images from a DICOM server.

    Version 1.1 Build 12
    Release Date: 5/6/05

    1. Added option to allow importing images into the local database with additional option to allow submissions to DICOM servers.

    Version 1.1 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/11/05

    1. Added additional options to determine a study date if one is not directly associated with an image.

    Version 1.1 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/7/05

    1. Strange phenomenon corrected where an images reference existed in the database but the actual image file did not exist (several situations could result in this problem from file store errors to user intervention). To reduce the amount of file IO required to satisfy proxy requests, the DM only checked for the reference in the database and not for the existence of the actual image file. The DM now checks to be sure a file exists and adjusts accordingly.

    Version 1.1 Build 8
    Release Date: 1/25/05

    1. Additional option added to prevent hanging connections with the MedWeb.

    Version 1.1 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. Store now option enabled.
    2. Data Manager now queues stores and retrieve requests separately to prevent multiple transfers from being invoked from the same IP to a DICOM server. This change is to correct problems with some DICOM servers that cannot accept multiple concurrent transfers from the same computer.
    3. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
    4. Real time space utilization option added. This option ensures that disk space utilization numbers are always up-to-date instead of periodically updating; note that this feature will use additional computer resources.

    Version 1.1 Build 6
    Release Date: 1/11/05

    1. Corrected a problem where it is possible for the DM to not automatically dismiss its storage dialog (thus hanging the server) when a certain storage error was returned by the target DICOM server.

    Version 1.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/10/05

    1. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/8/05

    1. Changed name on main dialog.
    2. Added patient name caching support.
    3. Enhanced “Update Patient Database” option to also update the patient cache.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/23/04

    1. Made modification to prevent the server from stalling when a detrimental failure is received from the DICOM server during image retrieval.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 11/20/04

    1. Proxy image retrieval support added.
  • Version 2.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 10/04/2019
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Rebuilt to add JPEG baseline encoding support.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/14/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Add anatomical grouping when displaying patient series’. (F1263)
    2. Corrected errors handling 16bit images. (F1320) (F1262)

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/17/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added print option.
    3. Added the ability to handle encrypted, password-protected images.
    4. Hide image list option added.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/21/08

    1. Added better handling for compressed images.
    2. Added option to hide or display the patient list.
    3. Reformatted the patient list to use sortable columns.
    4. Added additional information (such as file size) to the patient list.
    5. Added printing capabilities.
    6. Made the sliding information bars smaller.
    7. Integrated new viewer control (adds functions such as spot colorizing and the new drawing improvements).

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional functionality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.
    2. Compressed DICOM support added.
  • Version 2.2 Build 1
    Release Date: Internal Use Only

    1. Updated program for use with new Apteryx AXLib DICOM library. (F3369)

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/17/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added new features to add items to the ToStore database instead of simply exporting the images to a target location.
    3. Database read optimization added to improve performance on the largest of databases. (F430)

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 1/8/2010

    1. Updated the new database version.

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 7/9/09

    1. Further refined the query process.
    2. Completely new interface.
    3. Added new user definable data extraction formats. These new formats use a user defined specification format for extracting the patient information as well as specifiable DOB formats. Default extraction formats are provided for the most common input data formats.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 6/24/09

    1. Updated the software with the latest versions of the various database engines and export capabilities thus improving the speed and memory requirements of the export process.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/22/07

    1. Made modification to update the export interface more often so it does not “white screen” when switching between applications.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/21/07

    1. Added ability to limit what modalities are exported.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/7/07

    1. Added functionality to prevent creating DICOMDIRs until the export of all images has been completed.
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/08/2016
    Release Date: 3/08/2016

    1. Initial creation of Client Emailer plugin. (F2012)
  • Version 1.4 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2019
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Updated program for use with new Apteryx AXLib DICOM library. (F3858)

    Version 1.3 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV Version 3.4.0.39. (F3729)

    Version 1.3 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2017
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Updated for DCV 3.4.0.36 and DM 3.3.0.23. (F3486)

    Version 1.3 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 11/17/2015
    Release Date: 11/17/2015

    1. Updated for DCV 3.4 Build 33. (F3014)

    Version 1.3 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/19/2014
    Release Date: 6/19/2014

    1. New themed drawing (F2391)
    2. Updated for DCV 3.4 Build 27 (F2391)

    Version 1.2 Build 37
    Beta Release Date: 2/27/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new DCV options up to 3.4 Build 25: (F2264)
      -Allow On Color Images for RTF
      -Allow on Large Images for RTF
      -Image Import: Prompt for Options
      -Display groups of images as…
      -ToStore options (Standard, DCV Shared, Standalone ToStore)
      -New manual save option for changes when derived images is enabled
      -Data Entry Restriction separated into Capture and View options

    Version 1.2 Build 33
    Beta Release Date: 2/27/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. After change is made it will update configs but open tree to prevoius selection. (F1730)

    Version 1.2 Build 17
    Release Date: 10/13/2011

    1. Added reporting for the variances in each clients configurations > able to report to file or printer. (F925)

    Version: 1.2 Build 11
    Release Date: 05/27/2011

    1. Added new permissions for image type changing (f999)

    Version: 1.2 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/22/2011

    1. Added utility that gathers info on licenses, versions, updates to applications, and exports this information to a file or printout. (F382)
    2. Fixed issue that would not allow the command line support to be changed. (B549)

    Version 1.2 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/04/2011

    1. Fixed Configuration Manager’s command line options to open view or capture screens as designed when brigding a patient. (B529)

    Version 1.2 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/4/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Added new DCV options (up to version 3.3 build 9).

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new DCV options (up to version 3.2 build 1).

    Version 1.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 8/14/09

    1. Added new DCV options (up to version 3.1 build 15).
    2. Made modifications so that the version information is not retrieved for the files in the target directory until they are needed (i.e. the user clicks on the “Version History” option).

    Version 1.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Added new DCV options (up to version 3.1 build 7).

    Version 1.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 7/13/09

    1. Added new DCV options (up to version 3.1 build 5).

    Version 1.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 4/22/09

    1. Added new DCV options.

    Version 1.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 4/7/09

    1. Reorganized various options.
    2. Added additional DLLs to Versions listing.
    3. Added Registration and Licensing Information tab.
    4. Added options to copy to clipboard and/or print the various information contained on the various lists.
    5. Added Update Software option. This option uses whatever files are located in a “Updates” sub-directory in the application’s directory.
    6. Reorganized the DCV Configuration options list to conform to the current option breakdown in DCV’s preferences.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 3/14/09

    1. Added new DCV options.
    2. Added new DM options.
    3. Added options for enabling/disabling IXDLL extensions.
    4. Checks target configurations version for unsupported version. Will display an error when the target configurations are for a new version than is supported by the configuration manager.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 1/9/09

    1. Added new DCV options.
    2. Added ability to change the database path.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 12/10/08

    1. Added new DCV options for v3.0 b107.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 11/26/08

    1. Added new DCV options for v3.0 b106.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 6/12/08

    1. Added new DCV options.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 5/14/08

    1. Reworded “Query View” to “View Query Results By”.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 5/6/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients.
    2. Corrected problems with the settings for complex database searches.
    3. Added new specifications for automatic wildcard specification.
    4. Limited modalities corrected from global specification to local specification.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients: Query and worklist column headers.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 3/25/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients: Report Generator menu item.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients: new study creation on capture additional images.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/20/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients: accession number scanning options.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 2/12/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 1/31/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the DCV Clients.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added additional configuration fields for the Data Manager and DCV Clients.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/07

    1. Added additional configuration fields.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/4/06

    1. Added additional configuration fields.
    2. Added ability to modify the additional database list.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 3/10/06

    1. Corrected problem with setting public configuration settings.
    2. Forced window to display before it started gathering information.
  • Version 1.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/4/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated to new DCV standard. (F1770)
    2. Added support for directory variables. (F1770)
    3. Corrected the reporting of what record it is on while doing the export. (F1770)
    4. The EXE is now digitally signed. (F1770)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Added ability to specify patient IDs for export.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 9/25/19

    1. Updated program for use with new Apteryx AXLib DICOM library. (F3970)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/23/09

    1. Corrected problem when trying to transfer compressed images. This problem occurred when viewing images in DCV, had Compress Images enabled in the options and then tried to send images via this extension.
    2. Ability to edit DICOM server list added.
    3. Other internal modifications.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5. (F3373)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Add ability to rename extension to support mulitples in same install. (F3742)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/14/2013

    1. Corrected error handling 16 bit compressed images. (F1320)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/17/09

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Made adjustments as to how status bars are displayed.
    3. Added new file format base definitions.
    4. Added the ability to export encrypted, password-protected files.

    Version 2.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/4/09

    1. Made corrections to the permissions so standard users can burn CDs.
    2. Updated default options.

    Version 2.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/29/09

    1. New JPEG libraries added.
    2. Additional updates made for Vista/Win7 burning.

    Version 2.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/19/09

    1. Made changes to allow CD/DVD/ISO burning in Vista and Windows 7.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/12/09

    1. Changed the option to automatically fill in the various viewer EXEs with the default DCVQuickView.EXE if if exists in the application directory.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/8/08

    1. This extension now handles multiple-framed single file DICOM images.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 1/8/08

    1. New naming conventions added for exported JPEG images.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/21/07

    1. Implemented quicker generation of a DICOMDIR.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/13/07

    1. Added option to prevent addition of adding ICON sequence to DICOMDIR creation. Significantly reduces the amount of time required to create a DICOMDIR.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 3/7/07

    1. Added additional options to prevent the creation of DICOMDIRs until after the exportation of multiple image sets.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/19/07

    1. Corrected overwrite prompt when selecting a viewer to include on exported CD/DVD/Directories.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/29/06

    1. Added AutoRun features when exporting disk images.
    2. Change the way filenames are generated when exporting files.
    3. Restricted the filename generation when the DICOMDIR option is enabled when exporting DICOM images.
  • Version 1.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 3/16/2011

    1. Initial Release. (F900)
  • Beta Release Date: 5/6/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added OCO Biomedical implants to library. (F2083)

    Beta Release Date: 6/17/2013
    Release Date: 3/30/2012

    1. Resolved issue with incorrect dimensions on some implant labels. (B958)
    2. Reordered implant list for easier access. (B958)
  • Version 1.2 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2019
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add more modalities to the image tile specifications (F3981)
    2. Add instance and group/series numbers to tile specifications (F3982)
    3. Add ability to duplicate or create new tiles based on what you currently have selected (F3983)
    4. Improve editing layouts to make interaction easier (F3984)
    5. Add ability to associate multiple modalities with a target tile (F3985)

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 5/17/16
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added ability to change tooth controls for tile assignments. (F3138)

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 5/31/06

    1. Added grid to the display.
    2. Added better editing capabilities for smaller layouts.
  • Version 1.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 7/09/14
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add ability to add tiles without tooth associations. (F2318)
    2. Update themed drawing. (F2375)

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 12/20/09

    1. Updated support for new tooth and progression controls to use the new species handling.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/29/08

    1. Added veterinary mode support.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added ability to define a layout where the user selects a series of teeth before they actually start capturing images.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click or double-click on numbered reference in the progression view in order to select or edit a progression entry.
  • Version 1.2 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 02/27/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to report off of image revisions. (F1495)

    Version 1.2 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 08/21/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue where some db reports had the primary and ghost image counts swapped. (B812)
    2. Added support for SQL database. (F1033)

    Version 1.2 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/30/2011

    1. Added Cached Data Accumulation option to optimize reporting time when using the full data accumulation reporting options. (F1041)
    2. Optimized memory usage to consume less resources when fewer criteria are selected. (F1045)

    Version 1.2 Build 2
    Release Date: 4/25/2011

    1. Empty database entries are no longer reported as Invalid Images. (b560)
    2. Title bars adjusted so they appear above the correct sections of the Report Generator interface. (b561)

    Version 1.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/17/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Updated to the new database version.
    3. Modified the reports based on station name.

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/4/2010

    1. Added new series, study, image reports.
    2. Added new study and series count reports.
    3. Added new keyword search reports.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/23/09

    1. GUI interface changes.
    2. New ability to specify how patient’s should be listed in the various reports: by ID; by name; or by name and ID.
    3. Reformatted the following reports: patient summary image count; patient itemized image count.
    4. Now all reports will split IO modality into bite wing and PA based on the setting.
    5. Operator report will now break down the image counts by image type (e.g. primary; ghosted; retake).

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 11/24/09

    1. Added new DICOM engine that provides over a 4x increase in speed when performing standard data accummulation.
    2. Added new patient name report.
    3. Added new sensor capture report.
    4. Updated workstation capture report.
    5. Corrected problem with date range specification.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 11/13/09

    1. Added new report: workstation capture count.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 5/27/09

    1. Added the ability to separate the various IO modality reports into IO(bitewing) and IO(PA).

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 3/14/09

    1. Added new “operator” report class.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Made changes to better use the new ghosted/retaken image classifications.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 6/25/08

    1. Made correction to date range specification. Previously you can specify the same date for the start and the end and it would not match any entries (you had to specify at least a two day date range).

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 6/24/08

    1. Changes made so the report generate can handle the new original, ghosted and retake image designations.
    2. New option added to allow the user to select to print all image, original images, ghosted images or retaken images.
    3. New option added to allow the user to print image thumbnail sheets. These sheets contain thumbnails of the corresponding images and some primary information.
    4. “Yearly/Month/Daily” heading now changes on the reports based on what detail level the user selects.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/25/08

    1. Added command line options support to allow an invoking application to specify the database that should be used when the Report Generator is launched.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/26/08

    1. Added new options for breaking down total image counts by year, month and/or day.
    2. Added new options for breaking down modality reports by year, month and/or day.
  • Version 11.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 3/25/13
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Updated program for use with new Apteryx AXLib DICOM library. (F3970, F3371)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 3/25/13
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Resolved issue with submitting to multiple DICOM CD Publishers. (B717)
  • Version 10.0 build 2
    Beta Release Date: 1/3/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected prompt file window not displaying in XP, Server 2003 OS’. (F2077)

    Version 10.0 build 1
    Release Date: 7/20/2010

    1. Updated component and development environment for forward compatibility with future versions of the XV DCV software.

    Version 1.0 build 1
    Release Date: 4/03/2009

    1. Initial release. (F328)
  • Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 09/12/2011

    1. Recompiled with the latest database updates and integrations. (F1117)

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 11/3/2010

    1. Resolved issue with zero dates being used with imported worklist entries. (Bug 459)

Imaging Extensions

  • Note: These general application modification dates indicate a date when general or fundamental changes were made to the IXDLL infrastructure. The changes here will not make it into specific IXDLL until a build has been made after the dates listed for each implementation.

    Implementation Date: 8/10/2010

    1. Added ability to copy and rename IXDLLs so that there can be more than one copy of the same IXDLL.

    Implementation Date: 3/3/09

    1. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.

    Implementation Date: 2/5/09

    1. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Implementation Date: 12/2/08

    1. Operator name now associated with acquired images.

    Implementation Date: 10/3/2008

    1. Made changes to fill in default modalities when the extension is initially run.

    Implementation Date: 10/31/07

    1. Support for veterinary tooth specifications.
  • Version 10 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013

    1. Added support for reading of embedded files from PACS servers. (F1557)
    2. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 build 5
    Release Date: 4/04/2012

    1. Added logging capabilities. (F1396)
    2. Corrected a capturing issue which required an addition of a delay in reading the output file. (F1396)
    3. Fixed issue with specified capture/viewer paths not functioning properly. (B763)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/02/2011

    1. Added support for OBJ file extensions. (F1188)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 12/21/2010

    1. Initial Release. (F622)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Update SopixII for new SDK 2.1.19 (F3928)
    2. Modify IXDLL to use local temp folder for temporary capture (F3890)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 8/31/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Initial creation of the plugin. (F3513)
  • APEX / EDLEN IMAGING EI / RAYSCAN RIO / SIGMA BIORAY HR / TUXEDO

    Version 12.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Integrated new SDK 9_0_2_0. (F3966)

    Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/3/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Created new OEM version. (F3386)
    2. Added “Capture New Continuous Series From Selected Image” functionality to Hamamatsu extensions. (F3435)
    3. Created new OEM. (F3545)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 2/13/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added TIFF binary diagnositc image saving option for diagnostic image evaluation. (F3423)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 11/3/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. BioRayHR – Changed location of watermark and added password requirement to access extension options. (F3274)
    2. Renamed Extension to remove a brand name. (F3337)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/26/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for Hamamatsu Image Saturation diagnostics. (F3153)
    2. Added support for “suspend mode” time interval changing. (F3155)
    3. Changed how the extension tracks the location of sensor calibration files. (F3162)
    4. Added support for Hamamatsu Dosimeter diagnostics. (F3207)
    5. Added new “Despeckle” filter to post capture filtering options. (F3221)
    6. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added prompt to create calibration file before capturing from an uncalibrated sensor. (F3129)
    2. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3130)
    3. Created new OEM version. (F3055)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/16/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release. (F3037)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTIMAX4 / EVA SELECT / TUXEDO A-SERIES / QUICKRAY / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for DCV has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 11/09/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Default use of calibration file to on. (F3663)
    2. Add 16bit TIFF to RAW outputs for diagnostic use. (F3761)
    3. RTF display added to image preview in progression capture. (F3748)
    4. Corrected error return to grab SDK error when (null). (F3779)
    5. DICOM now set to proper 12bit depth. (F3702)
    6. Corrected ability to specify a custom path for correction files. (B1450)
    7. Addressed issue where closing “Switch Sensor” could result in app crashing. (B1435)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3657)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3588)
    3. Established default filter sets for Tuxedo A extension. (F3540)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added AImg filters to specific OEM version of IXDLL. (F2860)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added support for driver version 3.7.0. (F2851)
    2. Added automatic rotation for newer size 2 sensors. (F2821)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 3/03/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Changed default settings for the XDR and Belmont extensions. (F2706)
    2. Corrected non-trigger issue that was occuring intermittently. (B1162)
    3. Added logging capability under hardware options. (F2625)
    4. Updated for 3.6.1 driver version SDK. (F2235)
    5. Built extension for Eva Select version. (F2569)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Built Dentimax 4 version of IXDLL. (F2527) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modifications to capture selection window to include tooth chart and progression/layout choices. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added watermark for specific dealer. (F1992)

    10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Changed single

    10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed single capture capture window to start maximized when initiated. (F1602)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Added OEM version for XDR. (F1702)

    10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: NA

    1. Initial creation. (F1595)
    2. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Bel-Sensor Gold. (F1421)
    3. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Dentalaire DTX. (F1602)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 28
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 26
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected image resolution. (F1663)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 17
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/03/2012

    1. Added support for Kodak Gip_SDK version 1.14.24. (F1312)
    2. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/18/2011

    1. Resolved issues with layout capture crashing, stop sensor button, and take/retake. (B460)

    Version 10.0.0.10
    3/8/2011

    1. Resolved issue with setting proper image resolution. (B544)

    Version 10 Build 9
    12/29/2010

    1. Resolved image grabbing error and window focus issues. (B140)

    Version 10 Build 8
    12/7/2010

    1. Disabled the Done button while the sensor is active to avoid potential crashing. (B491)

    Version 10 Build 7
    11/30/2010

    1. Disabled the STOP button, since the new Kodak SDK does not support cancelling an acquisition. (B485)

    Version 10 Build 5
    10/15/2010

    1. Added support for Kodak SDK 1.14.10.0-A (F828)

    Version 2.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.
    4. Ability to display patient names on the various Kodak extension interfaces (not all Kodak interfaces support displaying the patient name).

    Version 2.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.

    Version 2.0 Build 37
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.
    4. Redesign of internal structure to remove conflict with the Kodak Image Filter being applied to images. Could result in an application crash during progression captures due to thread conflicts.
    5. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 8/22/08

    1. Upgrader: removed the various SDK DLLs from being installed. The Kodak SDK DLLs should be installed via the installation of the hardware.
    2. Upgrader: now adds the Kodak image filter for the DCV application.

    Version 2.0 Build 35
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 3/10/08

    1. Dosimeter dialog added to appear after x-ray exposure. Dosimeter can be enabled and the length of time it appears can be changed in the IXDLL options.
    2. RVG6000 button press option defaulted to off.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 1/21/08

    1. Corrected problem with first sensor initialization error being interpreted as a hardware error (which resulted in termination of the image acquisition). New version displays status messages when the first sensor initialization error messages are sent to the imaging extension.
    2. Changes made to only display one message to the user when the connection to the hardware is lost.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 9/6/07

    1. Made changes to allow prompting for tooth information again when the user chooses to capture additional continuous endo progressions.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional functionality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 10/26/06

    1. Added support for the new 6100 model sensor.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 6/13/06

    1. Made adjustments so that the image extension works with older generation sensors.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/11/06

    1. A new option was added to the hardware properties tab that will allow the user to defer sensor ready status until they press the button on RVG 6000 systems. This option does not affect use with the RVGui system. Note that if a RVG 6000 and RVGui system are plugged in at the same time then this option is ignored as well.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 12/15/05

    1. Timeout error message corrected.
    2. Stop progression capture option and done option now will terminate the capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 7/26/05

    1. Modified initial filters to correct for orientation issues with the images.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.
  • Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for reading of embedded files from PACS servers. (F1556)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 5/15/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for saving analysis, labels and other markings. (F1299)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 11/08/2011

    1. Capture/acquire workflow changed so that a captured image displays in the 3D Viewer before it’s acquired and saved in DCV. (F975)
    2. Updated to accomodate new location and file name changes in the registry entry of the KDIS 3D module. Also made it backward compatible to accomodate older registry entries. (F1131)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 8/18/2010

    1. Added support for GIP SDK 1.14.10.0-A. (F828)

    Version 10.0 build 1
    Release Date: 6/04/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.

    Version 1.2 build 2
    Release Date: 12/28/2009

    1. Added ability for 3D extensions to be able to handle multiple volume and volume stitching for Kodak 9000 unit. (B270)
  • Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 8/8/2012
    Release Date: Na

    1. Added support for the CS 1200&1600 (F1514)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/03/2012

    1. Added support for Kodak Gip_SDK version 1.14.24. (F1316)

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Added support for the new 1500 camera.
    2. Integrated new SDK into the extension.
  • Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/7/2012

    1. Added options for pan, ceph, and pan/ceph prompt (if none selected) as selection is invoked via software. (F1353)

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 2/18/2010

    1. Added support for the new 1500 camera.
    2. Integrated new SDK into the extension.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta: 9/13/2019
    Release: 5/11/2020

    1. Address Command Line Issue when invoking CS3D Viewer. (F3961)

    Version 10.1 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 10/4/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Updated the “Capture Into” functionality to support the multiple hardwares. (F3259)
    2. Corrects modality of IO camera images being returned from ES to XC which will now allow tooth assignment. (F3178)

    Version 10.1 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to available post capture filters. (F3225)

    Version 10.1 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 3/08/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added more descriptive DICOM tags for the ‘series descriptions’ and ‘study descriptions’. (F2275)

    Version 10.1 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 2/10/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. New option to allow changing the specification of running external SDK exe’s, defaults “run as admin”. (F3084)
    2. Corrected issue where the ‘station name’ and ‘operator name’ tags were no longer being populated. (B1254)
    3. Now runs DicomConverttoFP processing on ceph images to address “light” image return. (F2993)
    4. Added the DicomConverttoFP.exe and processings2D.dll to the upgrader. (F2993)

    Version 10.1 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 8/25/2015
    Release Date: 8/25/2015

    1. Determined black images being returned from CS1500 camera was result of missing LTCLR14N.dll (B1210)
    2. Added support for CR7400 and CS7600 through ACQ SDK. (F2196)

    Version 10.1 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Resolved issue where continuous endo tooth selection prompt would be stuck behind main DCV window. (B1195)
    2. Added new option to strip icon image sequences from images which was resulting in a multiframe thumbnail image. (F2792)
    3. Now ignores the “No acquisition plugins support asked sensortype ids” message returned from the Carestream SDK. (F2753)
    4. No longer calls for compressed 3d volumes from Carestream SDK as it will cause crash of task queue when processing. (F2523)

    Version 10.1 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 2/3/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)
    2. Added support for CT stitching acquisitions through the Acquisition and Processing SDK. (F2611)
    3. IO camera support added through acquisition SDK. (F2362)

    Version 10.1 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.1 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 10/24/2014
    Release Date: 10/7

    1. Corrected window control after 3D acquisition, where DCV would not be in front after image return if another application was maximized. (F2545)

    Version 10.1 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)
    2. Now ignores warning messages given by ACQ toolkit that are “ok”. (F2449)
    3. Corrected Pixel Spacing Tag not correlating with the tag from ACQ SDK. (B1097)

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where an image edit immediatly after capture would result in an inverted image when saved. (B1033)
    2. Corrected ability to capture test image in the imaging extension filter modifications. (F2361)
    3. Added integration of SampleBasic.EXE (Carestream CT compiler from ACQ SDK). (F2292)
    4. Implemented data security changes from DCDLL regarding patient PHI being lost upon resave and CT’s stored under wrong patient. (F2183)
    5. Adaptive normalize filter added to default set of post capture filters. (F2352)

    Version 10.1 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 1/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Integration with latest acquistion and processing SDK. (F1744)
    2. Add “set as defaults” to configuration in preferences for hardware settings. (F2052)
    3. Addressed issue where images restored from safety cache were inverted, losing rotation and tooth assignments. (B1027)
    4. Added support for sectional pan acquisitons. (F2113)
    5. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)
    6. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 7/30/13
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Corrected issue with number of frame elements tag (F3976)
    2. Correct issue with reported frame count when importing CTs. (F3963)
    3. Correct Image Position tag for imported CT’s (F3072)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 5/18/2015
    Release Date: 5/18/2015

    1. Initial release (F2800)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTIMAX4 / EVA SELECT / TUXEDO A-SERIES / QUICKRAY / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for DCV has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 11/09/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Default use of calibration file to on. (F3663)
    2. Add 16bit TIFF to RAW outputs for diagnostic use. (F3761)
    3. RTF display added to image preview in progression capture. (F3748)
    4. Corrected error return to grab SDK error when (null). (F3779)
    5. DICOM now set to proper 12bit depth. (F3702)
    6. Corrected ability to specify a custom path for correction files. (B1450)
    7. Addressed issue where closing “Switch Sensor” could result in app crashing. (B1435)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3657)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3588)
    3. Established default filter sets for Tuxedo A extension. (F3540)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added AImg filters to specific OEM version of IXDLL. (F2860)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added support for driver version 3.7.0. (F2851)
    2. Added automatic rotation for newer size 2 sensors. (F2821)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 3/03/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Changed default settings for the XDR and Belmont extensions. (F2706)
    2. Corrected non-trigger issue that was occuring intermittently. (B1162)
    3. Added logging capability under hardware options. (F2625)
    4. Updated for 3.6.1 driver version SDK. (F2235)
    5. Built extension for Eva Select version. (F2569)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Built Dentimax 4 version of IXDLL. (F2527) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modifications to capture selection window to include tooth chart and progression/layout choices. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added watermark for specific dealer. (F1992)

    10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Changed single

    10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed single capture capture window to start maximized when initiated. (F1602)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Added OEM version for XDR. (F1702)

    10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: NA

    1. Initial creation. (F1595)
    2. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Bel-Sensor Gold. (F1421)
    3. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Dentalaire DTX. (F1602)
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    2. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    3. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: NA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view. (B864)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.
  • Version 11 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 09/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Added ability to save Color Space/Compression. (F3334)
    2. Added Burst Capture Mode support. (F3747)
    3. Updated definitions to Anatomic Region Sequence. (F3949)
    4. Updated Modality list. (F3987)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 2/05/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Added option to set all images captured with DirectVideo as “Primary”. (F2658)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 1/09/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added “Always on top” to capture window when in progression capture. (F2201)
    2. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)
    3. New option added to rotate images associated with upper dentition 180 degrees. (F2319)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 01/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where all teeth number assignments were not being retained after image return. (F2112)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added capture button support for cameras that use “Still Pin Capture” in the Video Options > Still Pin and other video sizes option. (F1203)
    2. Modification to remember the previous camera control settings. (F1203)
    3. Changed the menu text from Xtriggers to Capture Buttons. (F1203)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 5/25/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    2. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version: 10 Build 5
    Release Date: 1/25/2012

    1. Add ability to assign tooth numbers to direct video images. (F1092)
    2. Add ability to capture direct video images into progressions. (F1092)
    3. Fixed bug that would retain deleted images in the safety cache. (B699)

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 5/4/09

    1. Made changes to support Schick USB Cam 2 buttons. Changes were made in both the IXDLL and the EM2800chipset.XTriggerDLL files.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.
    3. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.
    4. ES / Endoscopy modality support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Maintinance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
  • APEX / EDLEN IMAGING EI / RAYSCAN RIO / SIGMA BIORAY HR / TUXEDO

    Version 12.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Integrated new SDK 9_0_2_0. (F3966)

    Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/3/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Created new OEM version. (F3386)
    2. Added “Capture New Continuous Series From Selected Image” functionality to Hamamatsu extensions. (F3435)
    3. Created new OEM. (F3545)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 2/13/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added TIFF binary diagnositc image saving option for diagnostic image evaluation. (F3423)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 11/3/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. BioRayHR – Changed location of watermark and added password requirement to access extension options. (F3274)
    2. Renamed Extension to remove a brand name. (F3337)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/26/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for Hamamatsu Image Saturation diagnostics. (F3153)
    2. Added support for “suspend mode” time interval changing. (F3155)
    3. Changed how the extension tracks the location of sensor calibration files. (F3162)
    4. Added support for Hamamatsu Dosimeter diagnostics. (F3207)
    5. Added new “Despeckle” filter to post capture filtering options. (F3221)
    6. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added prompt to create calibration file before capturing from an uncalibrated sensor. (F3129)
    2. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3130)
    3. Created new OEM version. (F3055)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/16/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release. (F3037)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2016
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 1.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 1/25/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial release of Eva sensor extension for DCV. (1715)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 5/3/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue where sensor status would remain at preparing rather than displaying green ready. (F1700)
    2. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    3. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Green Ready screen added. (F1700)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added additional post capture filters. (F1390)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 11/9/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Sensor tooth prompting added. F1610
    2. Dependency file vix32.dll added to the IXDLL updater. F1627

    Version 10 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10 build 8
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10 build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 26
    Beta Release Date: 2/7/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Addressed “corrupt tiff” error from Denoptix hardware. (F3703)

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Updated series descriptions to reflect corresponding progression names. (F3144)
    2. Confirmed Gendex Sensor serial numbers are recorded in DICOM tags. (F2143)
    3. Added “set as defaults” option to image extension preferences. (F2778)
    4. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    5. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter. (F3225)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: 10/9/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added the video streaming capability for the gendex cameras. (F2850)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 2/6/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Status display now changed for to acknowledge if device is present. (F1962)

    10.0 Build 13
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add ability to “manually start acquistion” for denoptix hardware. (F1680)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/13/2012

    1. Corrected image rotation for single image and progression capture. (F1365)
    2. Changed default image filters. (F1365)
    3. Corrected issue where sensor ready background was gray and not green. (F1365)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 36
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 34
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 32
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/15/06

    1. Made changes to support new hardware and interfaces with the hardware.
    2. Made changes to commit image acquisition thus removing the problem of temporary images being maintained by the Gendex interface.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/22/05

    1. Corrected button placement on scan dialog when the dialog is resized.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Added ability to import STL images into DCV. (F3524)
    2. Added ability to import PDF images into DCV. (F3899)
    3. Added ability to organize via layout for modalities other than IO. (F3998)
    4. Added PNG functionality. (F3909)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Added “JPEG” and “TIFF” to supported formats. (F3757)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/05/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Auto Import added to interface. (F3457)
    2. Added support for 16 bit TIFF. (F3447)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 2/14/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added support for file drag and drop importing. (F3243)
    2. Added support for Palette color images being imported and corrected issue where they were displayed in grayscale. (F2924)
    3. Added support for DICOM importing. (F2842)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2015

    1. Recompiled, no actual changes were made. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)
    2. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 10/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. When changing an images modality, keeps study/series/image dates if those have been updated. (F1939)
    2. Added support for PNG file types. (F1889)

    Version 10 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1.  Added ability to specify study/series/image dates and times for imported images. (F1651)

    Version 10 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 8/20/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to organize images into layout format (F1511)
    2. Added ability to specify default modality. (F1511)

    Version 10 Build 6
    Release Date: 01/25/2012

    1. When importing multiple images into the same study they will maintain the same accession number and study ID for all images. (F1273)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 8/17/2011

    1. ‘All Image Types’ set as the default type when selecting an image to import. (F1009)

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 39
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 38
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 3/8/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 37
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 36
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 35
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added support for new KaVo hardware, Express Origo, KaVo eXam. (F2576)
    2. Added occlusal stitching support. (F2502)

    Version 10.0 Build 34
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 33
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 32
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10 Build 31
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)
    2. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 30
    Beta Release Date: 10/17/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.13.6590

    1. Incremented build number for new IAM driver release. (F2037)

    Version 10.0 Build 28
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.10.0015

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 27
    Beta Release Date: 02/27/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.10.0015

    1. Added support for Novus E pan. (F1706)

    Version 10.0 Build 26
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 06/01/2012
    Release Date: NA
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Removed extra InitDICC calls from being invoked to help speed up image return. (F1400)
    2. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    3. Changed default integration time for Snapshot to 128ms. (F1374)
    4. Added new default image filtering for the Snapshot sensor. (F1373)
    5. Seperated default filtering for specific hardware/modality types. (F1343)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/31/2011
    IAM version: 4.04.0009

    1. Improved Snapshot capture speed in certain environments. (B583)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 7/27/2011

    1. Sensor serial number used for capture now included in the images’s Image Comments. (F1055)
    2. Modified the running process path variable to use the IAM directory. (B588)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 7/14/2011

    1. Reverted Snapshot SDK integration from DSD back to DICC, per Instrumentarium request. (B588)
    2. Added Snapshot serial number into DICOM tag. (F1055)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 6/29/2011

    1. Added option to drop new images into a “plate holder” at the bottom of the screen during progression capture. Note: Anatomical layout capturing will be implemented in DCV 3.4.0.16. (F1024)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 5/17/2011

    1. Modified handling of Retrieve Last Image capability for Optime to prevent UA Flag issue. (B572)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 4/22/2011

    1. Added hardware-specific filtering settings to the post capture filter options. (F993)
    2. Resolved Optime image rotation issue. (B559)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 2/21/2011

    1. Corrected Optime rotation implementation. (F853)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 7/13/2010

    1. Several titles and texts renamed for more general descriptions.
    2. Removal of SigmaM references.

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: 5/13/2010

    1. Components and environment updated for compliance with new versions of the software.
    2. Integration of the new OP30 hardware.
    3. Integration of all Soredex products.
    4. Updated the options and the GUI to include support for the Soredex hardware.
    5. Minor modifications to the GUI to make it cleaner and easier to use.
    6. Minor modifications to the options to make them cleaner and easier to understand.
    7. Made name and verbiage changes to make various options compliant with multiple hardware support.

    Version 3.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 3.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 3.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 6/18/09

    1. Correction to window center and window level tags.
    2. Correction made to correct crash when all filters are removed for a modality.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/23/09

    1. Removed legacy TWAIN references.
    2. Included latest version of GUI controls.

    Version 3.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 11/20/08

    1. Made a correction to the Window Level and Window Center tags to correctly identify for 12-bit images.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 10/27/08

    1. Entire redesign of the Instrumentation interface: entirely new interface, options and operation; combination of all hardware control into a single SED file; integration of the new Instrumentation SDK.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 11/10/06

    1. Added additional filters for Sigma.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

      1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/31/2017
    Release Date: TBD

      1. Initial release
  • Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 06/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 build 7
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)
  • Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Addressed issue where sensor extension was returning DX modality and not IO. (F3811)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. New space compression for mixed dentition progressions. (F3769)
    2. Preview in progression capture now allows RTF application. (F3769)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/11/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial build with Owandy configuration window entry point. (F2494)
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2014
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Initial release. (F2460)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

      1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

        1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
        2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 6/16/2016
    Release Date: TBD

        1. Corrected support for ProSensor’s as they were no longer being found. (F3096)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

        1. Updated for latest SDK 5.3.1. (F2889)
        2. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

        1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

        1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)
        2. Changed default resolution setting in preferences to “high resolution”. (F2454)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

        1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 06/17/2014
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Added support for 2d Panoramic capture from CBCT unit. (F2374)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 05/07/2014
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
        2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
        3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
        4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
        2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

        1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
        2. Added additional post capture filters. (F1390)
        3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
        4. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 8/20/2012
    Release Date: NA

        1. Added support for panoramic and cephalometric units using Dimax4 sensors. (F1457)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

        1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

        1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/13/2011

        1. Modified IXDLL to retrieve DPI/resolution from the sensor drivers and store it the image information. (F890)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    6/10/2010

        1. Modified and compiled in Visual Studio 2010.

     

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

        1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

        1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

        1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
        2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
        3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 33
    Release Date: 7/21/09

        1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
        2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
        3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 3/3/09

        1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
        2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
        3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 30
    Release Date: 8/13/08

        1. Prevented the “Press ready button on the unit” message from being displayed when capturing from an IO device.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 8/12/08

        1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 27
    Release Date: 8/6/08

        1. Integration of new SDK.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/8/08

        1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.
        2. Now sets the kV, mA and seconds in the DICOM information.
        3. Now sets a more descriptive image and series description based on what was acquired from the panoral hardware.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 3/26/08

        1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
        2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.
        3. Changed “enabling grabbing” text to “press ready button on unit”.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 2/2/08

        1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 1/9/08

        1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/24/07

        1. Changes made to prevent prompting for hardware type when capturing additional images (single images or progressions).

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 4/4/07

        1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
        2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/27/07

        1. Image view control improved with additional functionality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/8/07

        1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
        2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
        3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
        4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 12/5/06

        1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 9/18/06

        1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/26/06

        1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/6/06

        1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/20/06

        1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/19/06

        1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/6/06

        1. Entirely new image processing.
        2. Added real-time progress display.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

        1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
        2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
        3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

        1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
        2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
        3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 1/25/06

        1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
        2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 1/5/06

        1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 11/16/05

        1. Maintenance build.
        2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 10/20/05

        1. Maintenance build.
        2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 8/19/05

        1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
        2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
        3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/7/05

        1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 7/5/05

        1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
        2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 5/19/05

        1. Maintenance release.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 1/26/05

        1. Removed hardware prompts that sometimes were displayed when capturing in IO modality with both the Dixi and Promax are connected to the same computer via the PCI card.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 1/18/05

        1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 12/8/04

      1. Added 16-bit image support.
      2. Miscellaneous changes.
      3. Improved calibration/filter interface.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Initial release
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 3/08/2016
    Release Date: 3/08/2016

    1. Initial creation of IXDLL. (F2455)
    2. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated CT display. (F3683)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Add support for double capture executables. (F3316)
    2. Support saving of multiple projects from Xelis. (F3316)
    3. Status message when DCV is awaitin Xelis to close. (F3316)
    4. Add support for OnDemand3D viewer. (F3767)
    5. Allow edit of paths to viewer and capture executables. (F3354)
    6. New space compression in progressions for mixed dentition. (F3769)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 9/19/2016
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Added support for the Alpha and Alpha Plus. (F3267)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. New capture mode – continuous series from existing image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 06/17/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release (F2170)
  • APEX / EDLEN IMAGING EI / RAYSCAN RIO / SIGMA BIORAY HR / TUXEDO

    Version 12.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Integrated new SDK 9_0_2_0. (F3966)

    Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/3/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Created new OEM version. (F3386)
    2. Added “Capture New Continuous Series From Selected Image” functionality to Hamamatsu extensions. (F3435)
    3. Created new OEM. (F3545)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 2/13/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added TIFF binary diagnositc image saving option for diagnostic image evaluation. (F3423)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 11/3/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. BioRayHR – Changed location of watermark and added password requirement to access extension options. (F3274)
    2. Renamed Extension to remove a brand name. (F3337)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/26/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for Hamamatsu Image Saturation diagnostics. (F3153)
    2. Added support for “suspend mode” time interval changing. (F3155)
    3. Changed how the extension tracks the location of sensor calibration files. (F3162)
    4. Added support for Hamamatsu Dosimeter diagnostics. (F3207)
    5. Added new “Despeckle” filter to post capture filtering options. (F3221)
    6. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added prompt to create calibration file before capturing from an uncalibrated sensor. (F3129)
    2. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3130)
    3. Created new OEM version. (F3055)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/16/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release. (F3037)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 25
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 24
    Beta Release Date: 9/11/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Added new cancel feature options. (2848)

    Version 10.0 Build 23
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 22
    Beta Release Date: 2/6/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 05/03/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1.  Image focus now defaults to image when moved from holding bar. (F1778)
    2. New option to display image operations in main interface rather than pop out menu. (F1778)
    3. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    4. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 03/22/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability to choose modality through the capture additional. (F1779)
    2. Corrected possible issue that could corrupt .dat file leading to crashing. (B922)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 01/11/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now bypasses the tooth selection window when the PX modality is selected. (F1647)
    2. Adjusted filter rules for PX and IO modalities. (F1660)
    3. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    4. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    5. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 9
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/25/2011

    1. Corrected issue under Preferences>Miscellaneous settings, where the check box for “Display progression captures as layouts whenever possible” was missing. (B660)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 9/29/2011

    1. Added option to drop new images into a “plate holder” at the bottom of the screen during progression capture. Note: Anatomical layout capturing will be implemented in DCV 3.4.0.16. (F1024)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 9/29/2010

    1. Corrected rotation for image return. Plates should be scanned with the “a” marker down, within DCV that marker is treated as the top of the sensor. (B615)
    2. Now displays the units serial number, ini version, and driver version. (B603)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/26/2011

    1. Resolved issue with hardware information (serial number, driver version, Vistascan INI file location) being displayed in ScanX capture interface. (B603)
    2. Added option to drop new images into a “plate holder” at the bottom of the screen during progression capture. Note: Anatomical layout capturing will be implemented in DCV 3.4.0.16. (F1024)

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.
    2. Corrected red ‘X’ icon that was associated with an OK button.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Added prompt to update Schick filtering if it is different from current default settings. (F4007)
    2. Changed default filtering. (F3953)
    3. Added logging functionality. (F3992)
    4. Added Device Serial # to returned images (F3974)

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Refined series description assignment. (F3800)
    2. Addressed rotation issues with image return. (F3638)
    3. Added logging functionality. (F3995)
    4. Changed default filtering. (3952)
    5. Added support for auto-dismissing display after capture in IXDLLs. (F3725)

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 10/4/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Corrected issue where the capture interface would not close completely after a series capture. (B1415)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 10/1/2012
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added support for 12-bit image acquisition. (F1577)
    2. Added DICOM tag information for Manufacturer and Model name. (F1577)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/3/2011

    1. Added support for latest SDK 4.5. (F874)
    2. Additional search for Schick DLLs in Program Files x86 directory on 64-bit OS. (F874)
    3. Removed requirement to install SchickCOMInstaller. (F874)

    Version 2.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 31
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 29
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 28
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 8/16/06

    1. Enable display of blue processing screen sooner in the capture process.
    2. Corrected a problem in layouts where image may disappear after capture. The system was incorrectly interpreting a system event as a user cancel message.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 8/14/06

    1. Added new brightness and contrast default filters.
    2. Added prompt to ask old users if they want to add the new filters.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.
    2. Modified the extension to no longer close down the hardware between captures.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/8/04

    1. Added 16-bit image support.
    2. Miscellaneous changes.
    3. Improved calibration/filter interface.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 11/24/04

    1. Correction made for error reported invoking the Schick COM object during progression captures.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 12-bit image acquisition. (F1577)
    2. Added DICOM tag information for Manufacturer and Model name. (F1577)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/3/2011

    1. Added support for latest SDK 4.5. (F874)
    2. Additional search for Schick DLLs in Program Files x86 directory on 64-bit OS. (F874)
    3. Removed requirement to install SchickCOMInstaller. (F874)

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 25
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 22
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.
    3. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 3/7/07

    1. Added logging options.
    2. Made change to try to address ActiveX controls generating an “Out Of Memory” error message and resulting in an abnormal application termination.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/28/07

    1. Redesign of interface to Schick SDK to prevent period crashes after image capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 18
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 12/8/04

    1. Added 16-bit image support.
    2. Miscellaneous changes.
    3. Improved calibration/filter interface.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 11/24/04

    1. Maintenance build.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 1.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/17/2010

    1. Rebuild with DCamLIB v2.1.0.4. (F665)

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/29/08

    1. Corrected anomaly where the extension would always return a 16-bit image even when 8-bit mode was selected. Please note that sometimes the extension will return an 8-bit image even though 16-bit mode may be enabled. This is due to the SDK sometimes selecting 8-bit mode on its own accord even when 16-bit mode is requested.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/11/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 1/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/20/2016

    1. Resolved issue with incorrect body part specification with podiatry option enabled. (B1215)
    2. Added options for selecting different scanning resolutions: 150, 300, 600, 1200. (F2927)
    3. Resolved issue with captured image not displaying until after erase is complete. (B1235)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 2/6/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 9/17/2012
    Beta Release Date: NA

    1. Added support for additional carousel sizes: 8×10, 10×12, 14×17. (F1205)
    2. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Fixed issue with improper rotions during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 1.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/17/2010

    1. Rebuild with DCamLIB v2.1.0.4. (F665)

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 7/29/08

    1. Corrected anomaly where the extension would always return a 16-bit image even when 8-bit mode was selected. Please note that sometimes the extension will return an 8-bit image even though 16-bit mode may be enabled. This is due to the SDK sometimes selecting 8-bit mode on its own accord even when 16-bit mode is requested.

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 2/11/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.1 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 9/25/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Added auto-dismissing preview for progression acquisition. (F3726)
    2. New space compression in progressions for mixed dentition. (F3769)

    Version 10.1 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 2/6/2015
    Release Date: 7/8/2015

    1. Corrected a possible memory leak that could occur in progression captures with image holding area enabled. (F2633)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.1 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 13
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 4/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added capability for canine simulated images, requires the canine sim image pack, available upon request. (F1713)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 1/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Adjusted filter rules for PX and IO modalities. (F1660)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 6/21/2011

    1. Added option to drop new images into a “plate holder” at the bottom of the screen during progression capture. Note: Anatomical layout capturing will be implemented in DCV 3.4.0.16. (F1024)

    Version 3.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 3.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 3.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 3.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 3.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 3.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/2/08

    1. Operator name now associated with acquired images.

    Version 3.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 10/20/08

    1. The simulator can now do calibration acquisitions.

    Version 3.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 3.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 3.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 3.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 3.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 1/10/08

    1. Made changes to allow cancellation of acquisition during a progression. The original simulator was not designed to permit canceling during a progression.

    Version 3.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 3.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 5/3/07

    1. Added whole new simulated images. Now returns pans, cephs, bite wings and IO images appropriate to what was selected.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.
    2. Added auto-orientation support based on IO tooth selection.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/5/06

    1. Added features to permit the progression name to be automatically added to the study comments, study description, series description and image comments tags.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added modality selection prompt for capture. (F2382)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 2.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 2.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 2.0 Build 26
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 2.0 Build 24
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 2.0 Build 23
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 2.0 Build22
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 2.0 Build 21
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 20
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 2.0 Build 19
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 2.0 Build 16
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 2.0 Build 15
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional functionality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 2.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 2.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.

    Version 2.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 9/18/06

    1. Added ghosted image support.

    Version 2.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 7/26/06

    1. Added options to permit the user to modify the modalities that will be supported by the extension.

    Version 2.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 7/6/06

    1. Modified the manner in which progression work when images are already captured for a tile. Old convention was to simply retake over existing images. The new convention skips over images that have already been taken when the user clicks on the “Capture Progression” button.

    Version 2.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 4/20/06

    1. Added support for multiple shot selection progressions (i.e. the user can create a progression on the fly simply by clicking-and-dragging on a tooth chart).

    Version 2.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 4/19/06

    1. If a progression tile does not have a sensor orientation associated with it, it is determined based on the Sensor Orientation Map.

    Version 2.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 3/8/06

    1. New image viewer control integrated into extension.
    2. Filter modalities now limited to extension’s modalities.
    3. Full screen button graphic corrected.

    Version 2.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 2/3/06

    1. 16-bit image capture error corrected. In some circumstances an error is reported when converting 16-bit image data into a DICOM image object.
    2. Spatial sharpening filter added to the post capture filter options.
    3. Direct selection of progressions support added.

    Version 1.0 Build 42
    Release Date: 1/25/06

    1. PA descriptions added to image, series and study notes.
    2. Added reduction image filter option.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 11/16/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Modified the program to use the sensor orientations in a progression instead of relying on the sensor orientation map during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 10/20/05

    1. Maintenance build.
    2. Corrected problem where disabled “Start Progression” button can be clicked again by user. This action could sometimes lead to a freeze of the application.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 8/19/05

    1. Added ability to click on numbered grouping on the progression view to select corresponding image.
    2. Capabilities added to save images to the safety cache during a progression.
    3. Miscellaneous changes and fixes.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 7/7/05

    1. Correction made to prevent invalid UID generation.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 7/5/05

    1. Correction made for image resolutions. Some images had an improper resolution associated with an image.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 1/18/05

    1. New Apteryx DICOM UID added.
  • Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Make an option to either pass or dont pass the patient ID to their EXE (F3948)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 5/19/2017
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial release of SIDIIN support with Sidexis 4+.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: NA
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 1.1 Build 4
    Release Date: 12/22/09

    1. Modified the IXDLL to enable better use of the multi-connect capabilities of the hardware.

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 2
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 17
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
    3. Corrected image rotation issue with continues endo series acqusitions.

    Version 1.0 Build 14
    Release Date: 3/3/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Corrected a memory leak that could potentially occur during progression acquisition.
    3. Updated file naming problems where ‘-‘ in the computer names were being replaced with ‘_’. This interfered with the calibration image capture storage and retrieval.

    Version 1.0 Build 12
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 11
    Release Date: 4/9/08

    1. Due to a corruption in the Optime’s 16-bit raw image data, the Optime extension now only works on 8-bit images even if the user selects 16-bits. The newer versions of the Optime imaging extension defaulted to 16-bits instead of 8-bit which resulted in problems during updates due to the periodic corruption of the image data returned from the Optime hardware.

    Version 1.0 Build 10
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 9
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 8
    Release Date: 2/2/08

    1. Updated the support of veterinary tooth display, tooth selection and information.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 1/9/08

    1. Added new capabilities to display an advanced image display dialog when the user double-clicks on an image during progression capture.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 12/21/07

    1. Recompile to include all new code changes (including vet and auto study and series descriptions).

    Version 1.0 Build 5
    Release Date: 4/4/07

    1. Corrected orientations when changing between various tiles when capturing a progression.
    2. Maintenance build.

    Version 1.0 Build 4
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Image view control improved with additional funcationality: image enhancement drop-down (auto BC, emboss, invert); drag gamma adjustment tool added.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 1/8/07

    1. Added popup that quickly allows the user to switch between multiple images that are associated with the same progression entry.
    2. Added image operations to the progression capture screen (e.g. Invert, flip, rotate).
    3. Display of a full screen image from the progression view now displays the image on a black background.
    4. Display a different cursor when the user moves the mouse over the multiple indicator when a progression entry contains more than one entry.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 12/5/06

    1. Corrected values set for the Patient Orientation DICOM tag.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 10 Build 1
    Release Date: 6/15/2011

    1. Added support for Suni 1800 and below sensors. (F1035)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.1 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.1 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.1 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.1 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.1 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.1 build 5
    Release Date: 4/10/2012

    1. Added some new imaging algorithms to available post capture filters. (F1390)
    2. Recompiled with latest code from SED and TWAIN. (F1323)

    Version 10.1 Build 4
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)

    Version 1.2 Build 1
    Release Date: 3/30/2010

    1. Redesign of the internal imaging engine.
    2. Change made to enable support the 64-bit drivers.
    3. Defaults changed for 2000 sensors (Gamma = .7; Contrast = +10).
    4. Defaults changed for the SuniRay sensors (median filtering).
    5. Timeout of the sensor increased.
    6. Support option added to produce a raw sensor data file.
    7. Watermarks changed in the returned images.

    Version 1.1 Build 5
    Release Date: 12/2/09

    1. Corrected a crash that could occur when rotating, inverting or flipping images during layout capture after the user clicked on the “Done” option.

    Version 1.1 Build 3
    Release Date: 9/14/09

    1. Corrected an issue with pressing the <Enter> key on the keyboard when capturing a progression. The progression acquisition would end and return to the main application WITHOUT displaying the images.

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 7
    Release Date: 8/7/09

    1. Inverted returned images corrected.
    2. Corrected problem when trying to abort a capture sequence.
    3. Changed the default filters used by the imaging extension.
    4. Corrected overly white images returned from Suni2000 sensors (corrected via the default filter changes).
    5. Corrected typo “explosure”.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 7/21/09

    1. Updated with the latest version of the GUI controls.
    2. Updated the image filter screen to delay the updates of the images while making changes to the filters. Added option to prevent auto-update all together. Added option to allow the user to update the image display manually.
  • Version 10.0 Build 20
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: 10/10/2017

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 10/1/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Created SDX version of Toshiba IXDLL. (F1127)
    2. Modified logo for SDX version. (B842)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Release Date: NA

    1. Added additional post capture filters. (F1390)

    10.0 Build 7
    Release Date: NA

    1. Fixed issue with images being labeled as retake with no tooth association during layout capture. (B716)
  • APEX / EDLEN IMAGING EI / RAYSCAN RIO / SIGMA BIORAY HR / TUXEDO

    Version 12.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Integrated new SDK 9_0_2_0. (F3966)

    Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 10/3/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018

    1. Created new OEM version. (F3386)
    2. Added “Capture New Continuous Series From Selected Image” functionality to Hamamatsu extensions. (F3435)
    3. Created new OEM. (F3545)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 2/13/2017
    Release Date: 4/6/2017

    1. Added TIFF binary diagnositc image saving option for diagnostic image evaluation. (F3423)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 11/3/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. BioRayHR – Changed location of watermark and added password requirement to access extension options. (F3274)
    2. Renamed Extension to remove a brand name. (F3337)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 8/26/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Added support for Hamamatsu Image Saturation diagnostics. (F3153)
    2. Added support for “suspend mode” time interval changing. (F3155)
    3. Changed how the extension tracks the location of sensor calibration files. (F3162)
    4. Added support for Hamamatsu Dosimeter diagnostics. (F3207)
    5. Added new “Despeckle” filter to post capture filtering options. (F3221)
    6. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/28/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added prompt to create calibration file before capturing from an uncalibrated sensor. (F3129)
    2. Modified image filtering algorithms to utilize multi-core processors for faster filtering. (F3130)
    3. Created new OEM version. (F3055)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 2/16/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Initial Release. (F3037)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTIMAX4 / EVA SELECT / TUXEDO A-SERIES / QUICKRAY / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for DCV has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 11/09/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Default use of calibration file to on. (F3663)
    2. Add 16bit TIFF to RAW outputs for diagnostic use. (F3761)
    3. RTF display added to image preview in progression capture. (F3748)
    4. Corrected error return to grab SDK error when (null). (F3779)
    5. DICOM now set to proper 12bit depth. (F3702)
    6. Corrected ability to specify a custom path for correction files. (B1450)
    7. Addressed issue where closing “Switch Sensor” could result in app crashing. (B1435)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3657)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3588)
    3. Established default filter sets for Tuxedo A extension. (F3540)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added AImg filters to specific OEM version of IXDLL. (F2860)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added support for driver version 3.7.0. (F2851)
    2. Added automatic rotation for newer size 2 sensors. (F2821)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 3/03/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Changed default settings for the XDR and Belmont extensions. (F2706)
    2. Corrected non-trigger issue that was occuring intermittently. (B1162)
    3. Added logging capability under hardware options. (F2625)
    4. Updated for 3.6.1 driver version SDK. (F2235)
    5. Built extension for Eva Select version. (F2569)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Built Dentimax 4 version of IXDLL. (F2527) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modifications to capture selection window to include tooth chart and progression/layout choices. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added watermark for specific dealer. (F1992)

    10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Changed single

    10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed single capture capture window to start maximized when initiated. (F1602)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Added OEM version for XDR. (F1702)

    10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: NA

    1. Initial creation. (F1595)
    2. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Bel-Sensor Gold. (F1421)
    3. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Dentalaire DTX. (F1602)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 21
    Beta Release Date: 10/5/2015
    Release Date: 1/6/2017

    1. Corrected issue where Post Capture filters were not applying to TWAIN images. (F3234)
    2. Corrected issue where changing TWAIN image acquisition date was not properly updating the Study and Series date of image. (F2621)
    3. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    4. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 19
    Beta Release Date: 9/10/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Recompile – no actual changes. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 18
    Beta Release Date: 12/3/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 17
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 16
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added ability to specify a different time/date specification for the acquisitions through TWAIN interface. (F2440)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where an image from a 16 bit TWAIN was not being converted to 8 if TWAIN was set to 8 bit as default. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 05/07/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue where an image from a 16 bit TWAIN was not being converted to 8 if TWAIN was set to 8 bit as default. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 05/03/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added logging, log file will generate in temp directory. (F1722)
    2.  Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    3.   Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added option to store and DICOM transfer 16-bit images. (F1538)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 08/17/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added option to set default modality. (F1505)
    2. Corrected issue which could cause some image UID’s to exceed 64 characters. (B829)

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 03/16/2011

    1. Fixed issue where the twain capture was canceled out of with out capture and the processing twain window remained open and would cause crash. (B516)

    Version 1.1 Build 1
    Release Date: 8/21/09

    1. Added new support for selected discipline in the invoking application.
    2. Added new support for general anatomy selection, veterinary anatomy and veterinary dental fields.
    3. Added CR modality support.

    Version 1.0 Build 6
    Release Date: 8/6/09

    1. A number of internal improvements.
    2. Correction made that may cause reentry into a TWAIN source to crash the problem OR to simply fail to initialize the TWAIN source.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 8/12/08

    1. Implemented new ghosting and retaken image classification. Additional options added to automatically mark images as ghosted or retaken based on the acquisition context.

    Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 4/8/08

    1. Image Operations popup menu on the progression screen now has an “Advanced Image Display” option. This option is the same as double-clicking on an image.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 3/26/08

    1. Better image, series and study description labeling.
    2. Added new option to quickly edit image notes during progression capture.
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    SDK Version: 6.3.0.1

    1. Add “Save As You go Option” to Vatech IXDLL (F3964)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 12/1/2016
    Release Date: 4/6/2017
    SDK Version: 6.3.0.1

    1. Added support for Vatech HD and Classic sensor models. (F3346)

    Version 10.0 Build 14
    Beta Release Date: 9/12/2016
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Added new despeckle filter to remove spec noise while preserving the fine details and edges in an image (F3225)
    2. Added parallelization to speed up image enhancement time. (F2869)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 3/8/2016
    Release Date: 3/8/2016

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    Version 10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 01/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modified capture selection window into a combined single image tooth selection and progression selection prompt. (F1982)
    2. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 02/20/2014
    Release Date: 06/18/2014

    1. Corrected issue where the “stop capture button” in progression captures would produce a crash. (B1037).

    Version 10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    2. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    3. Fixed issue with improper rotations during layout capture in anatomical view (B864)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 6/15/2012
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial Release (F1437)
  • Version 11.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 9/13/2019
    Release Date: 5/11/2020

    1. Updated for DCV v3.5

    Version 10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 8/25/2015
    Release Date: 1/14/2016

    1. Corrected double-image return. (F2827)

    Version 10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added “0” age for DOB that are under 1 year of age. (F2631)

    Version 10.0 Build 4
    Beta Release Date: 11/20/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added support for 3D capture and view. (F2522)

    Version 10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1.  Removed ‘run as’ prompt for XP (F1887)

    Version 10.0 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: 4/19/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Initial creation. Support CBCT and pan/ceph units through NCSW_2012 or PaxPrimo software. (F1766)
  • BELMONT BELSENSOR GOLD / DENTALAIRE DTX / DENTIMAX4 / EVA SELECT / TUXEDO A-SERIES / QUICKRAY / XDR

    Note: The general e2v II sensor extension for DCV has been discontinued as of 01/11/2013. In its place, Apteryx has released extensions appropriately named for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) that distributes the sensor using their own private label.

    Version 10.1 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 11/09/2018
    Release Date: 5/11/2020
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Default use of calibration file to on. (F3663)
    2. Add 16bit TIFF to RAW outputs for diagnostic use. (F3761)
    3. RTF display added to image preview in progression capture. (F3748)
    4. Corrected error return to grab SDK error when (null). (F3779)
    5. DICOM now set to proper 12bit depth. (F3702)
    6. Corrected ability to specify a custom path for correction files. (B1450)
    7. Addressed issue where closing “Switch Sensor” could result in app crashing. (B1435)

    Version 10.1 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 10/30/2017
    Release Date: 1/3/2018
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Initial release of “Tuxedo A-Series” Sensor extension. (F3657)
    2. Added low dose detection utility to announce when images are under exposed. (F3588)
    3. Established default filter sets for Tuxedo A extension. (F3540)

    Version 10.1 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 6/20/2016
    Release Date: 1/6/2017
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added AImg filters to specific OEM version of IXDLL. (F2860)

    Version 10.1 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Release Date: 9/14/2015
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Add new capture mode – capture endo series from selected image. (F2858)

    Version 10.1 Build 1
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD
    Driver Version: 3.7.0

    1. Added support for driver version 3.7.0. (F2851)
    2. Added automatic rotation for newer size 2 sensors. (F2821)

    Version 10.0 Build 15
    Beta Release Date: 3/03/2015
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Changed default settings for the XDR and Belmont extensions. (F2706)
    2. Corrected non-trigger issue that was occuring intermittently. (B1162)
    3. Added logging capability under hardware options. (F2625)
    4. Updated for 3.6.1 driver version SDK. (F2235)
    5. Built extension for Eva Select version. (F2569)

    Version 10.0 Build 12
    Beta Release Date: 12/03/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Add auto-dismissing preview option for progression captures. (F2531)

    Version 10.0 Build 11
    Beta Release Date: Internal
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Built Dentimax 4 version of IXDLL. (F2527) 

    Version 10.0 Build 10
    Beta Release Date: 6/18/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Now remembers last used tooth chart. (F2441)

    Version 10.0 Build 9
    Beta Release Date: 6/12/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Corrected issue where “Display Progressions as Layouts” option not functioning in combined teeth and capture window. (B1076)

    Version 10.0 Build 8
    Beta Release Date: 5/7/2014
    Release Date: TBD

    1. Extension will now proceed automatically with only the modalities that are enabled through preferences. (F1925)
    2. Added capability for tooth defintion settings to carry over from DCV preference. (F2280)
    3. Added scroll wheel support to the progression selection in the combined tooth/progression selection window. (F2307)
    4. Added ability to display previously captured images when user is capturing additional into existing series. (F2358)

    10.0 Build 7
    Beta Release Date: 1/16/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added ability for DCV and IXDLLs to share tooth definition settings. (F2280)

    10.0 Build 6
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Modifications to capture selection window to include tooth chart and progression/layout choices. (F1982)

    10.0 Build 5
    Beta Release Date: 1/6/2014
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Added watermark for specific dealer. (F1992)

    10.0 Build 3
    Beta Release Date: 04/30/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Corrected issue when moving images between tiles in veterinary mode would display human tooth associations. (F1718)
    2. Corrected handling of intial and subsequent tiles of continuous endo series. (F1737)

    Changed single

    10.0 Build 2
    Beta Release Date: 01/10/2013
    Release Date: TBA

    1. Changed single capture capture window to start maximized when initiated. (F1602)
    2. Added ability to view images full screen while in anatomical layout capture. (1659)
    3. Added voice recognition support. (F1290)
    4. Added OEM version for XDR. (F1702)

    10.0 Build 1
    Release Date: NA

    1. Initial creation. (F1595)
    2. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Bel-Sensor Gold. (F1421)
    3. Added OEM version IXDLL extension for Dentalaire DTX. (F1602)

Barcode Extensions

  • Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/1/08

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from non-Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key does not affect the case of the letters in the scanned data.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key is on.
  • Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/1/08

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from non-Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key does not affect the case of the letters in the scanned data.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key is on.
  • Version 1.0 Build 3
    Release Date: 6/1/08

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from non-Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key does not affect the case of the letters in the scanned data.

    Version 1.0 Build 2
    Release Date: 2/27/07

    1. Added functionality to handle case reversal of scanned barcodes from Symbol scanners when the CAPS LOCK key is on.